8/3/7 AFRICA: U.S. Gets Darfur "peacekeepers"; Targeting Zimbabwe's Independence Struggle; Africa Fears West's Medicines

AFRICA
digest note: "AFRICOM" STRATEGY IS CRITICAL TO the U.S. GLOBAL HEGEMONY AGENDA conducted under pretexts of "anti-terrorism", "al-Qaeda" andd "humanitarian aid" : some background, followed by new developments

"The same rebellion, the same impatience, the same anger that exists in the hearts of the dark people in Africa and Asia is existing in the hearts and minds of 20 million black people in this country who have been just as thoroughly colonized as the people in Africa and Asia."
Malcolm X

"Depopulation should be the highest priority of U.S. foreign policy towards the Third World."
Henry Kissinger, National Security Memo 200, dated April 24, 1974

Internationally Paid Dogs of War in Africa
Joyce Ncube-Maccauley
New Era (Windhoek)
Pretoria, South Africa, 17/12/04
http://www.williambowles.info/africa/dogs.html
... The former director of United Nations Affairs on the National Security
Council from 2000 to 2001, Richard Wilcox, called in an article he wrote in
the New York Times on October 14, 2004, for “a top American military
commander focused solely on Africa and with significant resources at his
command”. Richard Wilcox writes in the same article, “with American
interests and military activities on the (African) continent ever
increasing, it’s time for Africa to have its own regional command”.[...]

When You Ask Ban Ki-moon a Question, You Answer to the State Department
by Cecilia Lucas / July 30th, 2007
On Thursday, I was one of a handful of activists who attended an informal conversation of 1300 people with Secretary-General of the United Nations Ban Ki-moon, hosted by the World Affairs Council of Northern California at the Fairmont Hotel in San Francisco. (Full article )

Africa: Resist the American Juggernaut
by Firoz Osman
July 03, 2003: (ZNet)

7/29/7 'Expand or Die 'Law Rules: "Axial Eurasia" & Global War for Control of "The Shifting Capital of Capital"

"Democracy is inimical to imperial mobilization."
Z. Brzezinski.The Grand Chessboard, 1997

July 26, 1947, U.S. imperialist wars for global capital domination officially became 'national defense'
President Truman signed the National Security Act, creating the Department of Defense, the National Security Council, the Central Intelligence Agency and the Joint Chiefs of Staff. http://www.nytimes.com/learning/general/onthisday/20070726.html

U.S. WEALTH & POWER INCREASED SINCE '48 ...
"We have about 60 per cent of the world's wealth but only 6.3 per
cent of its population. In this situation we cannot fail to be the object of
envy and resentment. Our real task in the coming period is to devise a
pattern of relationships which will permit us to maintain this position of
disparity. We need not deceive ourselves that we can afford today the luxury
of altruism and world benefaction. We should cease to talk about such vague
and unreal objectives as human rights, the raising of living standards and
democratisation. The day is not far off when we are going to have to deal in
straight power concepts. The less we are then hampered by idealistic
slogans, the better."
George Kennan, ex-US State Department Policy Planning Staff Chief, Document PPS23, 24 February 1948

THE U.S. 'WAR ON TERROR', IS A GLOBAL IMPERIALIST WAR: LIKE ALL IMPERIALIST WARS, GOAL IS SECURING U.S. CAPITAL'S GLOBAL DICTATORSHIP
Digest commentary:
The U.S. strategy for global hegemony is neither new in American history nor unique to the Bushcon administration.
A brief survey of its history demonstrates the bipartisan nature of U.S. capitalism's white supremacist "manifest destiny".
It is a function of capital's basic law... "expand or die", not partisan politics. Electoral politics are a means to this end serving as a PR marketing tool for a reactionary political trap.

7/21/7 Down, Down...To a "Heroic Narrative": Militarized Society with almost "Liturgical Authority"; Religion & Politics

DIGEST COMMENTARY
The ever-deepening U.S. capitalist crisis demands an ever more draconian state to expand the war to restructure capital on a world scale under U.S. control over friends and enemies. The prize is oil/energy resources... whoever controls them controls the world, and the planet. We have only seen the beginning of this agenda. As is now clear, voting in democrats is a vote of support, an imprimatur for their imperialist promises to intensify the "war on terror" ... led by republicans only with their unstinting assistance.
The ruling U.S. finance capitalist class is bipartisan, electoral parties broaden its base and secure its control. The increasingly militarized state is getting all the fascist tools it requires from "both sides of the aisle" to pursue its agenda for global domination militarily and politically. The pivotal loss U.S. is facing in Iraq will not stop its juggernaut nor will it be "corrected" like its stock market" by bogus "terror" threats or giving its rival capitalists' crises a boost. The brief big Dow - high, mainly from [patriotic] increased buying/debt, is threatened by the continuing housing market decline produced by predatory finance capital's loans/mortgages leaving countless working class broke, deeper in debt and desperate ... fodder for the financiers and their politicians who count on state terrorist war blood-letting to expand their global capital accumulation base.

Snippets of "news" like the following, decontextualized at least, frequently disinformation, obscure the blood curdling 'big picture' spelled out below in "A Soldiering Ethos: Toward a Heroic Narrative". Read it, share it, talk about it ... decide what must be done ... because it is totally up to us, the peoples responsible for this world and the future.

Santorum Suggests New Terror Attacks Will Change View Of War
Former Senator predicts "unfortunate events within a year" that will alter perceptions

7/19/7 AN URGENT WAKE UP CALL

 
“At any given moment there is an orthodoxy, a body of ideas which it is assumed all right-thinking people will accept without question. It is not exactly forbidden to state this or that or the other, but it is ‘not done.’ Anyone who challenges the prevailing orthodoxy finds himself silenced with surprising effectiveness. A genuinely unfashionable opinion is almost never given a fair hearing, either in the popular press or in the highbrow periodicals.”
George Orwell

digest note:
If you haven't got more than a 'gut feeling' that the ridiculous, relentless NIE psywar propaganda and 'gut feelings', signal a new heavy dose of U.S. imperialist state terror you may be brain-dead. 'al-qaeda' is a made-in-usa cipher to criminalize resistance, to justify U.S. global war of terror for global domination, and to whip up even more racist patriotic "homeland" support for historically unprecedented imperialist crimes.
[see http://www.burbankdigest.com/7/15/7 for detailed documentation]

a confession?...
"The same folks that are bombing innocent people in Iraq were the ones who attacked us in America on September the 11th..."
GWB, July '07 press conference

New National intelligence report: Al-Qaida may use Iraqi network to attack homeland:
The report lays out a range of dangers - from al-Qaida to Lebanese Hezbollah to non-Muslim radical groups - that pose a "persistent and evolving threat" to the country over the next three years. http://tinyurl.com/2nt7k9

A REVOLUTIONARY'S WAKE UP CALL TO HEED
"When a cause comes along and you know in your bones it is just yet refuse to defend it--at that moment you begin to die. And I have never seen so many corpses walking around talking about justice."
Mumia Abu-Jamal

SUPPORT ALL ANTI-IMPERIALIST RESISTANCE AGAINST OUR COMMON ENEMY!

7/17/7 Bipartisan Plan Bared: Why Iraq Must Be Eliminated for U.S. World Hegemony

"An evil exists that threatens every man, woman, and child of this great country. We must take steps to insure our domestic security and protect our Homeland" - Adolf Hitler (1933)

"My head also tells me that al-Qaida's a serious threat to our homeland," Bush, 7/12/7 news conference

BACKGROUND: IRAQ & ENTIRE GULF REGION IS CENTRAL TO U.S. GLOBAL GEOSTRATEGY

Excerpts From Pentagon's Plan: 'Prevent the Re-Emergence of a New Rival'
http://www.princeton.edu/~ppn/docfiles/pentagon_1992.html
NYT March 8, 1992
Following are excerpts from the Pentagon's Feb. 18 draft of the Defense Planning Guidance for the Fiscal Years 1994-1999: This Defense Planning guidance addresses the fundamentally new situation which has been created by the collapse of the Soviet Union, the disintegration of the internal as well as the external empire, and the discrediting of Communism as an ideology with global pretensions and influence. The new international environment has also been shaped by the victory of the United States and its coalition allies over Iraqi aggression -- the first post-cold-war conflict and a defining event in U.S. global leadership. In addition to these two victories, there has been a less visible one, the integration of Germany and Japan into a U.S.-led system of collective security and the creation of a democratic "zone of peace."

1996 A Clean Break: A New Strategy for Securing the Realm
http://www.israeleconomy.org/strat1.htm
Following is the policy blueprint prepared for incoming Israeli president Benjamin Netanyahu by The U.S. Institute for Advanced Strategic and Political Studies’ "Study Group on a New Israeli Strategy Toward 2000." The main substantive ideas in this paper emerge from a discussion in which prominent opinion makers, including Richard Perle, James Colbert, Charles Fairbanks, Jr., Douglas Feith, Robert Loewenberg, David Wurmser, and Meyrav Wurmser participated.

1997: THE GRAND CHESSBOARD: American Primacy and its Geostrategic Imperatives
Zbigniew Brzezinski
www.fromthewilderness.com/free/ww3/zbig.html

1997 A geostrategy for Eurasia, by Zbigniew Brzezinski
Foreign Affairs,76:5, September/October 1997 Council on Foreign Relations
http://www.comw.org/pda/fulltext/9709brzezinski.html

1997 US Army War College: "WE HAVE ENTERED AN AGE OF CONSTANT CONFLICT'
http://carlisle-www.army.mil/usawc/Parameters/97summer/peters.htm

1999 The Brookings Institution: China, Russia, Middle East, OIL & U.S. Geostrategy for Global Domination: China's Changing Oil Strategy and its Foreign Policy Implications
...the Middle East's share of China's oil imports, fluctuating roughly about 50%, could conceivably grow to 80% or more in the year 2010. Henceforth, with such a heavy dependence on the Middle East for oil, U.S. strategic domination over the entire region, including the whole lane of sea communications from the strait of Hormuz, will be perceived as the primary vulnerability of China's energy supply. It would not be an exaggeration to say that the key objective of China's oil strategy will be to avoid this strategic vulnerability.
http://www.brook.edu/fp/cnaps/papers/1999_troush.htm

Jean-François Susbielle, French author wrote a book titled Chine-USA, La Guerre Programmée claiming the USA invaded Iraq in 2003 to have power over as many major oil fields as possible so as to control China’s access to oil....China is a strategic challenge that must be contained....

''China's Distant Threat to U.S. Dominance in Asia''
http://www.pinr.com/report.php?ac=view_report&report_id=87

"China's Demand for Energy is Reshaping Power Structures Around the World"
Drafted by Adam Wolfe on February 25, 2004
http://www.pinr.com

China 'Frankenstein threat' to US
http://english.aljazeera.net/NR/exeres/62F45F67-0096-482B-8BD0-E72D7BA9C...
5/02/07
Critics point to China's rising military power and ask who it might be aimed at. China has come in for heavy criticism from members of the US House of Representatives with one congressman labeling the country a "Frankenstein" created by the US that now threatens American interests...

The Chinese Century
By TED C. FISHMAN
July 4, 2004
http://www.nytimes.com/2004/07/04/magazine/04CHINA.html?th=&pagewanted=p...
China is poised for similar growth in this century. Even if China's people do not, on average, have the wealth Americans do, and even if the United States continues to play a strong economic game and to lead in technology, China will still be an ever more formidable competitor. If any country is going to supplant the U.S. in the world marketplace, China is it. ...

Opponents of China's support for Sudan joined the committee hearing [GALLO/GETTY]
Giving testimony to the committee, John Negroponte, the US deputy secretary of state, said China needed to be "more open about its military budget, doctrine, and intentions".
The motives behind China's military build-up are unclear and are of concern to both the US and China's neighbours, he said.
Negroponte is the chief adviser to Condoleezza Rice, the US secretary of state, on China and the rest of Asia...

IRAQ: THE MEDIA WAR PLAN
A January 2003 Pentagon White Paper recommended the creation of a "Rapid Reaction Media Team" for Iraq.
White Paper and PowerPoint Briefing on "a critical interim rapid response component of the USG's strategic information campaign for Iraq - in the event hostilities are required to liberate Iraq."
National Security Archive Electronic Briefing Book No. 219
Edited by Joyce Battle,
May 8, 2007

PNAC.info 1958-1991, Iraq: A Classic Case of Divide and Conquer
The CIA plotted Kassem’s assassination and U.S. generals in Turkey devised a
military plan, called “Canonbone,” to invade northern Iraq and seize its oil
http://pnac.info/index.php/2003/1958-1991-iraq-a-classic-case-of-divide-...

Arabic News Weekly Edition for Iraq, 2/9/1998
Arab diplomatic sources revealed that there is a British - US plan to divide Iraq after striking it, starting by establishing a Kurdish state...
http://www.arabicnews.com/ansub/Weekly/Iraq/19980209.html

COHEN VISIT TO GULF: MIXED RESPONSE TOWARD U.S. POLICY ON IRAQ
March 11, 1999
http://www.fas.org/news/iraq/1999/03/wwwh9m11.htm
Amman's influential Al-Dustur: "Cohen comes with plans to divide up Iraq, while Indyk comes with plans for wasting time" in reactivating the Israeli-Palestinian peace process.

2003 CHENEY ENERGY TASK FORCE DOCUMENTS FEATURE MAP OF IRAQI OILFIELDS
http://www.judicialwatch.org/071703.b_PR.shtml

OIL: WMD TO LEVERAGE GLOBAL CONTROL
U.S. record of world reserves of oil and natural gas
http://www.eia.doe.gov/emeu/international/reserves.html

Scramble to carve up Iraqi oil reserves lies behind US diplomacy
Manoeuvres shaped by horsetrading between America, Russia and France over control of untapped oilfields
Ed Vulliamy in New York, Paul Webster in Paris, and Nick Paton Walsh in Moscow
Sunday October 6, 2002
The Observer
Washington's predatory interest in Iraqi oil is clear.... The US National Energy Policy Report of 2001 - known as the 'Cheney Report' after its author Vice President Dick Cheney, formerly one of America's richest and most powerful oil industry magnates - demanded a priority on easing US access to Persian Gulf supplies.
A Russian official at the United Nations in New York told the Observer last week that the $7 billion in Soviet-era debt was not the main 'economic interest' in Iraq about which the Kremlin is voicing its concerns. The main fear was a post-Saddam government would not honour extraction contracts Moscow has signed with Iraq.
US control of the Iraqi reserves, perhaps the biggest unmapped reservoir in the world, would break Saudi Arabia's hold on the oil-pricing cartel Opec, and dictate prices for the next century.

This could spell disaster for Russian oil giants, keen to expand their sales to the West. Russia has sought to prolong negotiations, official statements going between opposition to any new UN resolution and possible support for military action against an Iraqi regime proven to be developing weapons of mass destruction.
While France is thought likely to support US military action, and China will probably fall in line because of its admission to the World Trade Organisation, Putin is left holding the wild cards.

Russia recognises potential benefits of reaching a deal with the US: Saddam's regime is difficult to work with. Lukoil's billion-dollar concessions are frozen and profitless to Moscow and Baghdad under UN sanctions, leading to fears that Saddam might have declared the agreement null and void out of spite. Iraqi diplomats say Zarubezhneft won its $90bn contract only after Baghdad took it away from TotalFinaElf because of French support for sanctions.
Russia stands to profit if intervention in the Gulf triggers a hike in Middle East oil prices, as its firms are lobbying to sell millions of barrels a day to the US, at two-thirds of the current market price.
Moscow's trust of Washington may be slipping after what a Russian UN official calls 'broken promises' that followed negotiations over Moscow's support for the Afghan campaign.
Russia turned a blind eye to US troops in central Asia, on the tacit condition that US-Russian trade restrictions would be lifted. But they are still there, and other benefits expected after 11 September have also not materialised. 'They've been making this point very strongly,' a senior Bush administration official conceded to the Washington Post , 'that this can't be an all-give-and-no-get relationship... They do have a point that the growing relationship has got to be reciprocal.'

Prelude to the invasion:
After the conclusion of the Gulf War of 1991, the U.S., the UK, and the international community maintained a policy of “containment” towards Iraq. This policy involved numerous and crushing economic sanctions

In October 1998, U.S. policy began to shift away from containment and towards “regime change,” as the U.S. Congress passed and President Clinton signed the "Iraq Liberation Act."
With the election of George W. Bush as U.S. President in 2000, the U.S. moved towards a more active policy of “regime change” in Iraq. ... former Bush treasury secretary Paul O'Neill said that an attack on Iraq was planned since the inauguration and that the first National Security Council meeting involved discussion of an invasion. O'Neill later backtracked, saying that these discussions were part of a continuation of foreign policy first put into place by the Clinton Administration.[16]

U.S. Considers Dividing Iraq Into Three Separate States After Saddam Is Gone
FORECASTS & TRENDS, Oct 1, 2002 http://www.profutures.comarticle.php/91/%20
Stratfor.com http://www.stratfor.com/ reports that one of the leading long-term strategies being considered by US war planners is to divide Iraq into three separate regions. Under this plan Iraq would cease to exist.

U.S. 2002 Pre-invasion Plan to Divide Iraq Into Three Separate States After Saddam.
by Gary D. Halbert www.profutures.com.
http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=viewArticle&code=HAL20060...

Global Research Editor's Note:
The following text was first published in October 2002 prior to the invasion of Iraq. It suggests that dividing up Iraq along ethnic lines and redrawing national borders was part of the US foreign policy/military agenda prior to the onslaught of the war.

October 1, 2002

1. Stratfor's Latest Intelligence On Iraq.
2. Iraq Is Too Big For One New Government.
3. US Would Divide Into Three Separate States.
4. Central Iraq (Sunnis) Would Join With Jordan
5. The Shia Region Would Join With Kuwait.
6. The Kurds Get Their Own State In The North.
7. Iraq Ceases To Exist; Baghdad No Longer Capital.
8. Investment Market Implications.

A US war against Iraq appears to be only a matter of when, not if, despite the latest rumblings from a few high-level Democrats who oppose the idea. The latest Zogby poll shows that 70% of Americans believe that Saddam Hussein is a legitimate threat to the safety and security of the United States, compared to 25% who believe Hussein is just another ruler whose policies are anti-American. Most Americans also have little doubt that we will win a war with Iraq handily, complete with the removal of Saddam Hussein.

But the question I have been most interested in is whether there is any group in Iraq that can successfully manage and govern that country after Saddam and his thugs are removed from power. It would be a terrible mistake for the US to clean out Saddam & Company, only to see the country fall back into the hands of tyrants, especially religious extremists who are sympathetic to al Qaeda, in another year or two.

Most observers agree that there is no one group in Iraq who could successfully govern and manage it in the post-Saddam era, given its diverse population and different religions. Given that, what are the US and our allies to do?

STRATFOR.COM released a fascinating report last Friday. Stratfor.com is one of the most respected geopolitical intelligence services in the world. Stratfor's high-level sources tell them that one of the leading long-term strategies being considered by US war planners is one that will DIVIDE Iraq into three separate regions. Under this plan Iraq would CEASE TO EXIST.

Stratfor believes the plan would divide Iraq as follows:
The central and largest part of Iraq that is populated by the Sunni Arabs would be joined with JORDAN to form one "United Hashemite Kingdom," which would be ruled by Jordan's King Abdullah. This area would include Baghdad, which would no longer be the capital.
The Kurdish region of northern and northwestern Iraq, including Mosul and the vast Kirkuk oilfields, would become its own autonomous state.
The Shia Region in southwestern Iraq, including Basra, would make up the third state, or more likely it would be joined with Kuwait.

Stratfor's sources indicate that the plan to divide (and thus eliminate) Iraq as described above is not the only plan under consideration, and it is also not finalized. However, such a plan makes a lot of sense to me.

Stratfor says that such a plan reportedly was discussed at an unusual meeting between Crown Prince Hassan of Jordan and pro-US Iraqi Sunni opposition members in London in July. Further, they say that in September, the Israeli newspaper, Yedioth Ahronoth, stated that the US goal in Iraq was to create a United Hashemite Kingdom that would encompass Jordan and Iraq's Sunni areas. Also, Israeli terrorism expert Ehud Sprinzak recently echoed this sentiment on Russian television on September 24.

So whose idea is this? According to Stratfor, Sprinzak stated that the authors of the "Hashemite" plan are Vice President Dick Cheney and Deputy Secretary of Defense Paul Wolfowitz, both considered the most hawkish of Bush administration officials. That is not surprising.

Why Such A Plan Might Make Sense
As noted above, the Bush administration may be considering the proposal because the current goal of replacing Saddam Hussein with a pro-US Iraqi government still would not guarantee long-term democratic stability over the territory and its oil. It may become too hard for a new government in Baghdad to effectively control the whole country, even with US troop support. An example is Afghanistan, in which the government of President Hamid Karzai still controls only the capital...

Benefits To The US
According to Stratfor's sources and the Israeli media, the richest oil areas would go not to the Hashemite kingdom but to the autonomous Kurdish region in the north. To make sure the new Kurdish state is not seen as a threat to Turkey, our ally, the US would deploy armed forces and build new military bases in the area, not only to prevent any hostilities along the border, but also to insure the free flow of oil from this area.

As a part of this plan, it is believed that the Bush administration would also negotiate new deals to build US military bases in the Hashemite kingdom and in the Shia Region to the south. This would be a huge development in the War On Terror. With US military bases in the three new states, the US would be in an ideal position should it choose in the future to go after Iran, Saudi Arabia or other states in the region that are supporting terrorism.

With Iraq divided as described above, with US aid and military assistance, and not to mention, huge oil revenues going into government coffers (as opposed to Saddam's pocketbook), this region could become very prosperous very quickly.

Benefits For Israel And Jordan
Stratfor suggests that the division of Iraq, as described above, will reap big benefits for both Israel and Jordan. Iraq, arguably Israel's most determined enemy, would be eliminated. The end of Saddam's regime would also deprive the Palestinians of much financial and other assistance, which could reduce the effectiveness of their attacks against the Jewish state.

King Abdullah of Jordan would vastly expand his role and prominence in the region with a joint Hashemite state, becoming the second-most important US ally in the region after Israel. In addition to his huge territorial gains, he also would get a chunk of Iraqi oil. And Palestinians, who currently make up half of Jordan's population, would become a minority in the new state, with much less potential to stir up trouble.

Difficult, But Not Impossible
Stratfor is quick to admit that the division plan above may not be the final strategy. Others are on the table as well. Stratfor also acknowledges that the plan will be difficult to achieve, and there are obviously some risks. Certainly, it will be difficult to get the various factions in Iraq to agree to the new arrangement. Obviously, Saudi Arabia and Iran, and perhaps others in the region, will have major heartburn over such a plan. Stratfor cautions that even Turkey could have a problem with this plan. In addition, Stratfor says:

"The plan may not be free of negative consequences for Washington, however. Iraq's Shia majority -- whose anti-Hussein opposition seems currently divided between the United States and Iran -- probably would not agree to become a part of the new kingdom. Iran may interfere by urging Iraqi Shias to join with Tehran. Washington might counter by agreeing to attach the Shia Iraqi region to Kuwait, Israeli media speculates. Turkey, despite a U.S. military presence in Kurdish areas, still might have reservations about the plan. Finally, it is unclear how Sunni tribal and other leaders inside Iraq would react."

Conclusions
As noted at the beginning, I believe a plan that involves splitting Iraq into separate entities is a very good idea. Assuming Saddam's regime is toppled, it will still be very difficult, if not impossible, for any one faction to control the entire country. If the plan includes provisions for permanent US military facilities in the new states, that will make the prosecution of the War On Terror much easier.

There are certainly arguments against a permanent US military presence in the region. Some will argue that we are setting ourselves up for another Vietnam-like conflict that could last many years. And there will be plenty of other negatives voiced if this plan is actually adopted.
Yet in the end, some type of plan that splits Iraq and eliminates Baghdad as the capital may be the best long-term solution, as Stratfor suggests.
[...].

U.S.IRAQ EXIT STRATEGY: CIVIL WAR
By Pepe Escobar
http://www.atimes.com/atimes/Middle_East/GF10Ak03.html
The plan [to break up Iraq] allegedly conceived by David Philip, a former White House adviser working for the American Foreign Policy Council (AFPC)[...]

Iraq's Partition
The U.S. will... work to dissolve the Iraqi nation and state into three independent statelets under a powerless sham national government and, of course, total U.S. control (...) As Col. Lang emphasizes, the seeds for partioning were laid when Cheney and the neocon figures around him ordered the Iraqi army to be disbanded and the de-Baathification of the Iraqi government, its total annulment. The idea of partitioning Iraq may even have been the very reason for the war. The New Middle East expression goes back to the [see above] 1996 "Clean Break" document (pdf) prepared by U.S. as a strategy for Israel's Netanyahu government. The first modern partition Iraq argument was made by Zionist strategist Oded Yinon in 1982. In A Strategy for Israel in the Nineteen Eighties he recommends: In Iraq, a division into provinces along ethnic/religious lines as in Syria during Ottoman times is possible. So, three (or more) states will exist around the three major cities: Basra, Baghdad and Mosul, and Shi'ite areas in the south will separate from the Sunni and Kurdish north. The now imminent, new policy of partitioning Iraq is indeed only the announcement of the result of a process that has been the plan and the policy all along. This is a real "Mission Accomplished" moment...
http://www.uruknet.org.uk/?s1=1&p=27322&s2=09

The Plan Was Always to Divide Iraq
http://www.iacenter.org/iraq-collon.htm
Michel Collon, at iacenter.org , suggests that the US plan for Iraq was to divide it up into three mini-states 'and then pit them against one another'.

Collon suggests this was also the plan for Yugoslavia.
The New York Times, 25 November 2003, refers to the plan for Iraq by Leslie Gelb of the Council of Foreign Affairs.

The objective for the USA according to Gelb:
"To put most of its money and troops where they would do the most good quickly - with the Kurds and Shiites. The United States could extricate most of its forces from the so-called Sunni Triangle, north and west of Baghdad.... American officials could then wait for the troublesome and domineering Sunnis, without oil or oil revenues, to moderate their ambitions or suffer the consequences."

In 1982, Oded Yinon, an official from the Israeli Foreign Affairs office, wrote: "To dissolve Iraq is even more important for us than dissolving Syria. In the short term, it's Iraqi power that constitutes the greatest threat to Israel. The Iran-Iraq war tore Iraq apart and provoked its downfall. All manner of inter-Arab conflict help us and accelerate our goal of breaking up Iraq into small, diverse pieces."

In the case of Yugoslavia, according to Michel Collon:
"Berlin, and then Washington, discreetly financed and armed racist extremists, who were nostalgic for World War II.
"This made civil war almost inevitable because the IMF and the World Bank had plunged Yugoslavia into bankrupt to make it submit to triumphant neo-liberalism after the fall of the Berlin Wall...
"All of the peoples of the former Yugoslavia have been plunged into misery and unemployment, which is worse now than it has ever been.
"Meanwhile, multinational corporations have taken the upper hand in controlling the country's wealth...

"For Gelb, the civil war in Yugoslavia was a great success for the U.S. because it permitted the breakup of a country that resisted multinationals...

"Divide in order to conquer. As always.
"The Britons carefully organized the division of Ireland, India and Pakistan as well as other places in the world.
"The influential U.S. strategist, Zbigniew Brzezinski, wants to divide Russia into three countries in order to isolate Moscow from oil reserves.
"The CIA also has its "own plans" to divide Saudi Arabia...

U.S. Plans to Run Iraqi Oil for A While
Published on Friday, April 11, 2003 by Reuters
http://www.commondreams.org/headlines03/0411-09.htm
The Defense Department is considering putting in place an advisory board of former U.S. oil industry executives to help run Iraq's oil industry, the head of which is likely to be Philip Carroll, a former chief executive of Shell Oil Co., sources said.
Vice President Dick Cheney said on Wednesday that Iraq's oil production could rise as much as 50 percent from 2002 levels by the end of the year if the country is given outside help in restoring its fields' capacity to pump crude... The country controls more than 112 billion barrels of oil, second only to Saudi Arabia in proven reserves.
Sketching out a postwar scenario now that Iraqi President Saddam Hussein appears to have lost power, Cheney, a former oil company executive, spoke of "an organization to oversee the functioning of their oil ministry."

War on Iraq: Opinion
Contributing Editor Air Marshal (Retd) AYAZ AHMED KHAN
http://www.defencejournal.com/2002/nov/war-iraq.htm
...why [is] Saddam Hussian considered a threat to US Security interests? The answer lies in Saddam Hussian’s mind set. According to Amir Taheri the celebrated Arab political analyst, Saddam Hussain’s political vision is the real threat to US and Western interests. What is Saddam’s vision? “Saddam Hussain’s vision is based on the basic assumption that there is a single Arab nation stretching from the Atlantic to the Indian ocean”. Saddam firmly believes in pan-Arabism and that is the real threat to Western interests. He is the only Arab leader capable of settling scores with Israel, for its barbarities and genocide of Palestinian Arabs. Amir Taheri states that, “At different times, history which determines the fate of nations chooses a leader with vision to assume leadership. As things stand today, it is the Iraqi part of the Arab nation that has been chosen by history to assume leadership.” American, Israeli and British intellectuals and politicians are aware that their designs for the oil in the oil rich Arab lands will be challenged if Saddam Hussian has a say in the region. This is the reason why Washington, Tel-Aviv and London want Saddam Hussian out of the way. They want to exploit the Arab oil wealth unhindered...

In an article titled “OPERATION ENDLESS DEPLOYMENT”, military analysts William D Hartung, Frida Berrigan and Michelle Ciarrocca state that, “The war on Iraq is part of the larger US plan for global dominance...
“Under the guise of fighting “terrorists and tyrants”, US military has built, upgraded and expanded military facilities in Bahrain, Qatar, Kuwait, Saudi Arabia, Oman, Turkey, Bulgaria, Pakistan, Afghanistan, Uzbekistan and Kyrgyzstan. Pentagon has authorized and expanded training missions or open ended troop deployments in Djibouti, Philippines and Georgia. Access has been negotiated to airfields in Kazakstan. The United States is engaged in major military exercises involving thousands of US military personnel in Jordan, Kuwait and India. (The writers forgot that ten thousand US military personnel are already stationed in Afghanistan). Thousands of tons of military equipment has been stock piled in Middle Eastern and Persian Gulf stations, including Israel, Jordan, Kuwait and Qatar. Discussions are underway for access to facilities in Yemen and establishing intelligence gathering installations to monitor “terrorist” activities in Sudan, and Somalia. The port of Aden is strategically located, and US Navy operations from Aden will help control of the Arabian Sea and Indian Ocean. Through secretive arrangements the US has a substantial military presence of sixty thousand (60,000) troops in the Gulf, Caucus and South Asia. Twenty five thousand US troops are already poised to serve as the first wave of US invasion of Iraq. Several thousand more are on the way. The US plan clearly is for flexible military infrastructure to initiate hot wars from the Middle East, the Gulf, the Caucus and East Asia”...

Bush's Mideast Plan: Conquer and Divide
Eric Margolis
http://www.globalpolicy.org/security/issues/iraq/attack/2002/1208divide....
Toronto Sun, December 8, 2002
Arms inspections are a "hoax," said Tariq Aziz, Iraq's deputy prime minister, in a forthright and chilling interview with ABC News last week. "War is inevitable. Aziz is the smartest, most credible member of President Saddam Hussein's otherwise sinister regime-- my view after covering Iraq since 1976.

What the U.S. wants is not "regime change" in Iraq but rather "region change," charged Aziz. He tersely summed up the Bush administration's reasons for war against Iraq: "Oil and Israel."

Aziz's undiplomatic language underlines growing fears across the Mideast that U.S. President George Bush intends to use a manufactured war against Iraq to redraw the political map of the region, put it under permanent U.S. military control, and seize its vast oil resources.

These are not idle alarms.
Senior administration officials openly speak of invading Iran, Syria, Libya and Lebanon. Influential neo-conservative think-tanks in Washington have deployed a small army of "experts" on TV, urging the U.S. to remove governments deemed unfriendly to the U.S. and Israel.

Washington's most powerful lobbies - for oil and Israel - are urging the U.S. to seize Mideast oil and crush any regional states that might one day challenge Israel's nuclear monopoly or regional dominance.

The radical transformation of the Mideast being considered by the Bush administration is potentially the biggest political change since the notorious 1916 Sykes-Picot Treaty in which victorious Britain and France carved up the Ottoman-ruled region.

Scenarios under review at the highest levels:
--Iraq is to be placed under U.S. military rule. Iraq's leadership, notably Saddam Hussein and Aziz, will face U.S. drumhead courts martial and firing squads.

--Iraq will be broken up into three semi-autonomous regions: Kurdish north; Sunni centre; Shia south. Iraq's oil will be exploited by U.S. and British firms. Iraq will become a major customer for U.S. arms. Turkey may get a slice of northern Iraq around the Kirkuk and Mosul oil fields. U.S. forces will repress any attempts by Kurds to set up an independent state. A military dictatorship or kingdom will eventually be created.

--The swift, ruthless crushing of Iraq is expected to terrify Arab states, Palestinians and Iran into obeying U.S. political dictates.

--Independent-minded Syria will be ordered to cease support for Lebanon's Hezbollah, and allow Israel to dominate Jordan and Lebanon, or face invasion and "regime change." The U.S. will anyway undermine the ruling Ba'ath regime and young leader, Bashir Assad, replacing him with a French-based exile regime. France will get renewed influence in Syria as a consolation prize for losing out in Iraq to the Americans and Brits. Historical note: in 1949, the U.S. staged its first coup in Syria, using Gen. Husni Zai'im to overthrow a civilian government.

--Iran will be severely pressured to dismantle its nuclear and missile programs or face attack by U.S. forces. Israel's rightist Likud party, which guides much of the Bush administration's Mideast thinking, sees Iran, not demolished Iraq, as its principal foe and threat, and is pressing Washington to attack Iran once Iraq is finished off. At minimum, the U.S. will encourage an uprising against Iran's Islamic regime, replacing it with either a royalist government or one drawn from U.S.-based Iranian exiles.

--Saudi Arabia will be allowed to keep the royal family in power, but compelled to become more responsive to U.S. demands and to clamp down on its increasingly anti-American population. If this fails, the CIA is reportedly cultivating senior Saudi air force officers who could overthrow the royal family and bring in a compliant military regime like that of Gen. Pervez Musharraf in Pakistan. Or, partition Saudi Arabia, making the oil-rich eastern portion an American protectorate.

--The most important Arab nation, Egypt - with 40% of all Arabs - will remain a bastion of U.S. influence. The U.S. controls 50% of Egypt's food supply, 85% of its arms and spare parts, and keeps the military regime of Gen. Hosni Mubarak in power. Once leader of the Arab world, Egypt is keeping a very low profile in the Iraq crisis, meekly co-operating with American war plans.

--Jordan is a U.S.-Israeli protectorate and its royal family, the Hashemites, are being considered as possible figurehead rulers of U.S.-occupied "liberated" Iraq; more remotely, for Saudi Arabia and/or Syria.

--The Gulf Emirates and Oman, former British protectorates and now American protectorates, are already, in effect, tiny colonies.

--Libya's madcap Col. Moammar Khadafy remains on Washington's black list and is marked for extinction once bigger game is bagged. The U.S. wants Libya's high-quality oil. Britain may reassert its former influence here.

--Morocco, Algeria and Tunisia, short of revolution, will remain loyal western satraps under highly repressive, French-backed royalist and military regimes.

--Yemen's former British imperial base at Aden and former French base at Djibouti will become important permanent U.S. bases.

-The White House hopes Palestinians will be cowed by Iraq's destruction, and forced to accept U.S.-Israeli plans to become a self-governing, but isolated, native reservation surrounded by Israeli forces.

The lines drawn in the Mideast by old European imperial powers are now to be redrawn by the world's newest imperial power, the United States. But as veteran soldiers know, even the best strategic plans become worthless once real fighting begins.

National Strategy for Victory in Iraq
http://www.whitehouse.gov/infocus/iraq/iraq_strategy_nov2005.html
"The United States has no intention of determining the precise form of Iraq's new government. That choice belongs to the Iraqi people. Yet, we will ensure that one brutal dictator is not replaced by another. All Iraqis must have a voice in the new government, and all citizens must have their rights protected. Rebuilding Iraq will require a sustained commitment from many nations, including our own: we will remain in Iraq as long as necessary, and not a day more."
President George W. Bush February 26, 2003

US PLANS TO PRESERVE IRAQS OIL FOR IRAQI PEOPLE , US Department of Defense
http://findarticles.com/p/articles/mi_pden/is_200303/ai_3271024206

U.S. Plans to Run Iraqi Oil for A While
Published on Friday, April 11, 2003 by Reuters
http://www.commondreams.org/headlines03/0411-09.htm
The Defense Department is considering putting in place an advisory board of former U.S. oil industry executives to help run Iraq's oil industry, the head of which is likely to be Philip Carroll, a former chief executive of Shell Oil Co., sources said.
Vice President Dick Cheney said on Wednesday that Iraq's oil production could rise as much as 50 percent from 2002 levels by the end of the year if the country is given outside help in restoring its fields' capacity to pump crude... The country controls more than 112 billion barrels of oil, second only to Saudi Arabia in proven reserves.
Sketching out a postwar scenario now that Iraqi President Saddam Hussein appears to have lost power, Cheney, a former oil company executive, spoke of "an organization to oversee the functioning of their oil ministry."

3 U.S. administrators will run postwar Iraq
Pentagon taps two retired generals, ex-ambassador to Yemen
From Barbara Starr CNN
March 7, 2003
WASHINGTON (CNN) -- The U.S. government will divide Iraq into three sectors for civil administration when security is established after a war, sources tell CNN... The Bush administration has selected a U.S. government official to oversee each Iraqi ministry that the U.S. plans to keep running after the war, CNN has learned.

Each official will attempt to keep his or her ministry running with Iraqi civil servants. Some changes will be made, though, the sources said:
• The Iraqi Ministry of Information, which controls the state-run media, will be disbanded and restructured with free television, radio and print elements
• Sensitive ministries such as those overseeing justice and intelligence will be overhauled
• The Special Republican Guard and Republican Guard are to be disbanded, but the plan calls for maintaining the regular army and using its manpower during reconstruction
* The plan also calls for the U.S. administration team to run a Ministry of Religious Affairs that will oversee mosques and other religious activities, the sources said.

2004 Rand study “U.S. Strategy in the Muslim World After 9/11”
By Abdus Sattar Ghazali, exec. editor American Muslim Perspective
http://www.amperspective.com/html/neo_orientalists.html
Rand study titled “U.S. Strategy in the Muslim WorldAfter 9/11” suggests exploiting Sunni, Shiite and Arab, non-Arab divides to promote the US policy objectives inthe Muslim world. [...]

The invasion and occupation of Iraq: premeditated murderous aggression
By Ghali Hassan
The U.S. plan to divide Iraq—on ethnic and religious lines—and control its wealth was prepared several years before the war. It was no secret. ...
http://www.onlinejournal.org/Special_Reports/092405Hassan/092405hassan.h...

From the big lie of Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMD) invented in Washington and London to the big lie of Abu Mussab Al-Zarqawi, the alleged Al-Qaeda mastermind, resort to deception is the art of Western powers.
Despite mounting evidence that Al-Zarqawi was killed in northern Iraq at the beginning of the war, his phantom is used to justify the ongoing atrocities in Iraq. "[Al-Zarqawi's] family, in Jordan, even held a ceremony after his death," said Jawad Al-Khalessi, a Muslim Imam in Baghdad. "Abu Mussab Al-Zarqawi is thus a bogyman used by the Americans, an excuse to continue the occupation. He's simply an invention by the occupiers to divide the people," added Al-Khalessi.

The alleged presence of Al-Zarqawi has two important purposes for the U.S. Occupation: it provides a way to distort the image of the legitimate Iraqi Resistance; and it allows the occupying forces to present the war of Occupation as a war against Al-Qaeda, the created enemy. Al-Qaeda has replaced Communism...
Just before the destruction of the city of Fallujah, in which thousands of innocent men, women and children have been murdered, U.S. forces justified the assault as a necessary step to "enhance democracy" and "flush-out" Al-Zarqawi and his men. After Fallujah was destroyed, and a large number of its people were slaughtered by U.S. forces, Al-Zarqawi was not found—because he died a long time ago. Fallujah has since become the symbol of Iraqi Resistance.
During the U.S. attacks on Mosul, Ramadi and Al-Qaim, the phantom of Al-Zarqawi continues to play an important role in Western propaganda. It was reported that Al-Zarqawi had survived the assault on Fallujah and is fighting the U.S. forces on many fronts. Nothing could be further from the truth. The attacks were directed primarily against members of the Iraqi Resistance and the Iraqi population at large.

"Al-Zarqawi is nothing more than a weapon of mass deception in the hands of the US army, which enables the latter to hide its 'black propaganda' activities, used to mount the population against the [Resistance]," said Mohamed Hassan, a former Ethiopian diplomat and Middle East specialist.

The U.S. attacks on the city of Tal Afar have also been justified as a "necessary operation against Al-Zarqawi and his groups of foreign fighters." A sole journalist from the Iraqi daily Azzaman, who was the only journalist in town, refused to support the U.S. version...

We know who is waging a war of terror on the defenceless people of Iraq. It isn't Al-Qaeda or Al-Zarqawi: it is the U.S. and Britain who are terrorising the Iraqi people on a daily basis. Iraq is not the frontline of terrorism; the Iraqi people are defending themselves and their country against terrorism.
Iraqi sources argued rightly that the U.S. forces and their collaborators are behind every major sectarian killing and kidnapping in the country. The promotion of Shiite-Sunni conflict is the creation of U.S. forces. The attacks on specific religious groups, such as on Shiites, were aimed at provoking sectarian strife among Iraqis. After every large killing of civilians, the U.S. and mainstream media are deliberately blaming the Iraqi Resistance for the violence. The main aim is to distort the image of the Resistance and weaken its popular support in Iraq and abroad...
The U.S. plan to divide Iraq—on ethnic and religious lines—and control its wealth was prepared several years before the war.[...]

Iraq Resistance Threatens U.S. Plans for Middle East
http://www.geocities.com/mnsocialist/anti-war7.html
The U.S. rulers are clearly in a tighter and tighter spot. With all its political weaknesses, the Iraqi resistance is pushing them into a corner. If a political leadership emerges from it that is able to mobilize the masses of the Iraqi people and inspire the other oppressed peoples of the Middle East to combat imperialism and its local agents, the U.S. ruling class may face an explosive crisis, one that can shatter its stability at home as well as abroad....The classic recipe for political division of resistance groups is the strategy of setting up “counter gangs,” as laid out in the book “Low Intensity Operations” by British counter-insurgency expert Major General Frank Kitson. Such “counter gangs” serve as instruments for political diversion, and they can also carry out kidnappings and assassinations that the regular repressive forces would find too embarrassing.

Iraq Study Group: America ponders cutting Iraq in three
Sarah Baxter, Washington
The Sunday Times
October 8, 2006
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/article664974.ece
AN independent commission set up by Congress with the approval of President George W Bush may recommend carving up Iraq into three highly autonomous regions, according to well informed sources.
The Iraq Study Group, co-chaired by James Baker, the former US secretary of state, is preparing to report after next month’s congressional elections amid signs that sectarian violence and attacks on coalition forces are spiralling out of control. The conflict is claiming the lives of 100 civilians a day and bombings have reached record levels.
The Baker commission has grown increasingly interested in the idea of splitting the Shi’ite, Sunni and Kurdish regions of Iraq as the only alternative to what Baker calls “cutting and running” or “staying the course”.
Leslie Gelb, former president of the Council on Foreign Relations is the co-author with Senator Joseph Biden, a leading Democrat, of a plan to divide Iraq. “There was almost no support for our idea until very recently, when all the other ideas being advocated failed,” Gelb said. In Baghdad last week Rice indicated that time was running out for the Iraqi government to resolve the division of oil wealth and changes to the constitution.

The United States Institute of Peace
Download the report PDF - 519 KB
to link to the Iraq Study Group report from your Web site, http://www.usip.org/isg/iraq_study_group_report/report/1206/index.html

Review of Other Plans for Iraq
Here is a review of some of the plans that are currently relevant to the situation. It is helpful to understand the strengths and weaknesses in each of them.
http://www.mywhitehouse.org/iraq_other_plans.html
Iraq Study Group Report (ISG report)
Joe Biden’s and Leslie Gelb’s Plan
New York Times, May 1, 2006
Plan For Iraq
www.PlanForIraq.com

Now in control, Democrats seek unified war strategy
In pushing for a bipartisan plan, they seek to avoid 'ownership' of the war.
By Gail Russell Chaddock | Staff writer of The Christian Science Monitor
December 01, 2006
http://www.csmonitor.com/2007/0105/p01s02-woiq.html
WASHINGTON – After winning back control of the House and Senate largely on the basis of opposition to the war in Iraq, Democrats are ramping up to find a bipartisan way out of it.... the leading exit strategies, more troops, fewer troops, partition of Iraq, and timetables for phased or immediate withdrawal... are tied to individual sponsors... leading Democrats say that any exit strategy must be bipartisan...Democrats don't want to own a war that many believe is already beyond winning - or to be tagged with the consequences of a botched exit.
That's why the recommendations of the bipartisan Iraq Study Group, to be released on Dec. 6, have taken such a high profile on Capitol Hill.
In the first congressional hearings on Iraq since the elections, Senator Levin, the incoming chairman of the Senate Armed Services Committee, renewed his call for a "phased redeployment of our forces within four to six months..."America has given the Iraqi people the opportunity to build a new nation at the cost of nearly 3,000 American lives and over 20,000 wounded. And the American people do not want our valiant troops to get caught in a crossfire between Iraqis if Iraqis insist on squandering that opportunity through civil war and sectarian strife," he said at Nov. 15 hearings...
On Nov. 14, Sen. Russ Feingold (D) of Wisconsin introduced legislation requiring US forces to redeploy from Iraq by July 1, 2007.[...]

Joe Biden for President on plan to divide the country... Direct U.S. military commanders to develop a plan to withdraw and re-deploy almost all U.S. forces from Iraq by the end of 2007; Maintain in or near Iraq
http://www.joebiden.com/newscenter/page?id=0029

“Plan B” would divide Iraq into three semi-autonomous zones based on ...
plan for U.S. withdrawal that “reduces our military presence in Iraq ...
http://www.cnas.org/en/art/?77

Democrats Fail To Show A Clear Plan for Iraq - November 3, 2006 ...
The Democrats' pseudo-plan is the "let's divide Iraq and get out" proposal tabled by Senator Biden, who harbors presidential ...
http://www.nysun.com/article/42821

Iraq: Divide and Rule, 'Ethnic Cleansing Works': Sunni, Shia violence, death squads, and civil war in Iraq
October 10, 2006
by Enver Masud, The Wisdom Fund
http://www.twf.org/News/Y2006/1010-Regions.html
In a letter to President Clinton in 1998, the Project for the New American Century (PNAC) -- the global domination project of the neoconservatives, which includes elements of Israel's "A Clean Break: A New Strategy for Securing the Realm" -- urged him to remove Saddam Hussein from power in order to secure "our vital interests in the Gulf" that holds "a significant portion of the world's supply of oil." This probably wouldn't happen, they said, unless "some catastrophic and catalyzing event -- like a new Pearl Harbor" took place.

September 11, 2001 became the new Pearl Harbor.

The National Security Strategy of the United States of America, issued by the Bush administration in September 2002, said: "The events of September 11, 2001, opened vast, new opportunities." But the decision to invade Iraq had been made much earlier...Thus began a campaign to deceive the world, and in particular the American people -- the high point of which was Secretary of State Colin Powell's infamous presentation to the UN Security Council in February 2003 to justify the invasion of Iraq "evidence" of Iraq's possessing weapons of mass destruction conjured up by the Office of Special Plans in the Pentagon.

In May 2005, the Sunday Times revealed the secret Downing Street memo: "Bush wanted to remove Saddam, through military action, justified by the conjunction of terrorism and WMD. But the intelligence and facts were being fixed around the policy."

In June 2005, the Sunday Times revealed: "MINISTERS were warned in July 2002 that Britain was committed to taking part in an American-led invasion of Iraq and they had no choice but to find a way of making it legal."

Now a U.S. commission is about to recommend carving up Iraq as the solution to Iraq's "sectarian violence".

"Iraq's sectarian bloodshed is Made in the USA" say Erik Leaver and Raed Jarrar. Writing in Asia Times they say, "Iraq never had a history of sectarian conflicts. U.S. policy choices provided a perfect road map for starting one."

The policy choices appear to have been calculated, and deliberate.

Thomas H. Henriksen wrote in the Hoover Digest:
"From the founding of the United States, the federal government has relied on subterfuge, skullduggery, and secret operations to advance American interests. . . . The post-invasion stage in Iraq also is an interesting case study of fanning discontent among enemies, . . . Like their SOG predecessors in Vietnam, U.S. elite forces in Iraq turned to fostering infighting among their Iraqi adversaries on the tactical and operational level."

Investigative reporter and author James Bamford writes in "A Pretext for War":
"... among the things they were trained to do at Harvey Point was practice blowing up busses -- Palestinian-terrorist style. "We made a school bus disappear with about twenty pounds of U.S. C-4," said former CIA officer Robert Baer. . . . "We were also taught some of the really esoteric stuff like E-cell timers, improvising pressurized airplane bombs using a condom and aluminum foil, . . . By the end of the training, we could have taught an advanced terrorism course."

Pepe Escobar writing in Asia Times says:
"Pentagon financing of these myriad [Iraqi] militias and the active involvement of Allawi in all these operations suggest that the Pentagon itself is destabilizing the country it is supposed to control. Destination: civil war."

Robert Dreyfuss, who covers national security for Rolling Stone, says:
"Shiite death squads and about abuses by the paramilitary Badr Brigade, the secret army trained and run by Iran's Revolutionary Guards. Iraqi Sunnis and opposition leaders . . . have charged that the Iraqi government has been running assassination teams. The U.S., with its advisors, control of finances, and by the security it provides, controls the Iraqi government."

Journalist, author, film-maker, John Pilger, writing in the New Statesman says:..."in contrast to the embedded lie that the killings are now almost entirely sectarian, 70 per cent of the 1,666 bombs exploded by the resistance in July were directed against the American occupiers and 20 per cent against the puppet police force..."

So now we have this "independent commission" -- the Iraq Study Group, that wants to carve up Iraq into three regions.
The Iraq Study Group is led by co-chairs James A. Baker, III, a former Secretary of State, and Lee H. Hamilton, former Congressman. Other members of the study group include: Robert M. Gates, Vernon E. Jordan, Jr., Edwin Meese III , Sandra Day O'Connor, Leon E. Panetta, William J. Perry, Charles S. Robb, and Alan K. Simpson.
None among this group would appear to have a real appreciation for Iraq's culture and history, and the needs and aspirations of the Iraqi people. The group does have experience in covert operations, and in increasing profits for multinational corporations, and the military-industrial complex. In doing so, some have enriched themselves.

History leads us to believe that the recommendations of this "independent commission" will be designed to further the interests of their constituencies, and not of the Iraqi people.

Most of today's conflicts in present day Asia and Africa may be traced to imperial/colonial powers that occupied these lands, and carved them up for the benefit of the conquering Europeans. Carving up Iraq will continue this policy of divide and rule.

"The de facto role of the US armed forces will be to keep the world safe for our economy and open to our cultural assault. To those ends, we will do a fair amount of killing", wrote Ralph Peters in the U.S. Army War College Quarterly in the Summer 1997.
In June 2006, Ralph Peters, writing in the Armed Forces Journal:
"As for those who refuse to 'think the unthinkable,' declaring that boundaries must not change and that's that, it pays to remember that boundaries have never stopped changing through the centuries. Borders have never been static, and many frontiers, from Congo through Kosovo to the Caucasus, are changing even now (as ambassadors and special representatives avert their eyes to study the shine on their wingtips). Oh, and one other dirty little secret from 5,000 years of history: Ethnic cleansing works",
SOURCES [...]

Whose Bombs were They
Mike Whitney
February 23, 2006
www.uruknet.info?p=2093
"The only viable strategy, then, may be to correct (Iraq’s) historical defect and move in stages toward a three-state solution: Kurds in the north, Sunnis in the center and Shiites in the south" Leslie H. Gelb, president emeritus of the Council on Foreign Relations; from "Three-state Solution" NY Times 11-25-03.

"We are facing a major conspiracy targeting Iraq’s unity." Iraqi President Jalal Talabani.

[The destruction of the Samarra shrine] was a bold assault that strongly suggests the involvement of highly-trained paramilitaries conducting a well-rehearsed plan....Is the bombing of the al-Askariya Golden Mosque the final phase of a much broader strategy to inflame sectarian hatred and provoke civil war?
Clearly, many Sunnis, Iranians, and political analysts seem to believe so... the Bush administration’s own documents support the general theory that Iraq should be broken up into three separate pieces...
The final confirmation of Washington’s sinister plan was issued by Leslie Gelb, president of the Council on Foreign Relations, in a New York Times editorial on 11-25-03. The CFR is the ideological headquarters for America’s imperial interventions providing the meager rationale that papers-over the massive bloodletting that inevitably follow. Gelb stated:
"For decades, the United States has worshipped at the altar of a unified Iraqi state. Allowing all three communities within that false state to emerge at least as self-governing regions would be both difficult and dangerous. Washington would have to be very hard-headed and hard-hearted, to engineer this breakup. But such a course is manageable, even necessary, because it would allow us to find Iraq’s future in its denied but natural past." ...

the belief that the attack was the work of American and Israeli covert-operations (Black-ops) is widespread throughout the region as well as among leftist political-analysts in the United States. Journalist Kurt Nimmo sees the bombing as a means of realizing "a plan sketched out in Oded Yinon’s "A Strategy for Israel in the Nineteen Eighties" (the balkanization of Arab and Muslim society and culture.) Nimmo suggests that the plan may have been carried out by "American, British or Israeli Intelligence operatives or their double-agent Arab lunatics, or crazies incited by Rumsfeld’s Proactive Preemptive Operations Group (P2OG) designed to 'stimulate’ terrorist reaction."...

...prominent analysts including, Pepe Escobar, Ghali Hassan, AK Gupta, Dahr Jamail, and Christian Parenti all agree that the Bush administration appears to be inciting civil war as part of an exit strategy. Certainly, the Pentagon is running out of options as well as time. Numerous leaked documents have confirmed that significant numbers of troops will have to be rotated out of the theatre by summer. A strategy to foment sectarian hostilities may be the last desperate attempt to divert the nearly 100 attacks per day away from coalition troops and finalize plans to divide Iraq into more manageable statlets.

The division of Iraq has been recommended in a number of documents that were prepared for the Defense Department. The Rand Corporation suggested that "Sunni, Shiite and Arab, non-Arab divides should be exploited to exploit the US policy objectives in the Muslim world." The 2004 study titled "US Strategy in the Muslim World" was "to identify key cleavages and fault-lines among sectarian, ethnic, regional, and national lines to assess how these cleavages generate challenges and opportunities for the United States" (Abdus Sattar Ghazali; thanks Liz Burbank)

This verifies that the strategy to split up Iraq has been circulating at the top levels of government from the very beginning of the occupation.
A similar report was produced by David Philip for the American Foreign Policy Council (AFPC) financed by the Lynde and Harry Bradley Foundation a conservative think-tank with connections to the Bush administration and the American Enterprise Institute. According to Pepe Escobar:
"The plan would be 'sold’ under the admission that the recently elected, Shi’ite dominated Jaafari government is incapable of controlling Iraq and bringing the Sunni-Arab guerillas to the negotiating table... the plan is an exact replica of an extreme right-wing Israeli plan to balkanize Iraq—an essential part of the balkanization of the whole Middle East."

Historically Speaking: A 'Plan B' for Iraq
By Brig. Gen. John S. Brown, U.S. Army retired
07/01/2007
A benign partition of Iraq is unlikely to occur without our help. We could start by redesigning assistance to the Iraqi Army along ethnic lines, fielding units prepared to police and defend their own ethnic enclaves. We could deal with the ethnic leadership as it now exists, providing the reasonable assistance and advice... This could include aid to militias we have heretofore spurned—or even fought. Fortuitously, the ethnic leadership that has risen to the top does have some electoral legitimacy, which we should encourage. We could assist in identifying sensible zones of separation and assist in developing the defenses that will secure them...
Since the Shiites and Kurds will get far more oil than the Sunnis, targeted economic assistance would be part of the equation as well. We could remove our soldiers from the streets of Iraq and as far into inaccessible deserts and mountains as possible. Their jobs would be to train Iraqis in secure locations, foray against identifiable international terrorists and respond to requests to bring massive firepower to bear on those who violate zones of separation or international boundaries... foreigners should not be allowed to preclude the right to national self-determination within Iraq. If in 10 years oil flows and three stable Mesopotamian nations are tied to the United States by gratitude and dependency, is that not a victory of sorts?

Plan B for Iraq [Archive] - Armed Forces Journal Forums
Remember the old English rulers golden formulae of ‘divide and rule’.
The odds of Iraq surviving as a constitutional democracy with its present borders intact are down to 50/50. While it's still too soon to give up on the effort to let free elections decide the future of one Arab-majority state, 2007 will be the year in which the Iraqis themselves determine whether our continued sacrifice is justified, or if Iraq is fated to become yet another catastrophic Arab failure.
http://www.armedforcesjournal.com/2006/11/2129512

US Turnabout?
by Nicola Nasser
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article17209.htm
...Rice noted her administration was just responding to a "new diplomatic initiative" by the Government of Iraq because "Prime Minister (Noori) Maliki believes and President Bush and I agree that success in Iraq requires the positive support of Iraq's neighbours." She did not miss the opportunity to remind that, "This is one of the key findings, of course of the Iraq Study Group." In fact this finding was also recommended recently by Prime Minister Tony Blair, German Chancellor Angela Merkel among other world powers, mainly Russia, and by friendly Arab states as well as the U.S. bipartisan James Baker-Lee Hamilton Iraq Study Group.

However Rice stressed that this "turnabout" was just an "additional component" to a U.S. "diplomatic offensive" aimed at cementing concrete action on the ground, including upgraded military naval presence in the Arabian Gulf ("Persian" to Iran) and a surge of 21.000 troops in Iraq, to guarantee "the security and stability of the Gulf region" and the success of the recently-launched "security plan" in Iraq. ...
The instrumental role played in Baghdad,s security plan by the pro-Iran militias who dominate the army, police and security agencies of the Iraqi government (5), could only be interpreted as using the American involvement to serve their own ends, i.e. to "clean" the Iraqi capital from both the national resistance and their sectarian foes alike. Once that is done Baghdad would be secured as their pro-Iran sectarian capital....

Iran has gained her prominent role in Iraq thanks to the U.S. Washington has adopted, financed, equipped and promoted pro-Iran militias as the alternative to the Saddam Hussein-led regime, knowing beforehand they were without exception nurtured militarily, financially and logistically by Iran and were either drawing on sectarian or ethnic divides for recruitment and support against the secular and the Pan-Arab ideology of the ruling Baath party, the only ideology other than the Islamic one that could secure a national majority consensus uniting all sects and ethnicities against foreign threats....

Ironically also Iraq,s regional role was one of the main targets of the U.S. occupation. The sectarian power struggle in Iraq in the post-Saddam era was exactly the US-sought pretext to stay in the country and use the divide as a realistic excuse to promote federalism as solution and accordingly install a weak central governing authority that depends internally more on regional federal security than on a strong national central source of authority and externally on the U.S. occupying power, which entails both a small Iraqi army and a weak federally-divided economy, thus dooming a major Arab state that was a founder of the League of Arab States and the United Nations to a minor regional role or no role at all in regional, especially Arab, politics.

Five months ahead of the invasion, Michael Eisenstadt, a senior fellow military and security expert at the Washington Institute for Near East Policy said: "A government organized along federal lines would rely on local law enforcement for internal security, alleviating the need for a large army or security apparatus. Such changes could foster a less aggressive Iraq that is less likely to assert a leadership role in the Arab world. The United States, not Iraq, will ensure regional stability and provide a counterbalance to Iran." (6)

Like many Arab governments, Iran has converged with the U.S. strategy of containing the Iraqi regional role. Tehran maintained armed formations, such as the Badr Corps, inside Iraq prior to the U.S. invasion. In 2004, the assistant commander of the Iranian Republican Guard announced, during his visit to London, that Iran has two brigades and other militia in Iraq in order to protect the national security of Iran. Tehran anticipated and welcomed the U.S. invasion since it would destroy her chief enemy in the region. Now that the Iraqi enemy has been destroyed as a state irrespective of the ruling regime, "Iraq is considered to be the first line of defense for Iran against any foreign invasion." (7)

All U.S. administrations whether Republican or Democrat have been always ready to confront the regional roles of non-Middle Eastern powers, like Russia, or of Arab and Islamic states in Middle East in two cases: When those roles are in conflict with the Israeli security prerequisites and when they could compromise the American free access to the "vital" oil interests.
Saddam Hussein and Jamal Abdul Nasser of Egypt did both. [...]
The "containment strategy" has been always a national bipartisan U.S. strategy against what she labels as "rogue" states, which do not identically fall in line with the American strategies abroad. This strategy has become dangerously destabilising worldwide after the collapse of the balancing and deterring power of the former USSR and the emergence of the United States as the world,s only super power because the military intervention has been added as a feasible risk-free addition to sanctions within the containment strategy.The United States however tolerates even military regional roles played by strategic allies like Israel and encourages political roles regionally by friendly allied Arab states, which move and act within the U.S. strategy in the Middle East.

Nicola Nasser is a veteran Arab journalist based in Ramallah, West Bank of the Israeli-occupied Palestinian territories.

FM 3-24: America's new masterplan for Iraq
from Divide and Rule: Bush's Doomed Plan for Baghdad
by Robert Fisk, April 13, 2007
http://www.zmag.org/content/showarticle.cfm?ItemID=12569

FM 3-24 comprises 220 pages of counter-insurgency planning, combat training techniques and historical analysis. The document was drawn up by Lt-Gen David Petraeus, the US commander in Baghdad, and Lt-Gen James Amos of the US Marine Corps, and was the nucleus for the new US campaign against the Iraqi insurgency. These are some of its recommendations and conclusions: ...
FM 3-24 quotes Lawrence of Arabia as saying: "Do not try to do too much with your own hands. Better the Arabs do it tolerably than that you do it perfectly. It is their war, and you are to help them, not to win it for them."
FM 3-24 points to Napoleon's failure to control occupied Spain as the result of not providing a "stable environment" for the population. His struggle, the document says, lasted nearly six years and required four times the force of 80,000 Napoleon originally designated.
Do not try to crack the hardest nut first. Do not go straight for the main insurgent stronghold. Instead, start from secure areas and work gradually outwards... Go with, not against, the grain of the local populace.

US drive in Iraq 'a lost cause'
Gulf News Report
Published: July 09, 2007
http://www.gulfnews.com/region/Iraq/10138029.html
Dubai: President George W. Bush faced mounting calls yesterday to pull US troops immediately out of Iraq, where coalition troops are dying every day and where the military campaign has turned into a "lost cause" according to the New York Times....

'Plan to divide nation'
Shiite columnist Halim Al Araji said in a statement to Gulf News that Al Qaida is "the evil that everything is blamed upon" ... plans for the division "were prepared long ago".
With additional reports from Jumana Al Tamimi, GCC & Middle East Editor

Why the US has lost
Published in Cairo by AL-AHRAM established in 1875
21 - 27 June 2007
By Abdul Ilah Albayaty and Hana Al Bayaty

The United States in Iraq is confronted by the force of a geopolitical society united for thousands of years
Resistance in Iraq is reported to be growing in size and spreading in its capacity to operate in an increasing number of provinces, blooming in further parts of the Iraqi territory. According to the US, it is by the intervention of foreign fighters. In reality, it is the revival of Iraqi nationalism and dignity. While the occupation and its lackey government continues to indiscriminately and massively incarcerate Iraqi citizens "suspected" of ties with the resistance, it seems unable to break its different expressionsarmed, political and popularor to break the sympathy it enjoys from the population. Daily, ever larger movements of opinion express their rejection of the occupation and its puppet government. Despite spending billions in war funding and propaganda, how did the American imperial plan fail in Iraq?

First of all, its failure is due to the inability of the US administration to recognise the impossibility of breaking Iraq up into smaller conflicting states. The neocon adventure and miscalculation is based on several factors, including taking their wishes as realities, their blind and sole reliance on military force to achieve their agenda, the gathering of information from some marginal and alienated Iraqi exiles, and their avoidance of studying the historical, cultural and social characteristics of the country they were about to invade and aimed to control. Prior to the invasion, and throughout these four disastrous years of occupation, the US underestimated the strength and deep-rooted character of Iraq's nationalism and culture, which was bound to face US imperialist plans with steadfast resistance, emanating from all sections of Iraqi society, including the supposed bases of their allies.

The US naively thought that it could use the richness of Iraqi society, characterised by its historic cosmopolitanism and multi-confessionalism, in the attempt to divide it along sectarian lines and in order to control the entire society. It is running after a mirage. Iraq has been for thousands of years composed of numerous ethnicities and religious confessions living in solidarity with each other regardless of their differences: the Christians, the Sabbits, the Yeziidies are equally as attached to Iraq as Muslims, and they are as Iraqi as their Muslim brothers. All Iraqis, whatever their ethnicity, religion, sect or social appurtenance, are inheritors of all successive Iraqi civilisations and their history. The values of a common life in a geographical area called Iraq or Mesopotamia unifies them. Those who know Iraq, its unifying Arab Muslim identity and its history, are aware that those who wish to divide Iraq and subjugate it to the will of foreign powers will be confronted by the force of thousands of years of a united society, in addition to the geopolitical united interests of its regions and of its social constituents. Never in history could two states cohabitate the basin that is now called Iraq. It has always been in the interest of the people settling in this basin, throughout successive civilisations, to unite in a common geopolitical future. If, in the past, the two rivers were the unifying factors of all aspects of life in this entity called Iraq, now are added the role of culture, geopolitical interests and the common ownership of the land and its riches.

It is true that in Iraq there were several political groups who opposed the leadership of the Iraqi government prior to the invasion and destruction of Iraq. They have, as all oppositions, the right to oppose their national government. But some proposed themselves as collaborators with the imperial US and allies and their criminal plan of dividing their land, either by ignorance, greed, or for personal or sectarian reasons. They will be thrown with their paymaster's plan into the rubbish of history. They ignored Iraq's ancient and complex relation to its identity and its common relations to its neighbours, as well as its contemporary experience regarding imperialist policies towards its progress and development, especially those of the United States after being subject to 13 years of US-led crippling sanctions. Unlike these sectarian groups, the population itself, regardless of its confessional, ethnical or political affiliations, as has been proven by its heroic resistance to attempts to break up and divide Iraq, was not opposed to the unity and integrity of the Iraqi state.

Iraq is the area that used to be called Mesopotamia. All Iraqis are the daughters or sons of this history and are inheritors of all the successive civilisations that emerged in this land. Where the Sumerians invented writing, the Babylonians invented law; the Assyrians unified the region, followed by the Abbasid who introduced the advance of the "state of all its citizens" and of social solidarity in society, opening the path for the unifying Arab Muslim civilisation that survives proudly to this day. Since then, being Iraqi is based not on ethnicity or religion or sect but on being Iraqi. The Iraqi people are the expression of this heritage, regardless of their religion or ethnicity. Whenever Iraq could live in peace and have a stable state it proved it could participate in the enhancement of human culture and development and created great civilisations and regional orders. Baghdad is the cradle of the Arab Muslim civilisation. Iraq's destiny continues to be one of the markers that will decide Arab destiny. For Iraqis and Arabs in general, to destroy Baghdad is in fact an attempt to destroy their memory, identity and interests.

The geopolitical characteristics of Iraq have been, and will always be, a great influence on Iraq's history. It is of no surprise that the US chose to occupy Iraq in order to try to ensure its regional and world domination. By occupying Iraq, the US thought it could control the entire region and by extension maintain its unipolar hegemony. First, Iraq is a country rich in natural resources, whether in oil, gas or water. Second, it enjoys a median geographical position in the region. This position has always made it the centre of outside ambitions. No regional power could be considered as such without attempting either to control or weaken Iraq. Indeed, Iraq is a crossroads. Its land provides the necessary route and influence for Iran to access Syria, Jordan and the Mediterranean, and for Syria and Jordan as they look towards Iran and the Arabian Gulf basin. It is also the natural path from Turkey to the Gulf, and vice versa. Consequently, while being the centre of foreign designs, the security, stability and unity of Iraq are also a necessity for all these countries. Indeed, the slightest deterioration in relations between Iraq and any of its neighbours is automatically a setback for cooperation throughout the whole region while, on the other hand, any hegemony of one neighbour over Iraq is a setback for Iraq and all its neighbours.

The only equation that serves Iraq's interests is to insist on its Arab Muslim appurtenance and maintain good and fraternal relations with both Turkey and Iran. If Iraq were to break off relations with any neighbouring state, this would reduce its own ability to benefit from its median position, and thus from regional cooperation and the development of infrastructure. It would penalise its industry and its agriculture, and cut it off from the regional trade necessary to its growth and progress. The more its neighbours flourish and progress, the more Iraq can acquire opportunities to develop by cooperating with all of them. The myth that the economic, social and political development of Turkey and Iran might constitute a danger for Iraq rests on a superficial and ignorant analysis of the relations between these states, and of the laws governing development between neighbouring countries. In fact, the more Iran and Turkey develop and the richer they become, the more they will need a stable, prosperous and unified Iraq. For such an Iraq would represent both purchasing power for their goods, and a source of production factors.

No one can extract Iraq from its geopolitical and cultural circumstance. Iraq cannot have relations with the US, Russia, Europe or Israel and ignore its concrete Arab Muslim appurtenance and interests. It is against the interest of Iraq and of Iraqis to be a mere protectorate of Iran or any other country. It is a failed dream that Iraq could be subjugated to US-Iran co-occupation. The free will of Iraq and the Iraqi people refuses and will refuse, by culture and interest, to be subjugated to any foreign state, be it regional, superpower or combined. History proved this. In fact, the US's plans to destroy Iraq as a nation and as a state are not only against the interests of all Iraqis but also those of neighbouring states. It is a delusion, a non-workable plan. It is being resisted by all sections of Iraqi society. It creates so much instability that it makes it impossible to control, invest or even exploit Iraq's resources. By opening the door to all sorts of foreign interference, the occupation could only result in an unspeakable crime against humanity and a military, economic, political and moral disaster for the occupation itself.

What the US occupation and its allies did to Iraq does not only constitute war crimes or crimes against humanity; it will always be remembered as the first genocide of the 21st century. That the world, due to the bias of international media, is currently unaware of this does not change the reality that all Iraqis and Arabs know it. In perpetrating civilisational genocide, the US has committed moral suicide. Without attempting this genocide, American plans could not succeed. While perpetrating genocide, the US announced its moral ruin, and its plans will not succeed.

In order to divide Iraq, an ancient society existing for thousands of years, into three or more weak and conflicting protectorates, the US has to destroy all that unites the Iraqis; in other words, to conduct a policy that amounts to tabula rasa. This intended destruction necessarily encompasses: the state, culture, history, material heritage, society, economic sustainability, institutions, army, education system, health system, judicial system, infrastructure, communication facilities, national identity, indeed the very essence of Iraq. It must disrupt and destroy the existence of the living people and its moral values. It must ruin them for generations, if not all of history. It even needs to destroy the physical forms of cities. The occupation has offered nothing to the Iraqi people but an organised project of extermination based on the insanity of "creative chaos".

No statistic can embody the destruction the United States brought to Iraq. It decimated the Iraqi state and an entire popular classthe progressive middle class of Iraq that had proven its capacity to manage Iraqi resources independently and to the benefit of all, thereby saving Iraqis from poverty, disease, backwardness and ignorance; it pushed civil liberties, of men and women alike, back 50 years, destroying social guarantees; it killed more than a million while sending millions more into exile; it orchestrated death squads and looting and invented new horrors in torture and rape; in the name of bringing democracy, it brought material destruction on a mass scale to a people, aiming also to efface their psyche, culture, memory, social fabric, institutions and forms of administration, commerce, and everyday life; it even attacked Iraq's unborn generations with the 4.7 billion-year death of depleted uranium. The occupation resulted in the complete breakdown of public services, leaving unavailable even those as basic as water and electricity. In a land with a natural patrimony of 210 billion barrels of oil, under occupation Iraqis suffer shortages in fuel. It created a state of terror in which families are confined to their homes, waiting to be kidnapped or killed at any moment. People are summarily executed because their father named them Omar, Hussein or Jean.

Before the invasion and destruction of Iraq, the majority of Iraqis sustained lives working in public institutions. Iraq was a welfare state based on the cultural understanding common to all in the Orient that the land and its riches is the property of the nation. Supported by the resources natural to the land, a large part of the population was employed in the education and health systems, nationalised industries, and the national army. Since the agricultural reform of 1959, followed by the nationalisations of 1964, the middle class guided state and society. Seventy per cent of the Iraqi population was living in towns. The nationalisation of the oil sector in 1971 led to the enlargement of the middle class and elevated the living standards of the poorer section of the population. The US plan of extermination was aimed at destroying this middle class that naturally is the inheritor of Iraqi culture, science, unity and dignity, striving for freedom, progress and development. It tried to subjugate it to a cabal and feudal class of new and old thieves, rapists, marginal politicians, backward religious extremists, criminal gangs, and warlords that appeared or reappeared in the situation created by the occupation.

It was evident that the US and its allies, even before the invasion were running after an illusion. Why would the Iraqi people accept and welcome a plan that would deprive them and only benefit a few? The marginalised and impoverished, the educated middle classes, the working classes, which lost the benefit of nationwide services, women and the youth, which suffers from unemployment and the absence of civil liberties, all reject US policy in Iraq. This is the source of what now and into the future will be a never-ending social struggle against the occupation and eventually its defeat, and the defeat of its policies. Without the middle class, the US cannot build a functioning state; the Iraqi middle class, all parts included, clearer and bolder, and with it the labouring classes, rejects the US occupation and its plans.

The Iraqi people are resisting and will continue to do so. If, due to its superiority in military power, the US can continue to control bases like the "Green Zone", the Iraqis are compelled to continue to live in resistance. However, in parallel, the longer the US continues to occupy Iraq, the more it will pay in the blood of its young soldiers, the more money it will waste serving the needs of its bloodied war machine, the more its image and reputation will be rubbished worldwide by its genocidal policies, and the more it will jeopardise its future and the future of its children.

Why all this waste? American strategists, while building their model for Iraq, missed or disregarded the fact that social movements are based on solid realities and lived experience, and cannot just be created on the whim of a political decision, through insidious forms of pressure or by an all-out military assault on a poor population. By thinking that they could win in Iraq, US administrators, think tanks, strategists and tacticians have only proven their simple arrogance and ignorance. They should read history, and analyze the objective realities. No foreign power was ever able to control Iraq. Iraq is a small country with great dignity, a sophisticated ancient civilisational legacy, and a very experienced national patriotic movement. The US cannot break this people's will to live free and sovereign on its land, and over its resources, as all other peoples in the world. They should have asked the British.
Abdul Ilah Albayaty is a political analyst living in France; Hana Al Bayaty is a member of the Executive Committee of the B Russell s Tribunal.

America plans to give Southern Iraq to Iran
by Abid Mustafa
Media Monitors Network
Monday, July 16, 2007
http://usa.mediamonitors.net/content/view/full/37434
(Sunday, November 5, 2006)
"After the fall of Saddam, America has become the chief perpetrator in fostering sectarian violence through employing military operations and promoting defunct political processes that by their very nature engender sectarian strife."

Over the past few months talk about the division of Iraq has gained currency amongst America’s political establishment. Most notable is the plan advocated by Senator Joseph Biden of Delaware, the ranking Democrat on the Senate Foreign Relations Committee. Biden purports to decentralise Iraq and give the country's three major sectarian groups, the Kurds, Shiites and Sunnis, their own regions, distributing oil revenue to all. Another US official Peter Galbraith, a former State Department employee who's advised Iraqi Kurdish leaders on political issues and is the author of “The End of Iraq: How American Incompetence Created a War without End” , said in an interview, “The country has already broken up. And actually, I'm opposed to using U.S. resources to try to put it back together again. Kurdistan in the north is already a de facto independent state. It has its own elected government. It has its own army. It flies its own flag. The Iraqi army is not allowed to go to Kurdistan. The Iraqi flag is banned there. The Shiite south is governed by the Shiite religious parties who enforce an Iranian-style Islamic law with militias. It's also not governed from Baghdad. Baghdad itself is the front line of a civil war divided between a Shiite east and a Sunni west, and the Sunni center is a battleground between the coalition and Sunni insurgents. So the country has already broken up, and this result is actually incorporated into the Iraqi constitution. The constitution creates a virtually powerless center…”...
...State James Baker who is currently the Republican co-chairman of a bipartisan panel that is reassessing Iraq strategy for President George W. Bush is critical of Biden’s plan, but is open to the prospect of dividing Iraq between Syria and Iran. In an interview to ABC News television Baker said, “I believe in talking to your enemies.”
The debate amongst America’s political establishment to partition Iraq has caused consternation amongst some Arab states who are avid supporters of the old British policy to preserve Iraq’s integrity. Saudi Arabia's ambassador to the United States, Prince Turki al-Faisal in a speech delivered in Washington on 30/10/06 said,” To envision that you can divide Iraq into three parts is to envision ethnic cleansing on a massive scale, sectarian killing on a massive scale...
Hitherto Washington has not officially endorsed the plan to divide Iraq and give Southern Iraq to Iran, but the facts on the ground speak volumes about America’s intentions.
Since the first gulf war, America has worked tirelessly to isolate Baghdad from the Kurdish areas to the North of Iraq and Shiite dominated areas to the South of Iraq. America instigated the infamous Operation Northern Watch to enforce the no-fly zone north of the 36th parallel in Iraq and monitor Iraqi compliance with UN Security Council resolutions 678, 687, and 688. Operation Southern Watch was enforced to protect the no-fly zone south of the 33rd parallel in Iraq and monitor compliance with United Nations Security Council Resolutions 687, 688, and 949.
After the fall of Saddam, America has become the chief perpetrator in fostering sectarian violence through employing military operations and promoting defunct political processes that by their very nature engender sectarian strife.
In the aftermath of Baath regime’s sudden collapse, America sure of Kurdish support for autonomous rule began to garner support amongst the Shias for a pseudo federalist state. To accomplish this feat, America enlisted the help of Ayatollah Sistani and Abdul Aziz al-Hakim the leader of the Supreme Council for Islamic Revolution. Both Ayatollahs’ have close ties with Iran; the only difference between the two is that the latter has 10,000 soldiers at his disposal. The Badr army as they are known is tolerated by the Americans and conduct operations under American tutelage. Hakim has aggressively pushed for federalism for the southern regions, calling for nine provinces to merge.
In October 2006, the Iraqi parliament passed a resolution after a controversial vote, agreeing to revisit how to create a federalist state in 18 months. Sunni parliamentarians boycotted the vote, saying it would divide the country, and the measure passed 140-to-0 by the largely Shiite and Kurdish members still present. Shortly after the parliament vote, Hakim said in a news conference that dividing Iraq into three regions would stop the violence, citing the relatively peaceful Kurdish regions. "There is a clear point of view gleaned from our Kurdish brothers, and that is, the Iraq problem can only be solved with regions," Hakim said.
Hakim’s declaration for greater Shiite autonomy coincides with Bush’s abandonment of promoting democracy in the region, drawing Iraq—Vietnam parallels and signaling US troop withdrawal to start as early as 2007. Unsurprisingly then that Zalmay Khalilzad, the US ambassador to Iraq, recently said that the unity government of Nouri al-Maliki, had only two months left to get a grip on the situation. It appears that the option of cut and run will be replaced by cut Iraq and watch Iran take southern Iraq.
But Washington has three major problems with this scheme. Firstly, Europe led by Britain has considerable influence over the various Kurdish, Sunni and Shiite factions- So any partitioning of Iraq may not result in oil rich regions falling completely under America’s hegemony. Secondly, Ahmadinejad is proving to be a real nuisance towards American policy in the region, despite US attempts to curb his ambitions through the likes of Khatami and Rafsanjani. Thirdly, the most worrisome matter for Washington— is what if the division of Iraq fails and leaves a vacuum only to be filled in by the Caliphate- something which Bush and his acolytes have profusely warned about.
Abid Mustafa contributed this article to MMN. He is based in the UK and specialises in Muslim affairs.

Sinister Plan to Divide Iraq
Hassan Tahsin
Arab View Guest Contributor
http://arabnews.com/?page=7&section=0&article=84596&d=29&m=8&y=2006

... US wanted to guarantee the implementation of its secret scheme to divide the Arab world into small petty states that could be easily brought to obedience in order to protect the US and Israeli interests forever.

Those familiar with the American behavior in recent times could view the White House statement only as a preliminary step on the road to Iraq’s division into three states — Shiite, Sunni and Kurdish. This division would also pave the US road to Iran and Syria.

There are some naïve people who believe that Washington would not break
its promise of maintaining the territorial integrity of Iraq.

It is not yet time to forget that the US intervention in Somalia threw its people to a protracted civil war until the country was split on tribal lines. Further to the north in Sudan the US has been provoking the people of southern Sudan to cut the country to two and create a Christian nation.
As the US failed in the attempt, it is now striving to exploit the Darfur issue ... and thus destabilize and debilitate Sudan.
Voices of partition between the south and north could be heard from Yemen as well. Some suggestions about a separate region for Egyptian Christians with Asyut as its capital has also been circulated.
The idea came from certain Egyptian Christians based in the US and Canada. It is hardly possible to divide Egypt. There is no single region with Christian majority in Egypt. Asyut cannot be made a capital for a Christian state as the Muslims outnumber the Christians there.

In the above-mentioned security meeting, the US mention of Iraq’s division means it is a secret design.

The linking of the president’s rejection of the idea of partition with his disapproval of the rising Iraqi death toll that reached 3,500 in July alone — apart from 1,666 explosions — means it is a warning that the violence will not stop without the partition.

The president’s disapproval of the increasing violence could be viewed as a step toward dividing the country as the only solution to the issue.

His public rejection of the idea of the partition could be dismissed as a political ploy... the US, seemingly, wants the chaos to deepen so that a situation would emerge in which everybody would clamor that “Iraq should
be divided if peace is to be achieved.”

In such a situation the world would accept the US proposal of the Iraqi partition. It would also signal the beginning of the implementation of the US scheme to divide other large Muslim countries...

Iraqis reject the US military presence in their country. They also reject the US plans including the imposition of a spurious American democracy.
The Iraqi resistance ... is being undertaken jointly by the Sunnis and Shiites because their goal is one: Oppose the occupying forces and their supporters... leave Iraq to Iraqis letting them decide their future.

Brownback's pushes plan formulated with Leslie Gelb, former head of the private Council on Foreign Relations, to divide Iraq into Sunni, Shiite, Kurdish states...part of an unlikely Senate duo that's promoting the plan to partition Iraq with Democratic Sen. Joseph Biden of Delaware...Peter Galbraith, former U.S. ambassador to Croatia who's advised the Kurds, also backs the plan. ...
http://seattletimes.nwsource.com/html/nationworld/2003696515_brownback07...

====

PAKISTAN

Lal Masjid: What really happened?
by Abid Ullah Jan
(Sunday, July 15, 2007)
"Musharraf wanted to diffuse the multi-parties conference in London [a meeting of dozens of Pakistani politicians]. Before that he was using Lal Mosque to distract [from] the judicial crisis."

The so-called Lal Masjid operation is officially over but it leaves the military regime and Pakistan in a major security, political, moral and religious crisis. Based on the available information, we can clearly see as to what really happened. Following are the bare minimum facts that can be accommodated in a short article. It is, however, not difficult to dig the associated facts and prepare a legal case against the culprits of this bloody adventure.
The pro-regime analysts claim that all the damning information that exposes the regime is fantastic and damning allegations, facts mixed with fantasy to create dramatic PR affects. They want to make the public believe that the following are mere perceptions and have nothing to do with the reality:
That there are over 1000 casualties of students, mostly women and children and the government have removed the bodies for secret burials.
There were no weapons in the complex and the governments have planted them after the operation.
There were no terrorists or foreign fighters inside the complex and the government is only using this excuse to build its cases.
The operation has been carried out on the orders of US by General Musharraf to please West to seek a re-election for next five years.

Abid Ullah Jan is the author of seven books on international affairs, including: “The Ultimate Tragedy: Colonialists Rushing to Global War to Save the Crumbling Empire,”“Afghansitan: The Genesis of the Final Crusade,”“The Musharraf Factor: Leading Pakistan to its inevitable demise,”“From BCCI to ISI: The Saga of Entrapment Continues” and “After Fascism: Muslims and the Struggle for Self-Determination.” He is a regular contributor to Media Monitors Network (MMN) from Canada.

====

Israel planning to assassinate Haniyeh, Nazareth-based paper says
Ma'an News
An Arabic-language newspaper published in Nazareth, in northern Israel, reported on Friday that the Israeli cabinet has approved plans to assassinate Ismail Haniyeh, the leader of the Hamas movement. According to the paper's Israeli sources, the Israeli defence minister, Ehud Barak, has also approved the decision. The As-Sennara newspaper added that sources "close to the Israeli decision-makers" affirmed that the Israeli security bodies have drawn up plans to "eliminate" Haniyeh. According to the Nazareth-based paper, the Israeli security bodies have handed over these plans to Barak, who, in turn, has agreed from a preliminary point of view to the plans...
http://www.uruknet.de/?p=34471

PUPPET'S LAST DANCE CHANCE
Maliki Says His Forces Are Able to Secure Iraq
Prime Minister al-Maliki declared Saturday Iraqi forces could secure the country on their own "any time" American troops decided to withdraw.
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/07/15/world/middleeast/15iraq.html?th&emc=th

CHINA WON'T PLAY: U.S ONLY MAY BAN/BOYCOTT/CRIMINALIZE
China Blocks Some Imports of U.S. Chicken and Pork
China suspending imports of some chicken and pork [AGAIN] after inspectors found shipments from 8 major meat indutry producers contaminated with chemicals or bacteria. Officials at Tyson Foods in Springdale, Ark., the world’s largest meat producer, could not be reached for comment early Saturday. A spokesman for Cargill, which is based in Minneapolis, was also unavailable for comment.
Beijing officials suggested that the international news media and American regulators are exaggerating or misleading the public about the quality and safety of some Chinese imports....:The country should not be put on trial because of the problems of a particular company.”
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/07/15/business/worldbusiness/15china.html?th...

ONE MASTER CHURCH
New Vatican document affirms centrality of Catholic Church
Christ "established here on earth" only one Church and instituted it as a "visible and spiritual community"5, that from its beginning and throughout the centuries has always existed and will always exist, and in which alone are found all the elements that Christ himself instituted.6 "This one Church of Christ, which we confess in the Creed as one, holy, catholic and apostolic […]. This Church, constituted and organised in this world as a society, subsists in the Catholic Church, governed by the successor of Peter and the Bishops in communion with him"7.
home/vpr/web/docs-released/news_services/bulletin/news/20581.php

Deal Reported in Abuse Cases in Los Angeles
If approved, a settlement of $660 million will be by far the largest payout by any single Roman Catholic diocese in scandals over sexual abuse.
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/07/15/us/15abuse.html?th&emc=th

Russia Suspends Arms Agreement Over U.S. Shield
Russia said it would suspend its obligations under a cold war-era arms control treaty over a missile shield plan.
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/07/15/world/europe/15russia.html?th&emc=th

7/15/7 Not a 'Gut Feeling': Detailed Documentation: "al-Qaeda" a WMD of Bipartisan Global Domination Strategy

Where justice is denied, where poverty is enforced, where ignorance prevails, and where any one class is made to feel that society is an organized conspiracy to oppress, rob and degrade them, neither persons nor property will be safe.
Frederick Douglass

KNOW YOUR FRIENDS & ENEMIES:
'OUR' STATE TERRORIST IMPERIALIST-ZIONIST ENEMY HAS MADE IT ABSOLUTELY CLEAR: ALL RESISTANCE TO IT IS "TERRORISM". ' WE' ARE THE ENEMY : "IF YOU ARE NOT WITH US, YOU ARE WITH THE TERRORISTS" ... AND 'WE' ARE DEFEATING THE PEOPLES' ENEMY IN IRAQ. STAND WITH RESISTANCE EVERYWHERE!

CIA Said Instability [SIC] Seemed 'Irreversible'
  "The government is unable to govern," Hayden concluded. "We have spent a lot of energy and treasure creating a government... and it cannot function."
http://tinyurl.com/ytaynq

"Terrorists" Thriving in Iraq, Senior Military Official Says:
 While the military has maintained that al Qaeda is on the run in Iraq, by any number of measures the terror group and its affiliates are as strong as ever, and June was the most violent month since the start of the war, a senior U.S. military official told ABC News.
http://tinyurl.com/ysa7ft
 
 

Insurgents [SIC] in Iraq same as 9/11 attackers:
 Bush, defending his troop surge in Iraq, insisted Thursday that the insurgents attacking US troops in Iraq "are the same ones who attacked us on Sept. 11." http://tinyurl.com/ysjo2g
 

Iraq police colluded in Kerbala attack:
  U.S. Army investigation concluded Iraqi police assisted insurgents in assault in the Shi'ite holy city of Kerbala in January that killed five U.S. soldiers, USA Today reported
http://tinyurl.com/2x9bme
 

Philippine army recovers beheaded bodies
 "Muslim insurgents" ambushed a Philippine marine convoy searching for a kidnapped Italian priest and killed at least 14 troops, beheading at least 10 of them, a military spokesman said Wednesday.
http://tinyurl.com/yp2hve

Al Qaeda': they get around
'Al Qaeda' in Iraq... 'Al Qaeda' in Somalia... 'Al Qaeda' in Afghanistan... 'Al Qaeda' in Europe... 'Al Qaeda' in London... 'Al Qaeda' in Indonesia...
'Al Qaeda' in China... 'Al Qaeda' in Palestine... they have some extremely cool technology: sonic departiculifiers, teleporters, and transporter beams supplied by the Enterprise to project themselves across hugely disparate political matrices, uploading their virtual selves into the bodies of local militants like Agent Smith, insinuating themselves effortlessly into the most complex conflicts. Why stop at Palestine? Surely it must be obvious that they are responsible for every other planetary problem as well ... invaded Iraq, overthrew Allende, occupied the Philippines, rigged the 2000 elections, created the Contras, fought on both sides of the Opium Wars... Lenin's Tomb leninology.blogspot.com/2007/07/al-qaeda-they-get-around.html

DETAILED DOCUMENTATION OF THE BIPARTISAN USE OF MADE-IN-USA "AL-QAEDA" TO ACHIEVE U.S. HISTORICAL BIPARTISAN GLOBAL DOMINATION :

The Central Role of Al Qaeda in National Security Doctrine:
How "Revealing the Lies" on 9/11 Perpetuates the "Big Lie"
by Michel Chossudovsky
Global Research, July 12, 2007
Text of Michel Chossudovsky's keynote presentation at the opening plenary session (27 May 2004) to The International Citizens Inquiry Into 9/11, Toronto, 25-30 May 2004. (First published by Global Research, 27 May 2004

"Revealing the lies" of Bush officials regarding these "intelligence warnings" has served to uphold Al Qaeda as the genuine threat, as an "outside enemy", which threatens the security of America, when in fact Al Qaeda is a creation of the US intelligence apparatus....

9/11 is the justification.
According to Homeland Security "the near-term attacks will either rival or exceed the 9/11 attacks"...would lead to the suspension of civilian government and the establishment of martial law. In the words of Homeland Security Secretary Tom Ridge: "If we go to Red [code alert]... it basically shuts down the country," "You ask, 'Is it serious?' Yes, you bet your life. People don't do that unless it's a serious situation." (Donald Rumsfeld). The "Criminalization of the State", is when war criminals legitimately occupy positions of authority, which enable them to decide "who are the criminals", when in fact they are the criminals.

Revealing a lie does not necessarily lead to establishing the truth.
In fact the experience of the 9/11 Commission which has a mandate to investigate the September 11 attacks has proved exactly the opposite.... the Bush administration had numerous "intelligence warnings"...which confirmed that terrorists had the capacity of hijacking aircrafts and using them to target buildings. Attorney General John Ashcroft had apparently been warned in August 2001 by the FBI to avoid commercial airlines, but this information was not made public. (See Eric Smith at http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/SMI402A.html )
The Pentagon had conducted a full fledged exercise on an airplane crashing into the Pentagon.(See http://globalresearch.ca/articles/RYA404A.html )
We also know that senior Bush officials including Donald Rumsfeld and Condoleezza Rice lied under oath to the 9/11 commission, when they stated that they had no information or forewarning of impending terrorist attacks.

But we also know, from carefully documented research that:
*There were stand-down orders on 9/11. The US Air force did not intervene. see http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/ELS305A.html , Szamuely at http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/SZA112A.html )
*There was a cover-up of the WTC and Pentagon investigation. The WTC rubble was confiscated. (See Bill Manning at http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/MAN309A.html
*The plane debris at the Pentagon disappeared. (See Thierry Meyssan, http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/MEY204C.html )
*Massive financial gains were made as a result of 9/11, from insider trading leading up to 9/11 (See Michael Ruppert, http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/RUP110A.html)
*There is an ongoing financial scam underlying the 7.1 billion dollar insurance claim by the WTC leaseholder, following the collapse of the twin towers (See Michel Chossudovsky, http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/CHO403B.html
*Mystery surrounds WTC building 7, which collapsed (or was "pulled" down in the afternoon of 9/11 mysteriously (For details see WTC-7: (Scott Loughrey at http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/LOU308A.html ).

The unfolding consensus "They knew but failed to act":
The White House is being accused by the critics of "criminal negligence", for having casually disregarded the intelligence presented to president Bush and his national security team, and for not having acted to prevent the 9/11 terrorist attack. This line of reasoning is appealing to many 9/11 critics and "Bush bashers" because it clearly places the blame on the Bush administration.

Yet in a bitter irony, the very process of revealing these lies and expressing public outrage has contributed to reinforcing the 9/11 cover-up. "Revealing the lies" serves to present Al Qaeda as the genuine threat, as an "outside enemy", which threatens the security of America, when in fact Al Qaeda is a creation of the US intelligence apparatus...

Meanwhile, the history of Al Qaeda and the CIA has been shoved to the background. The fact that successive US governments since the Soviet-Afghan war have supported and abetted the Islamic terror network is no longer mentioned, for obvious reasons. It would break the consensus regarding Al Qaeda as the outside enemy of America, which is a crucial building block of the entire National Security doctrine.

This central proposition that Islamic terrorists were responsible for 9/11 serves to justify everything else including the Patriot Act, the wars on Afghanistan and Iraq, the spiraling defense and homeland security budgets, the detention of thousands of people of Muslim faith on trumped up charges, the arrest and deportation to Guantanamo of alleged "enemy combatants", etc.

The Central Role of Al Qaeda in Bush's National Security Doctrine
Spelled out in the National Security Strategy (NSS), the preemptive "defensive war" doctrine and the "war on terrorism" against Al Qaeda constitute the two essential building blocks of the Pentagon's propaganda campaign.

No Al Qaeda, No war on terrorism, No rogue States which sponsor Al Qaeda, No pretext for waging war, No justification for invading and occupying Afghanistan and Iraq, No justification for sending in US special forces into numerous countries around the World, No justification for developing tactical nuclear weapons to be used in conventional war theaters against Islamic terrorists, who according to official statements constitute a nuclear threat. (http://globalresearch.ca/articles/CHO405A.html).

"The Pentagon must prepare for all possible contingencies, especially now, when dozens of countries, and some terrorist groups, are engaged in secret weapon development programs." (quoted in William Arkin, Secret Plan Outlines the Unthinkable, Los Angeles Times, 9 March 2002)

Central Role of al Qaeda in US Military Doctrine
Al Qaeda constitutes the justification for a pre-emptive war against rogue states and terrorist organizations. It is part of the indoctrination of US troops fighting in the Middle East. It is also being used to justify the so-called "abuse" of POWs.

The objective is to present "preemptive military action" --meaning war as an act of "self-defense" against two categories of enemies, "rogue States" and "Islamic terrorists":

"The war against terrorists of global reach is a global enterprise of uncertain duration. …America will act against such emerging threats before they are fully formed. …Rogue states and terrorists do not seek to attack us using conventional means. They know such attacks would fail. Instead, they rely on acts of terror and, potentially, the use of weapons of mass destruction (…) The targets of these attacks are our military forces and our civilian population, in direct violation of one of the principal norms of the law of warfare. As was demonstrated by the losses on September 11, 2001, mass civilian casualties is the specific objective of terrorists and these losses would be exponentially more severe if terrorists acquired and used weapons of mass destruction. The United States has long maintained the option of preemptive actions to counter a sufficient threat to our national security. The greater the threat, the greater is the risk of inaction- and the more compelling the case for taking anticipatory action to defend ourselves, (…). To forestall or prevent such hostile acts by our adversaries, the United States will, if necessary, act preemptively."
(National Security Strategy, White House, 2002, http://www.whitehouse.gov/nsc/nss.html )

To justify pre-emptive military actions, including the use of nuclear weapons in conventional war theaters (approved by the Senate in late 2003), the National Security Doctrine requires the "fabrication" of a terrorist threat, --ie. "an outside enemy." It also needs to link these terrorist threats to "State sponsorship" by the so-called "rogue states."... it also means that the various "massive casualty-producing events" allegedly by Al Qaeda (the fabricated enemy) are also part of the propaganda ploy which consists in upholding the Legend of an outside enemy.

9/11 and War Propaganda
In other words, the forewarnings sustain the Al Qaeda legend, which constitutes the cornerstone of the "war on terrorism". And the latter serves as a justification for America's "pre-emptive wars" with a view to "protecting the homeland".

One year before 9/11, the Project for a New American Century (PNAC) called for "some catastrophic and catalyzing event, like a new Pearl Harbor," which would serve to galvanize US public opinion in support of a war agenda. (http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/NAC304A.html )...

The PNAC's declared objective is "Defend the Homeland'' and "Fight and decisively win in multiple, simultaneous theater wars", perform global constabulary funcitons including punitive military actions around the World, and the so-called "revolution in military affairs", essentially meaning the development of a new range of sophisticated weaponry including the militarisation of outer space,the development of a new generation of nuclear weapons, etc. (nuclear weapons see http://globalresearch.ca/articles/CHO405A.html; on PNAC, http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/NAC304A.html )

The PNAC's reference to a "catastrophic and catalyzing event" echoes a similar statement by David Rockefeller to the United Nations Business Council in 1994:
"We are on the verge of global transformation. All we need is the right major crisis and the nations will accept the New World Order."

Similarly Zbigniew Brzezinski in his book, The Grand Chessboard:.

"…it may find it more difficult to fashion a consensus [in America] on foreign policy issues, except in the circumstances of a truly massive and widely perceived direct external threat."

Zbigniew Brzezinski, National Security Adviser to President Jimmy Carter was one of the key architects of the Al Qaeda network, created by the CIA at the onslaught of the Soviet Afghan war (1979-1989). (See Brzezinski at http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/BRZ110A.print.html )

The "catastrophic and catalyzing event" as stated by the PNAC is an integral part of US military-intelligence planning. General Franks, who led the military campaign into Iraq, pointed recently (October 2003) to the role of a "massive casualty-producing event" to muster support for the imposition of military rule in America. (See General Tommy Franks calls for Repeal of US Constitution, November 2003, http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/EDW311A.html ).

Franks identifies the precise scenario whereby military rule will be established:
"a terrorist, massive, casualty-producing event [will occur] somewhere in the Western world - it may be in the United States of America - that causes our population to question our own Constitution and to begin to militarize our country in order to avoid a repeat of another mass, casualty-producing event." (Ibid)...

The "terrorist massive casualty-producing event" is presented by General Franks as a crucial political turning point. The resulting crisis and social turmoil are intended to facilitate a major shift in US political, social and institutional structures.
General Franks' statement reflects a consensus within the US Military as to how events ought to unfold. The "war on terrorism" is to provide a justification for repealing the Rule of Law, ultimately with a view to "preserving civil liberties."
Franks' interview suggests that an Al Qaeda sponsored terrorist attack will be used as a "trigger mechanism" for a military coup d'état in America. The PNAC's "Pearl Harbor type event" would be used as a justification for declaring a State of emergency, leading to the establishment of a military government.

In many regards, the militarisation of civilian State institutions in the US is already functional under the facade of a bogus democracy.

Actual Terrorist Attacks
To be "effective" the fear and disinformation campaign cannot solely rely on unsubstantiated "warnings" of future attacks, it also requires "real" terrorist occurrences or "incidents", which provide credibility to the Washington's war plans. These terrorist events are used to justify the implementation of "emergency measures" as well as "retaliatory military actions". They are required, in the present context, to create the illusion of "an outside enemy" that is threatening the American Homeland.

The triggering of "war pretext incidents" is part of the Pentagon's assumptions. In fact it is an integral part of US military history.(See Richard Sanders, War Pretext Incidents, How to Start a War, Global Outlook, published in two parts, Issues 2 and 3, 2002-2003).

In 1962, the Joint Chiefs of Staff had envisaged a secret plan entitled "Operation Northwoods", to deliberately trigger civilian casualties to justify the invasion of Cuba:

"We could blow up a U.S. ship in Guantanamo Bay and blame Cuba," "We could develop a Communist Cuban terror campaign in the Miami area, in other Florida cities and even in Washington" "casualty lists in U.S. newspapers would cause a helpful wave of national indignation." (See the declassified Top Secret 1962 document titled "Justification for U.S. Military Intervention in Cuba"16 (See Operation Northwoods at http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/NOR111A.html ).

There is no evidence that the Pentagon or the CIA played a direct role in recent terrorist attacks, including those in Indonesia (2002), India (2001), Turkey (2003) and Saudi Arabia (2003).

According to the reports, the attacks were undertaken by organizations (or cells of these organizations), which operate quite independently, with a certain degree of autonomy. This independence is in the very nature of a covert intelligence operation. The «intelligence asset» is not in direct contact with its covert sponsors. It is not necessarily cognizant of the role it plays on behalf of its intelligence sponsors.

The fundamental question is who is behind them? Through what sources are they being financed? What is the underlying network of ties?

For instance, in the case of the 2002 Bali bomb attack, the alleged terrorist organization Jemaah Islamiah had links to Indonesia's military intelligence (BIN), which in turn has links to the CIA and Australian intelligence.

The December 2001 terrorist attacks on the Indian Parliament --which contributed to pushing India and Pakistan to the brink of war-- were allegedly conducted by two Pakistan-based rebel groups, Lashkar-e-Taiba ("Army of the Pure") and Jaish-e-Muhammad ("Army of Mohammed"), both of which according to the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) are supported by Pakistan's ISI. (Council on Foreign Relations at http://www.terrorismanswers.com/groups/harakat2.html , Washington 2002).

What the CFR fails to acknowledge is the crucial relationship between the ISI and the CIA and the fact that the ISI continues to support Lashkar, Jaish and the militant Jammu and Kashmir Hizbul Mujahideen (JKHM), while also collaborating with the CIA. (For further details see Michel Chossudovsky, Fabricating an Enemy, March 2003, http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/CHO301B.html )

A 2002 classified outbrief drafted to guide the Pentagon "calls for the creation of a so-called 'Proactive, Pre-emptive Operations Group' (P2OG), to launch secret operations aimed at "stimulating reactions" among terrorists and states possessing weapons of mass destruction -- that is, for instance, prodding terrorist cells into action and exposing themselves to 'quick-response' attacks by U.S. forces." (William Arkin, The Secret War, The Los Angeles Times, 27 October 2002) The P2OG initiative is nothing new. It essentially extends an existing apparatus of covert operations. Amply documented, the CIA has supported terrorist groups since the Cold War era. This "prodding of terrorist cells" under covert intelligence operations often requires the infiltration and training of the radical groups linked to Al Qaeda.... covert support by the US military and intelligence apparatus has been channeled to various Islamic terrorist organizations through a complex network of intermediaries and intelligence proxies. (See below in relation to the Balkans)

Foreknowledge is a Red Herring
Foreknowledge implies and requires the existence of this "outside enemy", who is attacking America. Amply documented, the Islamic brigades and Al Qaeda including the madrassas and the CIA sponsored training camps in Afghanistan are a creation of the CIA. The Taliban were "graduates" of the madrassas, which formed a Us sponsored government in 1996.

During the Cold War, but also in its aftermath, the CIA using Pakistan's Military Intelligence apparatus as a go-between played a key role in training the Mujahideen. In turn, the CIA-sponsored guerrilla training was integrated with the teachings of Islam.

Every single US administration since Jimmy Carter has consistently supported the so-called "Militant Islamic Base", including Osama bin Laden's Al Qaeda, as part of their foreign policy agenda... the Democrats and the Republicans have worked hand in glove....

Media Reports on Al Qaeda and Pakistan's Military Intelligence (ISI)
It is indeed revealing that in virtually all post 9/11 terrorist occurrences, the terrorist organization is reported (by the media and in official statements) as having "ties to Osama bin Laden's Al Qaeda". This in itself is a crucial piece of information. Of course, the fact that Al Qaeda is a creation of the CIA is neither mentioned in the press reports nor is it considered relevant to an understanding of these terrorist occurrences.

The ties of these terrorist organizations (particularly those in Asia) to Pakistan's military intelligence (ISI) is acknowledged in a few cases by official sources and press dispatches. Confirmed by the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), some of these groups are said to have links to Pakistan's ISI, without identifying the nature of these links. Needless to say, this information is crucial in identifying the sponsors of these terrorist attacks. In other words, the ISI is said to support these terrorist organizations, while at same time maintaining close ties to the CIA.

In other words, the focus on foreknowledge has served to usefully distract attention from the US government's longstanding relationship to the terror network since the Soviet-Afghan war, which inevitably raises the broader issue of treason and war crimes. The foreknowledge issue in a sense erases the historical record because it denies a relationship between Al Qaeda and successive US administrations.

The administration is accused of not acting upon these terrorist warnings...
Richard Clarke who was in charge of counter terrorism on the National Security Council until February 2003 "apologized" to the American people and the families of the victims. Had they acted in a responsible fashion, had they taken the intelligence briefings seriously, 3000 lives would have been saved on September 11, 2001. But bear in mind that Richard Clarke was part of an intelligence team which was at the time providing support to Al Qaeda in the Balkans. (See below)
This anti-Bush consensus concerning the 9/11 attacks has engulfed part of the 9/11 truth movement. The outright lies in sworn testimony to the 9/11 Commission have been denounced in chorus; the families of the victims have expressed their indignation. The debate centers on whether the administration is responsible for an "intelligence failure" or whether it was the result of "incompetence."In both cases, the al Qaeda legend remains unchallenged. The fact that Al Qaeda hijackers were responsible for 9/11 remains unchallenged.

Source of Terrorist Warnings
...nobody questioned the source of these warnings emanating from an intelligence apparatus, which is known to have supported Al Qaeda throughout the entire post cold War era. In other words, are the terrorist warnings emanating out of the CIA a "true" representation of the terrorist threat or are they part of the process of disinformation which seeks precisely to uphold Al Qaeda as an "Enemy of the Homeland".

Meanwhile, the issues of "cover-up and complicity" at the highest levels of the Bush administration, which were raised in the immediate wake of the 9/11 attacks have been shoved out... (See Michel Chossudovsky, http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/CHO303D.html

"The Saudis Did It"
What the media, as well as some of the key 9/11 investigators are pushing is that "The Saudis did it". The outside enemy Al Qaeda is said to be supported by supported by the Saudis. This line of analysis, which characterizes the 1 trillion dollar law suit by the families of the victims led by Lawyer Ted Motley, is evidently flawed. While it highlights the business ties between the Bushes and the bin Ladens, in does not challenge the legend of the outside enemy.
"The Saudis did it" is also part of the US foreign policy agenda, to be eventually used to discredit the Saudi monarchy and destabilize the Saudi financiers, who oversee 25 percent of the World's oil reserves, ten times those of the US. in fact, this process has already begun with the Saudi privatization program, which seeks to transfer Saudi wealth and assets into foreign (Anglo-American) hands. The Saudi financiers were never prime movers. They were [U.S.] proxies. They played a subordinate role. They worked closely with US intelligence and their American financial counterparts. They were involved in the laundering of drug money working closely with the CIA. Thew Wahabbi sects from Saudi Arabia were sent to Afghanistan to set up the madrassas. The Saudis channeled covert financing to the various Islamic insurgencies on behalf of the CIA... the "Saudis did It" consensus essentially contributes to whitewashing the Bush administration, while also providing pretext to destabilize Saudi Arabia.

"The Bush Lied" Consensus upholds "The Big Lie"
This emerging 9/11 consensus ("Outside enemy", intelligence failures, criminal negligence, "the Saudis did it", etc.) which is making its way into American history books, is "they knew, but failed to act". It was incompetence or criminal negligence but it was not treason. The wars in Afghanistan and Iraq were "just wars", they were undertaken in accordance with the National Security doctrine, which views Al Qaeda as the outside enemy. It is worth noting that at the outset of the war on Afghanistan, a number of prominent Western intellectuals, trade union and civil society leaders supported the "Just War" concept. While the Bush administration takes the blame, the "war on terrorism" and its humanitarian mandate remain functionally intact... everybody has their eyes riveted on the fact that Bush officials lied under oath regarding the terrorist warnings.... the key question:

What is the significance of these warnings emanating from the intelligence apparatus, knowing that the CIA is the creator of Al Qaeda and that Al Qaeda is an "intelligence asset"... the CIA is the sponsor of Al Qaeda and at the same time controls the warnings on impending terrorist attacks....

The Legend of the "Outside Enemy"
The 1993 WTC bombing was heralded by the Bush Administration as one of the earlier Al Qaeda attacks on the Homeland. Since 9/11, the 1993 WTC bombing has become part of "the 9/11 legend" which describes Al Qaeda as "an outside enemy."

In the words of National Security Adviser Condoleezza Rice (April 2004) in sworn testimony at the 9/11 Commission:

"The terrorist threat to our Nation did not emerge on September 11th, 2001. Long before that day, radical, freedom-hating terrorists declared war on America and on the civilized world. The attack on the Marine barracks in Lebanon in 1983, the hijacking of the Achille Lauro in 1985, the rise of al-Qaida and the bombing of the World Trade Center in 1993, the attacks on American installations in Saudi Arabia in 1995 and 1996, the East Africa embassy bombings of 1998, the attack on the USS Cole in 2000, these and other atrocities were part of a sustained, systematic campaign to spread devastation and chaos and to murder innocent Americans." (complete transcript of her testimony at http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/RIC404A.html )

Evidence of US-Al Qaeda collaboration from official sources which confirms unequivocally that Al Qaeda was a US sponsored "intelligence asset" during the entire post Cold War era.

1993-1994 POST COLD WAR ERA: Clinton Administration collaborates with Al Qaeda
At the time of the 1993 WTC bombing, the Clinton Administration and al Qaeda were actively collaborating in joint military operations in Bosnia, as confirmed by an official congressional report emanating from the Republican Party. The Clinton Administration's "hands-on" involvement with the Islamic network's arms pipeline included inspections of missiles from Iran by U.S. government officials. The Militant Islamic Network (page 5): Along with the weapons, Iranian Revolutionary Guards and VEVAK intelligence operatives entered Bosnia in large numbers, along with thousands of mujahedin ("holy warriors") from across the Muslim world. Also engaged in the effort were several other Muslim countries (including Brunei, Malaysia, Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, Sudan, and Turkey) and a number of radical Muslim organizations. For example, the role of one Sudan-based "humanitarian organization," called the Third World Relief Agency, has been well documented. The Clinton Administration's "hands-on" involvement with the Islamic network's arms pipeline included inspections of missiles from Iran by U.S. government officials (...)

In short, the Clinton Administration's policy of facilitating the delivery of arms to the Bosnian Muslims made it the de facto partner of an ongoing international network of governments and organizations pursuing their own agenda in Bosnia...For example, one such group about which details have come to light is the Third World Relief Agency (TWRA), a Sudan-based, phoney humanitarian organization which has been a major link in the arms pipeline to Bosnia. ["How Bosnia's Muslims Dodged Arms Embargo: Relief Agency Brokered Aid From Nations, Radical Groups," Washington Post, 9/22/96; see also "Saudis Funded Weapons For Bosnia, Official Says: $ 300 Million Program Had U.S. 'Stealth Cooperation'," Washington Post, 2/2/96] TWA is believed to be connected with such fixtures of the Islamic terror network as Sheik Omar Abdel Rahman (the convicted mastermind behind the 1993 World Trade Center bombing) and Osama Binladen, a wealthy Saudi emigre believed to bankroll numerous militant groups. [WP, 9/22/96]

Clinton Administration supported the "Militant Islamic Base", Senate Press Release, US Congress, 16 January 1997, http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/DCH109A.html [original Senate Document http://www.senate.gov/~rpc/releases/1997/iran.htm]

The alleged terrorist Sheik Omar Abdul Rahman was sentenced as the mastermind behind the 1993 WTC bombings and subsequently convicted to life imprisonment... the same individual Omar Abdul Rahman was identified in the 1997 Report of the Republican Party Policy Committee of the US Senate (see above) as collaborating with Clinton officials in bringing in weapons and Mujahideen into Bosnia. In other words, the Republican party confirms that Omar Abdul Rahman and Al Qaeda were US sponsored "intelligence assets".
When Bill Clinton, appeared before the 9/11 Commission (April 2004), was he questioned on his links to the terror network, including the mastermind of the 1993 WTC bombing? No. We can conclude: A Clinton-Osama-Abdel Rahman Triangle. The Foreknowledge issue falls flat on its face. What we are dealing with is "Treason" and Cover-up" on the history of the Clinton Administration's links to the alleged "Outside Enemy".

1995-1999 NATO AND THE US MILITARY COLLABORATED WITH AL QAEDA IN KOSOVO
We provide below several statements from Congressional records which point to US support to the terror network in Kosovo (1995-1999) and which amply refute the existence of an "Outside Enemy"

Frank Ciluffo of the Globalized Organized Crime Program in a testimony presented to the House of Representatives Judicial Committee:
What was largely hidden from public view was the fact that the KLA raise part of their funds from the sale of narcotics. Albania and Kosovo lie at the heart of the Balkan Route that links the "Golden Crescent" of Afghanistan and Pakistan to the drug markets of Europe. This route is worth an estimated $400 billion a year and handles 80 per cent of heroin destined for Europe. (U.S. Congress, Testimony of Frank J. Cilluffo, Deputy Director of the Global Organized Crime Program, to the House Judiciary Committee, Washington DC, 13 December 2000)

Ralf Mutschke of Interpol's Criminal Intelligence division, also in a testimony to the House Judicial Committee:
The U.S. State Department listed the KLA as a terrorist organization, indicating that it was financing its operations with money from the international heroin trade and loans from Islamic countries and individuals, among them allegedly Osama bin Laden. Another link to bin Laden is the fact that the brother of a leader in an Egyptian Jihad organization and also a military commander of Osama bin Laden, was leading an elite KLA unit during the Kosovo conflict. (U.S. Congress, House Judicial Committee, Washington DC, 13 December 2000)

Rep. John Kasich of the House Armed Services Committee: "We connected ourselves [in 1998-99] with the KLA, which was the staging point for bin Laden." (U.S. Congress, Transcripts of the House Armed Services Committee, Washington, DC, 5 October 1999)

In 1999, Senator Jo Lieberman stated authoritatively that "Fighting for the KLA is fighting for human rights and American values."... he knew that the KLA was supported by Osama bin Laden.

What can we conclude from these and other statements? The transcripts from Congressional documents refute the existence of the "outside enemy". Al Qaeda (our "intelligence asset") supported and continues to support the KLA. The Clinton administration supported the KLA. Secretary of State Madeleine Albright coveted KLA leaders Hashim Thaci. Military Professional Resources (MPRI), a mercenary company on contract to the Pentagon was involved in the training the KLA. The KLA was also trained by US and British Special Forces. But the KLA was also trained by Al Qaeda. The US collaborated in training a terrorist organization which has with links to al Qaeda, the drug trade and organized crime.

The Bush Administration has followed in the footsteps of the Clinton administration. The KLA is supported by the US military, while also being backed by Al Qaeda.

2000-2001: 8/01 THE ISLAMIC MILITANT NETWORK, NATO AND THE US MILITARY JOIN HANDS IN MACEDONIA
Barely a few weeks before 9/11, in August 2001, senior U.S. military advisers from a private mercenary outfit on contract to the Pentagon (MPRI), were advising the self-proclaimed National Liberation Army (NLA) of Macedonia. Mujahideen detached by Al Qaeda from the Middle East and Central Asia were fighting in a paramilitary army, which was also supported by the US military and NATO. The NLA is a proxy of the Kosovo Liberation Army (KLA). In turn, the KLA and the UN-sponsored Kosovo Protection Corps (KPC) are identical institutions with the same commanders and military personnel. KPC Commanders on UN salaries are fighting in the NLA together with the Mujahideen....while supported and financed by Osama bin Laden's Al Qaeda, the KLA-NLA is also supported by NATO and the United Nations mission to Kosovo (UNMIK). In fact, the Islamic Militant Network also using Pakistan's Inter Service Intelligence (ISI) as the CIA's go-between still constitutes an integral part of Washington=s covert military-intelligence operations in Macedonia and Southern Serbia.

The KLA-NLA terrorists are funded from U.S. military aid, the United Nations peace-keeping budget, as well as by several Islamic organizations including Osama bin Laden's Al Qaeda. Drug money is also being used to finance the terrorists with the complicity of the U.S. government. The recruitment of Mujahideen to fight in the ranks of the NLA in Macedonia is implemented through various Islamic groups.
U.S. military advisers mingle with the Mujahideen within the same paramilitary force; Western mercenaries from NATO countries fight alongside the Mujahideen recruited in the Middle East and Central Asia. And the U.S. media calls this a >blowback= where so-called "intelligence assets" have gone against their sponsors!... It happened in Macedonia in the months leading up to 9/11. And it is confirmed by numerous press reports, eyewitness accounts, photographic evidence as well as official statements by the Macedonian Prime Minister, who has accused the Western military alliance of supporting the terrorists. Moreover, the official Macedonian News Agency (MIA) has pointed to the complicity between Washington's envoy Ambassador James Pardew and the NLA terrorists. In other words, the so-called "intelligence assets" were still serving the interests of their U.S. sponsors.

8/06 PRESIDENTIAL INTELLIGENCE BRIEFING (PDB)
The August 6 2001 intelligence briefing (PDB) prepared for President George W. Bush was entitled "Bin Ladin Determined To Strike in US".
PDBs are prepared at CIA headquarters at Langley and are presented to President Bush on a daily basis in the form of an oral briefing by CIA Director George Tenet. Below are selected excerpts from the PDB. The complete text of the August 6, 2001 PDB can be consulted at http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/WHI404A.html

The presumption in media reports is that this August 6 PDB is based on an actual terror threat. In fact, what the PTB does is to fabricate a terror threat. Below are few selected excerpts.
"Clandestine, foreign government, and media reports indicate Bin Ladin since 1997 has wanted to conduct terrorist attacks in the US."
[This statement is disinformation. During that period the US was collaborating with Al Qaeda in the Balkans, see above]

"We have not been able to corroborate some of the more sensational threat reporting, such as that from a ... (redacted portion) ... service in 1998 saying that Bin Ladin wanted to hijack a US aircraft to gain the release of “Blind Shaykh” ’Umar ’Abd al-Rahman and other US-held extremists.

Nevertheless, FBI information since that time indicates patterns of suspicious activity in this country consistent with preparations for hijackings or other types of attacks, including recent surveillance of federal buildings in New York.
[Does the CIA Director inform the president that a proxy organization of Sheik Abdu Rahman was actually collaborating with US military inspectors in Bosnia as confirmed by the 1997 Republican Party Committee report.]

The FBI is conducting approximately 70 full field investigations throughout the US that it considers Bin Ladin-related. CIA and the FBI are investigating a call to our Embassy in the UAE in May saying that a group of Bin Ladin supporters was in the US planning attacks with explosives.
[Does the CIA Director advise the president that Osama bin Laden was in the UAE in July of that year receiving treatment for a kidney condition at the American Hospital in Dubai and that the American hospital has close links to the US embassy (See the report published in Le Figaro, http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/RIC111B.html )]

8/27-8/30 2001 MISSION TO ISLAMABAD AND RAWALPINDI FOR INTELLIGENCE CONSULTATIONS
From the 27th to the 30th of August 2001, barely a couple of weeks before 9/11, the chairmen of the Senate and House intelligence committees, respectively Senator Bob Graham and Representative Porter Goss together with Senator Jon Kyl, were in Islamabad for "consultations". Meetings were held with President Musharraf and with Pakistan's military and intelligence brass including the head of Pakistan’s Inter Services Intelligence (ISI) General Mahmoud Ahmad. (see http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/CHO111A.html

An AFP report confirms that the US Congressional delegation also met the Afghan ambassador to Pakistan, Abdul Salam Zaeef. At this meeting, which was barely mentioned by the US media, "Zaeef assured the US delegation [on behalf of the Afghan government] that the Taliban would never allow bin Laden to use Afghanistan to launch attacks on the US or any other country." (Agence France Presse (AFP), 28 August 2001.)

The September FBI Report
An FBI report released to ABC news in late September 2001, which was subsequently confirmed by a Times of India report, suggests that Pakistan's Military Intelligence (ISI), headed by General Mahmoud Ahmad, played a key role in transferring money to the 9/11 hijackers.
General Mahmoud Ahmad had allegedly ordered the transfer of $100.000 to the alleged 9/11 ring-leader Mohamed Atta. (See Michel Chossudovsky, War and Globalization, The Truth behind 9/11, http://globalresearch.ca/globaloutlook/truth911.html )

As to September 11th, federal authorities have told ABC News they have now tracked more than $100,000 from banks in Pakistan, to two banks in Florida, to accounts held by suspected hijack ring leader Mohammed Atta. As well, this morning, Time magazine is reporting that some of that money came in the days just before the attack and can be traced directly to people connected to Osama bin Laden. It's all part of what has been a successful FBI effort so far to close in on the hijacker=s high commander, the money men, the planners and the mastermind.21

Note the sequencing of these meetings. Bob Graham and Porter Goss were in Islamabad in late August 2001, meeting General Mahmoud Ahmad, the alleged "money man" behind 9/11. The meetings with President Musharraf and the Afghan Ambassador were on the 27th of August, the mission was still in Islamabad on the 30th of August.

9/ 4- 9/13 HEAD OF PAKISTAN MILITARY INTELLIGENCE (ISI) ARRIVES IN WASHINGTON ON SEPTEMBER 4, DEPARTS ON SEPTEMBER 13
General Mahmoud Ahmad arrived in Washington on an official visit of consultations barely a few days later (September 4th). During his visit to Washington he met his counterpart CIA director George Tenet and high ranking officials of the Bush administration including Richard Armitage and Colin Powell. At the US congress, the General meets up with Senator Joseph Biden, Chairman of Foreign Relations Committee (13 Sept), Senator Bob Graham and Representative Porter Goss. Graham and Goss, the men who hosted the general will alter be called upon to set up the Joint Senate-House Inquiry on 9/11.

9/9 THE ASSASSINATION OF THE LEADER OF THE NORTHERN ALLIANCE AHMAD SHAH MASSOOD
The leader of the Northern Alliance Commander Ahmad Shah Masood was mortally wounded in a kamikaze assassination on September 9, 2001. It happened two days before the 9/11 attacks on the WTC and the Pentagon. Masood later died from wounds suffered in the suicide attack on the Saturday (9/15) following 9/11.

In the wake of the September 11 attacks, the killing of Ahmad Shah Masood was barely mentioned. The broad media consensus was that the two events (9/9 and 9/11) were totally unrelated. Yet the Northern Alliance had informed the Bush administration through an official communiqué that Pakistan's ISI was allegedly implicated in the assassination:
"A Pakistani ISI-Osama-Taliban axis [was responsible for] plotting the assassination by two Arab suicide bombers.. 'We believe that this is a triangle between Osama bin Laden, ISI, which is the intelligence section of the Pakistani army, and the Taliban'" (The Northern Alliance's statement was released on 14 September 2001, quoted in Reuters, 15 September 2001)

'Pakistan's ISI (Inter-Services Intelligence), the Taliban and Osama bin Laden appear to be behind this plot.'" (AFP, 10 September 2001)

In other words, there is reason to believe that the 9/9 and 9/11 are not isolated and unrelated events.
According to official statements and reports, the ISI was allegedly implicated in both events: the September 9, 2001 assassination of Shah Masood and the financing of the September 11, 2001 attacks. Both these events directly implicate senior officials in the Bush administration.
While the US media tacitly acknowledges the role of Pakistan's ISI in the assassination of Shah Masood, it fails to dwell upon the more substantive issue: How come the head of the ISI was in Washington, on an official visit, meeting Bush administration officials on the very same day Masood was assassinated?
Had Masood not been assassinated, the Bush administration would not have been able to install their political puppet Hamid Karzai in Kaboul.

9/10 OSAMA IN HOSPITAL ONE DAY BEFORE THE ATTACKS ON THE WTC
Don Rumsfeld states that the whereabouts of Osama are unknown. Yet, according to Dan Rather, CBS, Bin Laden was back in Hospital, one day before the 9/11 attacks, on September 10, this time, courtesy of America's indefectible ally Pakistan. Pakistan's Military Intelligence (ISI) told CBS that bin Laden had received dialysis treatment in Rawalpindi, at Pak Army's headquarters:
[transcript of CBS report, see http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/CBS203A.html ,
see also http://www.cbsnews.com/stories/2002/01/28/eveningnews/main325887.shtml ]

It should be noted, that the hospital is directly under the jurisdiction of the Pakistani Armed Forces, which has close links to the Pentagon. U.S. military advisers based in Rawalpindi. work closely with the Pakistani Armed Forces. Again, no attempt was made to arrest America's best known fugitive, but then maybe bin Laden was serving another "better purpose". Rumsfeld claimed at the time that he had no knowledge regarding Osama's health. (see CBS transcript above)....
the CBS report is a crucial piece of information in the 9/11 jigsaw. It refutes the administration's claim that the whereabouts of bin Laden are unknown. It points to a Pakistan connection, it suggests a cover-up at the highest levels of the Bush administration. Dan Rather and Barry Petersen fail to draw the implications of their January 2002 report. They fail to beg the question: where was Osama on 9/11? If they are to stand by their report, the conclusion is obvious: The administration is lying regarding the whereabouts of Osama. If the CBS report is accurate and Osama had indeed been admitted to the Pakistani military hospital on September 10, courtesy of America's ally, he could still be in hospital in Rawalpindi on the 11th of September, when the attacks occurred. In all probability, his whereabouts were known to US officials on the morning of September 12, when Secretary of State Colin Powell initiated negotiations with Pakistan, with a view to arresting and extraditing bin Laden.

These negotiations, led by General Mahmoud Ahmad, head of Pakistan's military intelligence, on behalf of the government of President Pervez Musharraf, took place on the 12th and 13th of September in Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage's office. The general also met Colin Powell in discussions at the State Department on the 13th.

9/11 THE FOLLOW-UP BREAKFAST MEETING ON CAPITOL HILL WITH GENERAL MAHMOUD AHMAD
On the morning of September 11, the three lawmakers Bob Graham, Porter Goss and Jon Kyl (who were part of the Congressional delegation to Pakistan) were having breakfast on Capitol Hill with General Ahmad, the alleged "money-man" behind the 9-11 hijackers. Also present at this meeting were Pakistan's ambassador to the U.S. Maleeha Lodhi and several members of the Senate and House Intelligence committees were also present. This meeting was described by one press report as a "follow-up meeting" to that held in Pakistan in late August. (see above) "On 8/30, Senate Intelligence Committee chair Sen. Bob Graham (D-FL) 'was on a mission to learn more about terrorism.' (…) On 9/11, Graham was back in DC 'in a follow-up meeting with' Pakistan intelligence agency chief Mahmud Ahmed and House Intelligence Committee chair Porter Goss (R-FL)" 3 (The Hotline, 1 October 2002):

While trivializing the importance of the 9/11 breakfast meeting, The Miami Herald (16 September 2001) confirms that General Ahmad also met Secretary of State Colin Powell in the wake of the 9/11 attacks.

Again the political significance of the personal relationship between General Mahmoud (the alleged "money man" behind 9/11) and Secretary of State Colin Powell is casually dismissed. According to The Miami Herald, the high level meeting between the two men was not planned in advance. It took place on the spur of the moment because of the shut down of air traffic, which prevented General Mahmoud from flying back home to Islamabad on a commercial flight, when in all probability the General and his delegation were traveling on a chartered government plane. With the exception of the Florida press (and Salon.com, 14 September), not a word was mentioned in the US media's September coverage of 9-11 concerning this mysterious breakfast reunion.
Eight months later on the 18th of May, two days after the "BUSH KNEW" headline hit the tabloids, the Washington Post published an article on Porter Goss, entitled: "A Cloak But No Dagger; An Ex-Spy Says He Seeks Solutions, Not Scapegoats for 9/11". Focusing on his career as a CIA agent, the article largely served to underscore the integrity and commitment of Porter Goss to waging a "war on terrorism". Yet in an isolated paragraph, the article acknowledges the mysterious 9/11 breakfast meeting with ISI Chief Mahmoud Ahmad, while also confirming that "Ahmad :ran a spy agency notoriously close to Osama bin Laden and the Taliban":
While the Washington Post scores in on the "notoriously close" links between General Ahmad and Osama bin Laden, it fails to dwell on the more important question: what were Rep. Porter Goss and Senator Bob Graham and other members of the Senate and House intelligence committees doing together with the alleged 9/11 "money-man" at breakfast on the morning of 9/11. In other words, the Washington Post report does not go one inch further in begging the real question: Was this mysterious breakfast venue a "political lapse", an intelligence failure or something far more serious? How come the very same individuals (Goss and Graham) who had developed a personal rapport with General Ahmad, had been entrusted under the joint committee inquiry "to reveal the truth on 9-11."
The media trivialises the breakfast meeting, it presents it as a simple fait divers and fails to "put two and two together". Neither does it acknowledge the fact, amply documented, that "the money-man" behind the hijackers had been entrusted by the Pakistani government to discuss the precise terms of Pakistan's "collaboration" in the "war on terrorism" in meetings held behind closed doors at the State department on the 12th and 13th of September. 11 7(See Michel Chossudovsky, op cit)

9/12-9/13 THE AFTERMATH, THE ALLEGED MONEYMAN MEETS COLIN POWELL AND RICHARD ARMITAGE
Bear in mind that the purpose of his meeting at the State Department on the 13th was only made public after the September 11 terrorist attacks when the Bush administration took the decision to formally seek the cooperation of Pakistan in its "campaign against international terrorism." despite the links of Pakistan's ISI to Osama bin Laden and the Taliban and its alleged role in the assassination of Commander Massoud. 2 days before 9/11.

Meanwhile, the Western media in the face of mounting evidence had remained silent on the insidious role of Pakistan's Military Intelligence agency (ISI). The assassination of Massoud was mentioned, but its political significance in relation to September 11 and the subsequent decision to go to war against Afghanistan was barely touched upon. Without discussion or debate, Pakistan was heralded as a friend and an ally of America. In an utterly twisted logic, the U.S. media concluded in chorus that:
U.S. officials had sought cooperation from Pakistan [precisely] because it is the original backer of the Taliban, the hard-line Islamic leadership of Afghanistan accused by Washington of harboring bin Laden. 9

The Bush Administration had not only provided red carpet treatment to the alleged "money man" behind the 9-11 attacks, it also had sought his ‘cooperation' in the "war on terrorism". The precise terms of this ‘cooperation' were agreed upon between General Mahmoud Ahmad, representing the Pakistani government and Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage, in meetings at the State Department on September 12 and 13. In other words, the Administration decided in the immediate wake of 9-11, to seek the ‘cooperation' of Pakistan's ISI in "going after Osama", despite the fact (documented by the FBI) that the ISI was financing and abetting the 9-11 terrorists. Contradictory? One might say that it's like "asking Al Capone to help in going after organized crime"

9/11 [HISTORICAL] Timeline

1. AL QAEDA IS BORN, THE COLD WAR ERA
1979, LARGEST COVERT OPERATION IN THE HISTORY OF THE CIA LAUNCHED IN AFGHANISTAN, CREATING THE ISLAMIC BRIGADES TO FIGHT IN THE SOVIET AFGHAN-WAR. AL QAEDA IS BORN

1985, PRESIDENT REAGAN SIGNED NATIONAL SECURITY DECISION DIRECTIVE 166 AUTHORIZING STEPPED UP COVERT MILITARY AID TO THE MUJAHIDEEN

1989- END OF THE SOVIET-AFGHAN WAR, END OF THE COLD WAR, STEPPED UP COVERT OPERATIONS IN THE (FORMER) SOVIET UNION AND THE BALKANS

1996 THE TALIBAN FORM A GOVERNMENT WITH THE SUPPORT OF THE US

2. POST COLD WAR SUPPORT TO AL QAEDA IN THE BALKANS
1991 BEGINNING OF CIVIL WAR IN YUGOSLAVIA

1993-1994 CLINTON ADMINISTRATION COLLABORATES WITH AL QAEDA IN BOSNIA

1995-1999. NATO AND THE US MILITARY COLLABORATE WITH AL QAEDA IN KOSOVO

2000-2001. THE ISLAMIC MILITANT NETWORK, NATO, THE US MILITARY AND THE UNITED NATIONS MISSION IN KOSOVO JOIN HANDS IN MACEDONIA IN SUPPORTING THE NLA

3. [SHORT] TIMELINE (JULY- SEPTEMBER 2001
7/01 JULY 2001: OSAMA BIN LADEN IN THE AMERICAN HOSPITAL IN DUBAI, UAE

8/06 THE AUGUST 6, 2001 THE PRESIDENTIAL INTELLIGENCE BRIEFING (PDB)

8/27-8/30 2001 AUGUST 27-30 MISSION OF SENATOR BOB GRAHAM AND REP PORTER GOSS TO ISLAMABAD AND RAWALPINDI FOR INTELLIGENCE CONSULTATIONS WITH PRESIDENT MUSHARRAF AND ISI CHIEF GENERAL MAHMOUD AHMAD

9/ 4- 9/13: HEAD OF PAKISTAN MILITARY INTELLIGENCE (ISI) ARRIVES IN WASHINGTON ON AN OFFICIAL VISIT. ARRIVES ON SEPTEMBER 4, DEPARTS ON SEPTEMBER 13

9/9: THE ASSASSINATION OF THE LEADER OF THE NORTHERN ALLIANCE AHMAD SHAH MASSOOD

9/10 OSAMA IN HOSPITAL ON 9/10, ONE DAY BEFORE THE ATTACKS ON THE WTC

9/11. 11 SEPTEMBER: TERRORIST ATTACKS ON WTC AND PENTAGON. FOLLOW-UP BREAKFAST MEETING ON CAPITOL HILL WITH GENERAL MAHMOUD AHMAD HOSTED BY SENATOR BOB GRAHAM AND REP PORTER GOSS. THE "WAR ON TERRORISM" IS OFFICIALLY LAUNCHED

9/12-9/13 THE AFTERMATH, THE ALLEGED "MONEYMAN" GENERAL MAHMOUD AHMAD MEETS COLIN POWELL & RICHARD ARMITAGE AT THE STATE DEPARTMENT TO DISUCSS TERMS OF PAKISTAN’S COOPERATION IN THE WAR ON TERRORISM .

The Bush administration accuses people of having links to al Qaeda. This is the doctrine behind the anti-terrorist legislation and homeland Security. This relationship of the Bush Administration to international terrorism, which is a matter of public record, indelibly points to the criminalization of the upper echelons of US State apparatus:

Colin Powell's Role: From Iran-Contra to September 11
Both Colin Powell and his Deputy Richard Armitage, who casually accused Baghdad and other foreign governments of "harboring" Al Qaeda, played a direct role, at different points in their careers, in supporting terrorist organizations.
Both men were implicated --operating behind the scenes-- in the Irangate Contra scandal during the Reagan Administration, which involved the illegal sale of weapons to Iran to finance the Nicaraguan Contra paramilitary army.

[Coronel Oliver] North set up a team including [Richard] Secord; Noel Koch [Armitage's deputy] , then assistant secretary at the Pentagon responsible for special operations; George Cave, a former CIA station chief in Tehran, and Colin Powell, military assistant to U.S. Defense Secretary Caspar Weinberger...(The Guardian, December 10, 1986)

Although Colin Powell was not directly involved in the arms' transfer negotiations, which had been entrusted to Oliver North, he was among "at least five men within the Pentagon who knew arms were being transferred to the CIA." (The Record, 29 December 1986). Lieutenant General Powell was directly instrumental in giving the "green light" to lower-level Irangate officials in blatant violation of Congressional procedures. According to the New York Times, Colin Powell took the decision (at the level of military procurement), to allow the delivery of weapons to Iran: Hurriedly, one of the men closest to Secretary of Defense Weinberger, Maj. Gen. Colin Powell, bypassed the written ''focal point system'' procedures and ordered the Defense Logistics Agency [responsible for procurement] to turn over the first of 2,008 TOW missiles to the C.I.A., which acted as cutout for delivery to Iran" (New York Times, 16 February 1987)

Richard Armitage held the position of Assistant Secretary of Defense in the Reagan Administration. He was in charge of coordinating covert military operations including the Iran-Contra operation. He was in close liaison with Coronel Oliver North. His deputy and chief anti-terrorist official .Noel Koch was part of the team set up by Oliver North. Following the delivery of the TOW anti-tank missiles to Iran, the proceeds of these sales were deposited in numbered bank accounts and the money was used to finance the Nicaraguan Contras. (UPI. 27 November 1987). A classified Israeli report provided to the Iran- contra panels of the Congressional enquiry confirms that Armitage ''was in the picture on the Iranian issue.'' (New York Times, 26 May 1989):

"With a Pentagon position that placed him over the military's covert operations branch, Armitage was a party to the secret arms dealing from the outset. He also was associated with former national security aide Oliver L. North in a White House counterterrorism group, another area that would also have been a likely focus of congressional inquiry" (Washington Post, 26 May 1989)
CIA Director William Casey with the collaboration of Richard Armitage in the Pentagon "ran the Mujahideen covert war against the Soviet Union…" (quoted in Domestic Terrorism: The Big Lie The "War") "Contragate was also an off-the-shelf drug-financed operation run by Casey." (Ibid ).

Financing the Islamic Brigades
The Iran Contra procedure was similar to that used in Afghanistan, where secret aid was channeled to the militant Islamic brigade (US News and World Report, 15 December 1986). In fact part of the proceeds of the weapons sales to Iran had been channeled to finance the Mujahideen. : ":The Washington Post reported that profits from the Iran arms sales were deposited in one CIA-managed account into which the U.S. and Saudi Arabia had placed $250 million apiece. That money was disbursed not only to the contras in Central America but to the rebels fighting Soviet troops in Afghanistan."(U.S. News & World Report, 15 December 1986)

The Irangate Cover-up
Reagan's National Security Adviser Rear Admiral John Pointdexter, who was later indicted on conspiracy charges and lying to Congress was replaced by Frank Carlucci as National Security Adviser. And Maj. General Colin Powell was appointed deputy to Frank Carlucci, namely "'number two" on the National Security team. "Both came to the White House after the Iran contra revelations and the NSC housecleaning [i.e. coverup] that followed [the Irangate scandal]" (The MacNeil/Lehrer NewsHour, 16 June 1987).
Needless to say, this housecleaning was a cover-up: Colin Powell was in on the Irangate affair While several Irangate officials including John Pointdexter and Oliver North were accused of criminal wrongdoing, the main actors in the CIA and the Pentagon, namely Armitage and Casey, were never indicted, neither was Lieutenant General Colin Powell who authorized the procurement of TOW missiles from the Defense Logistics Agency .Moreover, while weapons were being sold covertly to Iran, Washington was also supplying weapons through official channels to Baghdad. In other words, Washington was arming both sides in the Iran-Iraq war. And who was in charge of negotiating those weapons sales to Baghdad? Donald Rumsfeld

September 11 has been used...as a justification for waging a preemptive war without borders... part of the Administration’s doctrine of "self-defense"... that justification is based on a lie...that America is under attack by an outside enemy.

The so-called "War on Terrorism" is a lie.
Realities have been turned upside down. Acts of war are heralded as "humanitarian interventions" geared towards restoring democracy. Military occupation and the killing of civilians are presented as "peace-keeping operations." The derogation of civil liberties by imposing the so-called anti-terrorist legislation is portrayed as a means to providing domestic security and upholding civil liberties.

This system relies on the manipulation of public opinion. The fabricated realities... must become indelible truths, which form part of a broad political and media consensus. In this regard, the corporate media is an instrument of a de facto police state, which has carefully excluded, from the outset, any real understanding of the September 11 crisis. Millions of people have been misled regarding the causes and consequences of September 11.

When people across the US and around the World find out that Al Qaeda is... a creation of US foreign policy and the CIA, the legitimacy of the Bush Administration will tumble like a deck of cards...when the lies emanating from the seat of political authority are fully revealed, the perceived enemy will no longer be Al Qaeda but Bush, Cheney, Rumsfeld, Wolfowitz, Powell, et al.... the Democrats are complicit....This relationship of successive US Administrations to international terrorism, which is a matter of public record, indelibly points to the criminalization of the upper echelons of US State apparatus... when the truth trickles down, the leaders' war and homeland security plans will not have a shred of legitimacy in the eyes of millions of Americans who believe that Al Qaeda is "A Threat to America" and that their president is committed to their security. At this crucial juncture in our history, we must understand that antiwar sentiment in itself does not undermine the war agenda...to unseat the rulers is to break their legitimacy in the eyes of the people.... to fully reveal the lies concerning the so-called "war on terrorism" to our fellow citizens, which were used to justify the invasion of Iraq and Afghanistan and impose the police State in the US... This objective can only be achieved by effectively curbing its propaganda campaign and spreading the truth through a grassroots citizen's information campaign....

Michel Chossudovsky is the author of the international best America’s "War on Terrorism" Second Edition, Global Research, 2005. He is Professor of Economics at the University of Ottawa and Director of the Center for Research on Globalization.

The Bloodthirsty Murderers of a Million
Arthur Silber, Once Upon a Time...
In the manner of a soulless ghoul without conscience, the United States government dispatches its lethal military to wreak death and destruction across the world. So convinced are we that we embody the Good, we believe we may invade anywhere and everywhere, whenever we declare our "national interests" are imperiled. Our "national interests" are intentionally and infinitely elastic: they enable us to "justify" any military incursion anywhere, at any time. Because we represent the Good, it is inconceivable that we would act in ways that are monstrous and criminal on a scale that defies comprehension. In the winter and spring of 2002-2003, it was obvious to any basically well-informed lay person that Iraq constituted no serious threat to the United States, or to anyone else. An "ordinary" citizen had no need of "secret information" or government "intelligence" to reach the conclusion that was entirely accurate, a conclusion that over four years of futile, unforgivable havoc and death have proven over and over again to be true...
Just Foreign Policy has attempted to update the Lancet estimate in the best way we know. We have extrapolated from the Lancet estimate, using the trend provided by the tally of Iraqi deaths reported in Western media compiled by Iraq Body Count. Our current estimate is that 974,000 Iraqis have died as a result of the U.S. invasion. The web counter and fuller explanation are here...

our governing class and the foreign policy establishment have not begun to question even one element of the bipartisan policy of American world hegemony. Everyone -- from Bush, to Congressional Democrats, to liberal bloggers -- supports a "bigger military,"... Leading Democrats, including Hillary Clinton and Barack Obama, are more militant about imposing our arbitrary will on Iran than even Bush and many conservatives .... most liberals continue to share the identical worldview and have surrendered none of their belief in our unchallengeable "Goodness," "the avoidable bungling of Iraq." If only it hadn't been "bungled," murder would not be murder. And so Obama insists, as he simultaneously insists on a still more powerful American military and on our unilateral "right" to use it however we may see fit:
I reject the notion that the American moment has passed. I dismiss the cynics who say that this new century cannot be another when, in the words of President Franklin Roosevelt, we lead the world in battling immediate evils and promoting the ultimate good. I still believe that America is the last, best hope of Earth.
And so, when we attack Iran -- either at the command of Bush, or Clinton, or Obama... we will refuse to see the monstrous nature of what we have done, even as millions of innocent people die and destruction spreads across the globe. We may indeed turn out to be the "last" agent of profound change on Earth -- Let your concern and reverence for peace and the value of human life determine your answer. Is there anything to be done? Yes. Almost no one is remotely interested in doing even part of that... the United States has already committed crimes that are identical in principle to those committed by Nazi Germany or Soviet Russia -- and it might do so again, and in the near future...
Massive public protest...might help to prevent it. http://www.uruknet.de/?p=34426

U.S. escalates Iraq war, crisis deepens
Richard Becker, Party for Socialism and Liberation
As the Iraq crisis deepens, several Republican senators have joined Democratic Party leaders in calling for a "change of course." In a lengthy July 12 press conference, President Bush refuted those calls, expressing the determination on the part of his administration and the Pentagon generals to achieve "victory." The press conference coincided with the administration’s release of a highly fictionalized "progress report" on the war in Iraq since the addition of 30,000 additional troops brought total U.S. forces to more than 160,000.

What does the widening struggle within the ruling class establishment mean for the anti-war movement and all those opposed to war and occupation?

What they want, above all, is to avoid a catastrophic U.S. defeat in Iraq. Such a defeat, they believe, could lead to the unraveling of U.S. domination in the region as a whole. The congressional leaders—Democrats as well as Republicans—calling for a changed course are not advocating withdrawal from Iraq, but instead moving away from a failed strategy. They want to cut the number of U.S. troops in combat and reduce U.S. casualties, now at the highest level since the March 2003 invasion. At the same time, there is near unanimity at the top about retaining the huge U.S. bases spread across the country and the massive U.S. embassy under construction in the center of Baghdad. When completed, it will be the largest embassy in the history of the world. It is intended to serve as the real center of power and decision making in that country far into the future.

Washington’s determination to control Iraq has everything to do with that country’s vast oil resources and key strategic position. That determination has not been diminished by the severe setbacks inflicted on the U.S. occupation by Iraqi resistance forces. Domination of the Persian Gulf region, which holds an estimated 70 percent of global petroleum reserves, remains a central objective of U.S. imperialist foreign policy.

Just keep repeating 'al-Qaida’
One of the objectives of the Iraq invasion was the "demonstration effect." Crushing Iraq and reducing it to the status of a colony was supposed to intimidate other governments that had not been toeing the U.S. line and allowing the unfettered exploitation of their resources. Instead, it has been demonstrated that it is possible to resist the most powerful military machine in history. That outcome is intolerable to the rulers of the empire.

The latest public opinion polls show support for the war at an all-time low. Seventy-one percent want to get out of Iraq—an all-time high.
Seeking to bolster support for continuing and, in fact, escalating the war, Bush turned to his most reliable weapon in his July 12 press conference. In over an hour of answering reporters’ questions, Bush never uttered the words "occupation" or "resistance," but did mention al-Qaida no less than 39 times Nor, of course, did Bush ever refer to the inconvenient fact that al-Qaida did [sic] not exist in Iraq prior to the U.S. invasion and destruction of the country’s existence as an independent state.

Iraq’s history since World War I, when it became a colony in the British Empire, has been one of fierce resistance to foreign occupation.

Sept. 15, the attention of the world will be focused on Washington...when Gen. Petraeus must submit his report on the "surge" in Iraq. A debate in Congress on another $145 billion to fund the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan will follow. A mass march from the White House to Congress on Sept. 15 will be followed by direct action demanding that Congress end funding of the war.
Oct. 21, will mark the 40th anniversary of the historic march on the Pentagon against the Vietnam War, under the banner, "From protest to resistance." [http://www.answercoalition.org/]

IT'S NOT IRAQI NATIONAL RESISTANCE AGAINST U.S. OCCUPATION, IT'S "AL-QAEDA" & "IRAN" "AGAINST IRAQ"
'POLICE' ARE PART OF IRAQI RESISTANCE!!!
U.S. Troops Battle Iraqi Police
LEE KEATH, AP
U.S. troops battled Iraqi police killing six in a rare firefight between American soldiers and their Iraqi partners[SIC]. Friday's clash underscored the deep infiltration of militants in the country's security forces.. The U.S. military has accused Iran of arming Shiite extremists drawn from the ranks of militias and organizing them into a network to carry out attacks on the troops. Friday's statement, however, was the first time the military has spoken of the Iranian efforts extending into the Iraqi police. It was unclear whether the lieutenant was a militiaman who joined the police or a policeman who later joined the militia..

Cranking up the scare level, at home and abroad
Arablink
Mahmoud Abbas (in statements made during his visit to Italy) accused Hamas of having introduced AlQaeda into Gaza and protecting them there... the purpose of this kind of baseless accusation is to support the planned pressure for an international force to occupy Gaza, by raising the scare level. And the editorialist scolds Abbas thus: It is understandable that you have personal animosity as a result of what has happened, but please try to keep separate and distinguished in your mind what is in your personal interest and what is in the national interest. When you use scare tactics aimed at laying the groundwork for turning Gaza into an international protectorate you are not hurting only your personal enemies, but the Palestinian cause as a whole.

In the same vein, there was a posting at Daily Kos on Monday yesterday titled: "Hamas threatens to fire on 6000 stranded Palestinians", a ludicrous charge made up out of whole cloth, and yet there it is backed up with the Daily Kos brand. It's all in the interests of raising the Hamas scare level. http://www.uruknet.de/?p=34417

The P.I. might go out of business at this rate...
Homeland Security: Scaring us silly
SEATTLE POST-INTELLIGENCER EDITORIAL BOARD
Time to freak out, America: U.S. Homeland Security Secretary Michael Chertoff's got a "gut feeling" that you'll be facing a possible terrorist attack this summer. In his comments, made Tuesday, he included an observation that there wasn't really much in the way of evidence pointing to an imminent plot. But hey, who needs evidence when you have a gut with feelings? Does this vague comment seem like the sort of thing a security official should share with the general public? Does it seem like a good idea to spread fear and panic among the population without a sound reason?
Forgive us for saying so -- actually don't -- but we, too, have a gut feeling. With Republican senators withdrawing their support for the Iraq war and a president practically besieged by scandal (a botched war, the firing of eight U.S. attorneys, a CIA leak case, warrantless wiretapping, operating foreign prisons and torture camps, etc.), could it be that Chertoff is trying to scare the bejeezus out of Americans to rally support for the president and the war?
We base our gut feelings on the past behavior of this administration (such as scaring the country into going to war against Iraq by telling us they had mobile bio-weapons labs).
Furthermore, we base our doubts of Chertoff's gut feelings on the fact that he didn't seem to have any when it came to Hurricane Katrina. His Spidey senses weren't tingling even after he knew -- thanks to damage forecasts gathered by his own agency -- that the storm would destroy the levees in New Orleans. How did that one get away?...

Report: Al-Qaida's power is back
A new top-level intelligence assessment concludes that the al-Qaida terrorist network has rebounded and is at its greatest strength since Sept.11...
http://www.seattletimes.com

Al-Qaida strength downplayed
Chertoff stoked concerns Tuesday about another attack in the United States when he told the Chicago Tribune editorial board that he had a "gut feeling that we are in a period of increased vulnerability" this summer. "I'm not predicting there will be an attack or that if there is an attack, it will be successful," Chertoff told USA Today on Thursday. " ... What I'm saying is we shouldn't assume this is over with."
The concerns Chertoff raised were amplified by media reports of threat assessments from U.S. intelligence officials indicating al-Qaida is getting stronger.

Al-Qaeda: A CIA protégé
After embezzling $110000 from Qaeda al-Fadl "defected". He contacted the CIA via the US's Eritrean embassy and, after receiving limited assurances from the ...
www.geocities.com/libertystrikesback/afghans.html - Similar pages
Disinformation: CIA Posing as Al-Qaeda?
Disinformation: CIA Posing as Al-Qaeda? 08/21/03: (Liberty Forum) This professionally managed website [Jihad Unspun] with eyecatching design and graphics ...
www.informationclearinghouse.info/article4513.htm - Similar pages
Fake Al Qaeda
CIA reins in loose cannons, and keeps their Al Qaeda creation alive and well · CIA "Arranged" for Passports for Al Qaeda Terrorists & Brought Them to the ...
www.whatreallyhappened.com/fakealqaeda.html - Similar pages
al-Qaeda or al-CIA-duh!
When people across the US find out that Al Qaeda is not linked to Saddam but is in fact a creation of the CIA and that the terrorist warnings are fabricated ...
www.oilempire.us/qaeda.html - Similar pages
'Al-Qaeda' is a Manufactured Intelligence Front
In fact the C.I.A is using the terrorist actions of its proxy Al-Qaeda in order to give the U.S. an excuse to extend their power into and invade the Arab ...
prisonplanet.tv/articles/ june2004/062504manufacturedfront.htm - Similar pages
CRG -- Who Is Osama Bin Laden?
... that 'Osama bin Laden and his al-Qaeda organisation were prime suspects'. CIA Director George Tenet stated that bin Laden has the capacity to plan ...
www.globalresearch.ca/articles/CHO109C.html - Similar pages
Results 1 - 10 of about 1,730 from www.williambowles.info for al qaeda with Safesearch on. (0.15 seconds)
Just In Time Terrorism: Al-Qaeda in Palestine by Kurt Nimmo
Good old al-Qaeda. It is a mostly illusory booga-booga terrorist “network” that can be conveniently pulled out of a hat and flapped in the face of millions ...
www.williambowles.info/isrl-pal/ 2005/just_in_time_terrorism.html - Similar pages

A Different 'Gut Feeling': Israel Attacking Iran:
One of Israel's top officials says he's got the go-ahead from NATO's U.S. and European officials to attack Iran. Chertoff, aware of a longstanding, fierce debate in the White House over attacking Iran, admits a "gut feeling," saying it's about Al Qaeda but probably feeling queasier about what an attack on Iran would do http://villagevoice.com/blogs/bushbeat/archive/2007/07/gut_feeling_of.ph...

U.S.Approved Israeli Attack on Iran
Israel’s Minister of Strategic Affairs said he has received approval from the U.S. and Europe for an Israeli attack on Iran’s nuclear facilities.
http://www.newsmax.com/archives/ic/2007/7/13/100257.shtml?s=ic

Iran's Jews reject cash offer to move to Israel:
The incentives — ranging from £5,000 a person to £30,000 for families — were offered from a special fund established by wealthy expatriate Jews in an effort to prompt a mass migration to Israel from among Iran's 25,000-strong Jewish community.
http://www.guardian.co.uk/iran/story/0,,2125155,00.html

NYT: US murder a "clash":
2 Journalists Among 16 Killed in Clash in Iraq
By ALISSA J. RUBIN
According to a Reuters report after the incident, some people at the scene said that American troops fired into the area from a helicopter, and a police report stated that the American bombardment killed the two journalists and nine other people... two Reuters staffers, both of them Iraqis .... “They had arrived, got out of the car and started taking pictures and people gathered,” Mr. Sahib said. “It looked like the American helicopters were firing against any gathering in the area because when I got out of my car and started taking pictures, people gathered and an American helicopter fired a few rounds, but they hit the houses nearby and we ran for cover.”

Lessons From the U.S. Stance Towards Iran
by Jeremy R. Hammond
Prior to the military invasion of Iraq in 2003, the government and media engaged in a propaganda campaign that effectively deceived the American people on a massive scale. The propaganda continues to this day, such as the implausible denial that there ever was such a campaign and the fabricated myth that there was an “intelligence failure” leading up to the war. Iran has become a major focus of U.S. propaganda efforts.... One front in the propaganda war is to blame Iran for the situation that exists today as a result of U.S. actions. Iran, we are told, supports the resistance against the U.S. occupation and is intent upon destabilizing the country. We are told this at the same time that it is acknowledged that Iran’s best interests lie in maintaining friendly relations with the current Shiite-dominated government of Iraq. No attempt to reconcile the contradiction is ever made The basic framework for present debate concerning Iran is founded upon the assumption that any Iranian involvement in Iraqi affairs is illegitimate and wrong. The legitimacy of our own actions is unquestionable, and it’s accepted as an axiom that, though we may make mistakes from time to time, our presence in Iraq is one of benevolence. The U.S. waged a war of aggression, “the supreme international crime” as defined at Nuremberg, inflicting death and destruction upon the country and resulting in almost total destabilization (Iraq was recently ranked second only to Sudan in Foreign Policy’s annual failed states index). But, still, the U.S. is basically good and her intentions benign; and no one must ever question that basic assumption. To point out the obvious, Iraq is a country on the other side of the world from the U.S. while it shares a border with Iran. We may imagine the U.S. reaction to the invasion and occupation of, say, Canada, by, say, Russia or China. The assumption, were the Iranian and U.S. roles to be reversed, would be precisely the opposite; it would be assumed that the U.S. would have a “right” to interfere in the affairs of its neighboring country. There’s been no shortage of claims made against Iran by the government and media attempting to demonize the country. In one particularly noteworthy example, U.S. News & World Report ran a story that claimed Iranian troops had “surrounded and attacked” American soldiers “well within the border of Iraq”. The claimed source for this sensational “exclusive” was a U.S. Army report. The interesting thing is that the Army report contained no such information... a New York Times headline tells us that “Iran Helped Iraqis Kill Five G.I.’s”, at least according to the U.S. government. The article was based on a Pentagon press conference in which spokesman Brig. Gen. Kevin J. Bergner detailed the extent of Iran’s alleged involvement in what the Times called “the most specific allegation of Iranian involvement in an attack that killed American troops”... The Pentagon was trying to present that “smoking gun” image of “an Iranian standing over an American with a gun”... Bergner went further, adding that “the senior leadership in Iran is aware of this activity.” Of course, no evidence was provided to support any of these claims, and the public is expected to take the word of government spokespersons at face value. That this state of affairs continues demonstrates the failure of the American people to learn the most obvious lessons that led us to be in Iraq in the first place. . . .
(Full article …)

U.S. Firm On Trial in Colombia Slayings
Civil Suit Alleges Coal Producer Had Union Leaders Shot
LA LOMA, Colombia -- In 2001, paramilitary hit men pulled three union leaders off buses in this roasting-hot swath of northeastern Colombia and shot them dead. In a shadowy conflict where gunmen often kill union activists, the slaying generated little attention, even as the dead men's families accused their American employer of having ordered the hits... Filed by lawyers for the Washington-based International Labor Rights Fund, the suit comes in the midst of a long scandal in Colombia that has exposed ties between illegal paramilitary groups and the political, military and business establishment. Investigators in Colombia have shown how paramilitary members expanded their operations across much of the northern coast, including this region, with the help of corrupt politicians and army officers.
The slayings of union members has increasingly attracted attention in the U.S. Congress, which in a hearing last month scrutinized evidence that Drummond, along with Chiquita Brands International, an Ohio banana firm, allegedly helped support paramilitary groups. (In March, Chiquita admitted in D.C. federal court that it had paid paramilitary groups $1.7 million but asserted it did so to protect its workers.)... Drummond, a company that is close to the administration of President Álvaro Uribe and central to the production of one of Colombia's most important exports, coal. Drummond has sunk more than $1 billion into developing its mine here and produces more than 25 million tons of coal a year. Several new witnesses have surfaced in recent months to allege that in an effort to fight back against Marxist guerrillas who attacked the company's coal trains in Cesar state, Drummond came to depend on fighters from Colombia's coalition of paramilitary groups, the United Self-Defense Forces of Colombia, or AUC. Funded by ranchers and businessmen, the AUC morphed into a terrorist group engaging in drug trafficking and mass murder... Among the witnesses who have come forward here is Edwin Guzman, a former Colombian army sergeant whose unit, the Popa battalion, deployed hundreds of men inside Drummond's installations. Guzman said in an interview that Drummond provided transportation to paramilitary units and that the company's chief of security coordinated military-paramilitary operations. The Popa's former commander, Col. Hernán Mejía, was cashiered and is being investigated for having allegedly collaborated with paramilitary groups. Guzman said Drummond officials knew full well how the paramilitary groups operated. "Seven hundred soldiers can't do what two paras can do, since the paras don't capture, they just assassinate," he said."They dominated military, massacring people, dismembering people, leaving people dead on the highways," said Alfonso Palacio, candidate for mayor in the town of La Jagua and a government witness against paramilitary commanders. "They generated a collective psychological terrorism in the region." By Juan Forero, The Washington Post, 7/13/7

True friends stab you in the front.
Oscar Wilde
YOU THOUGHT THEY WERE ONLY MINOR CROOKS?
Part 19
Act 14, Scene 1: A True Friend
It is hard to imagine a friend truer than the United States if one uses Oscar Wilde's definition of “friend”. Of course, with our brand of “friendship” no one would ever need enemies either.
At this point, those whose sole entertainment is not American Idol may remember Richard Armitage as being the former United States Under Secretary of State. Things in our Pyongyang on the Potomac got rather hot for Armitage after “Scooter” Libby was convicted of lying and obstructing the investigation of “outing Valerie Plame” - especially after Armitage confessed that he had outed Plame. So, our former State Department Official took a small vacation to that really swinging place – Kabul Afghanistan – where all the “movers and shakers” meet. It seems that the CIA's heroin production and distribution business needed some organization. And who would be better qualified for such a task than Richard Armitage. After all, Armitage's expertise and experience in drug/arms smuggling, procurement and financing stretched from the “Golden Triangle” in Southeast Asia to the Nugan-Hand banking/money laundering operations in Australia .[2][5]
Armitage set up an export-import business in Kabul and began paying the Afghan farmers to raise more poppies. “After re-establishing the Afghan drug business and making a further fortune for himself, he re-inserted himself back into clandestine USG operations back home”[2]. I'm sure Mr. Armitage is far too modest to claim credit for the increase in opium production in Afghanistan, but the opium trade is booming.[3] The opium/heroin trade is to Afghanistan what oil is to Iraq.[4] They both need democracy! We Americans supply the money, the puppets to run a country and the purple ink for the voting finger and the CIA does the rest – sets up drug production, export and import networks, establishes money laundering networks, sets up “off-the-books” untaxed personal and government accounts and uses the proceeds from their drug/arms business to fund revolutions/wars and topple “uncooperative” regimes of the world – works the same way as “democracy” in America. [...]
Nolan K. Anderso nkanders@bellsouth.net

sick joke...
Top Secret: We're Wiretapping You
Ryan Singel, Wired
It could be a scene from Kafka or Brazil. Imagine a government agency, in a bureaucratic foul-up, accidentally gives you a copy of a document marked "top secret." And it contains a log of some of your private phone calls. You read it and ponder it and wonder what it all means. Then, two months later, the FBI shows up at your door, demands the document back and orders you to forget you ever saw it.
By all accounts, that's what happened to Washington D.C. attorney Wendell Belew in August 2004. And it happened at a time when no one outside a small group of high-ranking officials and workaday spooks knew the National Security Agency was listening in on Americans' phone calls without warrants. Belew didn't know what to make of the episode. But now, thanks to that government gaffe, he and a colleague have the distinction of being the only Americans who can prove they were specifically eavesdropped upon by the NSA's surveillance program...

7/11/7 Terror Threats; Iran & Beyond: Imperatives of a Parasitic Class; Al-Qaeda, Covert Op., History of the Car Bomb, Pales

NEW 911 DESPERATELY NEEDED: RACIST "INTEL PREDICTION" AL-CIA-QAEDA WILL ATTACK "HOMELAND" LAYS GROUNDWORK
7/1I/7 Disinformation as "News": Media Propagates Czar Chertoff's "hunch"

Tuesday, Homeland Security Secretary Michael Chertoff told the editorial board of The Chicago Tribune that he had a "gut feeling" about a new period of increased risk. "Summertime seems to be appealing to them," Chertoff said in his discussion with the newspaper about terrorists. "We worry that they are rebuilding their activities."..."The threat coming out of there is very real, even if there aren't a lot of specifics attached to it," one of the officials said.... Chertoff said he is convinced that terrorists are regrouping...also urged Americans to be watchful for suspicious activities in the wake of recent terror incidents in England and Scotland http://www.newsmax.com/archives/ic/2007/7/10/205413.shtml?s=ic

EXPLOITING RACISM, RELIABLE AMERICAN TRUMP CARD
Chertoff also took the opportunity to weigh in on the nation's immigration debate, saying that the failure to pass an immigration bill had made the country vulnerable: "What do you think is going to happen to your business when a guy comes across the border with a phony document and blows up a target in Buffalo or Detroit? Do you think the American public is then going to allow the border to remain open?"
http://blog.wired.com/27bstroke6/2007/07/chertoffs-gut-a.html

SETTING THE STAGE FOR...
The "Use of the Armed Forces" in America under a National Emergency
Unrestricted & Arbitrary Powers conferred to the President & Vice President
by Prof. Michel Chossudovsky
http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=viewArticle&code=20070627...

"We all know the U.S. military is using the name of al-Qaeda to cover attacks against our national resistance fighters and civilians who wish immediate or scheduled withdrawal of foreign troops from Iraq,"
Hilmi Saed, Iraqi journalist to IPS Reporter Ali al-Fadhily,Baghdad-based partner of correspondent Dahr Jamail

Al-Qaeda, the Eternal Covert Operation: British "Terror" Incident latest Product of "War on Terror" Propaganda
by Larry Chin
http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=viewArticle&code=CHI20070...

Top commander expects big Iraq strikes:
Sunni extremists may try a series of high-profile attacks ahead of a September report to Congress on progress in Iraq, the top U.S. commander said Saturday, recalling the Tet offensive that torpedoed support for the Vietnam War. http://tinyurl.com/2ww6nr

US Navy sends carrier to Gulf
July 11, 2007
THE US is replacing one of its aircraft carriers in the Gulf, where the Fifth Fleet is keeping an eye on Iran, but the Pentagon said no decision had been made to increase forces in the region. Pentagon spokesman Bryan Whitman said the USS Enterprise was expected to arrive within weeks in the Gulf, where the US has been flexing its muscles in a standoff with Iran over Tehran's nuclear program that had stocked regional tensions.
http://www.news.com.au/story/0,23599,22054664-38198,00.html

state terrorists legalizing their genocidal crimes against humanity
'New rules for new wars'
Conference brings Israeli, US experts together to 'fine tune' international law
Yaakov Lappin
The Geneva Convention on armed conflict and the 100 year-old Hague Rules on war need to be "fine tuned" to meet the challenges posed by 21st century asymmetrical warfare, Israeli and American experts said..."We're not calling for an abandoning of international law or an extreme change, but for an internationally accepted platform,"The Herzliya conference will be followed by a meeting in Washington DC in October, in which experts in international law and national security are expected to list recommendations for reforming international law on warfare.
http://www.ynetnews.com/Ext/Comp/ArticleLayout/CdaArticlePrintPreview/1,...

"Fear not the path of truth for the lack of people walking on it."
Arabic Proverb

Iran and Beyond: Total War is Still on the Horizon
Wednesday, 11 July 2007
by BAR executive editor Glen Ford

An invasion of Iran is imminent, because that is the only solution the Bush gang and the corporate mafia it serves can conjure to rally the American people behind their quest for global dominance. The Democratic Party is one with the Republicans in the mission to subjugate Tehran. Although the Iraq war failed to establish a New American Century, the century ain't over, and the imperial ambition remains. Barack Obama stands in the wings with a proposal to add 100,000 new troops to the military - reinforcements for a depleted and overspent machine that has been ground to a halt by Iraqi nationalists. When the ruling class demands unity of the people, they call for war....
The mindset that launched the invasion of Iraq remains embedded in the mentality of the ruling circles of the United States - and compels them to lash out at Iran. Actually, Iran was supposed to have been vanquished, already, rolled up in the euphoria of America-Love that the delusional architects of the Iraq operation imagined existed among the people of the Middle East and the rest of the world. It didn't turn out that way, because it could not. Americans are not loved, because they are not lovable. They kill, big time.

More than half a million deaths later, the same Americans imagine that they can resurrect the cemetery they have created, and make the corpses march under the Red, White, and Blue banner. But that is not possible. There are millions of grieving family members who know who the murderers are: the Americans. These sins will never be forgiven, and they are wounds to the entire Arab family. That's a lot of folks....

The Bush gang's game plan remains the same: to somehow move beyond Iraq into Iran and Central Asia, to secure the geo-resource space that was the original goal of the Iraqi invasion - to change the world balance of power by military force. The Project for the New American Century was their blueprint for world conquest. It would have carried U.S. forces deep into places in Central Asia that most Americans had never heard of. The Americans planned to plant the flag among happy natives trodding atop vast oil and gas fields, and to effectively partition vast stretches of the planet from the Russians, Chinese, Indians, Europeans and anybody else. That was the plan. It failed, and they have no other plan. So they go forward with the old plan...Attack Iran.

In this demonic endeavor, the Bush men have many allies. Democrats like Hillary Clinton, Barack Obama, and everybody else among the Democratic candidates but Dennis Kucinich and Mike Gravel, act like Dracula when the word Iran comes up. Nuke it! Bomb it! Invade it! Punish it!
By doing so, they give a clear sign to the Bush regime that it's alright to launch another war. Indeed, the Republicans cannot possibly win the 2008 election unless there is another war - something the "American people" can coalesce around. The Iraq war is lost. Let's start another one. Time for a New American Century.

In the corporate media, we hear the same nonsense that we were forced to imbibe in 2003, at the time of the invasion. The same craziness that is rooted in American Manifest Destiny, which maintains that the U.S. is God's gift to the world. God's gift can do no wrong, by definition. America is a good force on the Earth. If half a million people die, that's just collateral damage. On to Tehran.

A larger war is looming. This one will be bigger than the current conflict, and might ultimately consume us. The captains of capital - caught in multiple contradictions of their own making - don't know what to do; they are in a box, with no rational way out. The Great Offensive of 2003, of which the conquest of Baghdad was to have been only phase one, was designed to irrevocably alter the global chess board to establish permanent U.S. hegemony over the earth's most vital resources. China, India and Russia would be reduced to supplicants, begging for entrée to the oil and gas spigots. With the world's actual capital - energy resources - under U.S. control, the artificially inflated dollar would be re-established as the uncontested global currency - monopoly money for the monopoly capitalist class that rules in Washington. No more threat from the euro.

Iraqi nationalists stopped the juggernaut in its tracks, and have broken the back of U.S. ground forces. The Iraq invasion was a wakeup call to the world, a warning that the Americans were determined to enslave...everybody. The warning has been duly noted in every world capital. The elites of Indonesia, Malaysia, Latin America and Europe were shocked and awed into an understanding that the U.S. was out to subjugate them. Since 2003, the Americans have been unwelcome at the table of business, excluded from regional conferences and uninvited from development planning events. Nobody wants the bully in the room. Not even the Europeans.

America has been redlined by the global community. Many American corporations understand that, to their horror. Firms that must cultivate goodwill to do business in foreign lands increasingly view the current regime in Washington as an albatross around their necks, poisoning every prospective deal and soiling the company name. But these companies are not at the heart of the ruling cabal, which is centered on finance and military-industrial capital. These non-productive sectors profit by manipulating markets to create unfair advantage - while creating nothing. They are parasites, retarding global development and standing like George Wallace in the door to prevent solution of the manifold crises that pose imminent threats to humanity.

Ultimately, the parasitic class can only maintain its rule by force. Manufacturing nothing, creating no value except on paper, they must finally call upon the Armed Forces to impose their unearned advantage on the planet. Such was the logic of March, 2003. The Great Offensive failed, but the contradictions that compelled the captains of finance capital to order their political servants to wage war, remain - and are in fact more acute than four years ago. They must wage war, again, to fight their way out of the box. And so it is on to Tehran, by sea and by air. It does not matter that the attack may ignite an apocalypse; the ruling parasites cannot envision a world in which they are not supreme...

African Americans have no stake in this coming war, but our misleadership has failed to warn us of its imminence. Stuck in Jim Crow politics, we applaud Senator Barack Obama, a pure imperialist who wants to add 100,000 more troops to the Armed Forces to bolster U.S. capability to shape the world's economies to the advantage of his campaign contributors. Although Black Americans are reflexively suspicious of U.S. motives in the world and have opposed every military adventure since the media decided we were worth polling, we are blind-sided by narrow interests of racial pride.

The crisis of capital is coming to a head. It will be very bloody, not because the people of the world want it so - indeed, everyone wants to avoid it - but because the imperatives of a parasitic class require it. They have unfinished business, and war is their only answer.
BAR executive editor Glen Ford can be contacted at Glen.Ford@BlackAgendaReport.com.

=====

"AL-QAEDA": INDISPENSABLE U.S. CIPHER
Prisoner 345
What happened to Al Jazeera’s Sami al-Haj
By Rachel Morris, Columbia Journalism Review
http://www.cjr.org/cover_story/prisoner_345.php?page=7
December 15, 2001, early in the morning on the last day of Ramadan, a reporter and a cameraman from Al Jazeera arrived at the Pakistani town of Charman on the Afghanistan border, on their way to cover the American military operation. The reporter, Abdelhaq Sadah, was replacing a colleague, but the cameraman, a Sudanese national named Sami al-Haj, had been on such an assignment before, and had crossed the border without incident. This time, however, an immigration official stopped him. He seemed angry. The official told Sadah that he could go, but "your friend is a wanted man and will stay here."... the official produced a letter from Pakistani intelligence—written, curiously, in English. It said that al-Haj had 'Al Qaeda' ties and should be apprehended. Al-Haj noticed that the passport number in the letter didn’t correspond to the one in his current passport
For the next six months, al-Haj was held in Afghanistan. In early June 2002, he was put on a military plane. In another letter to his lawyer, he explains that his hands were gloved and cuffed and linked to his leg shackles; his mouth was gagged. Every so often, American soldiers removed the gag to feed him peanut butter crackers. The plane landed many hours later. On June 14, al-Haj was given an orange jumpsuit and the ID number 345. He was in Cuba. For the past five years, al-Haj has been the only journalist known to be held in Guantánamo Bay....
In a diary of his hunger strike that he wrote for his lawyers, al-Haj noted that he now weighed 167 pounds after twenty-one days of fasting. Once the weight of a detainee drops to 80 percent of his normal weight, he is required to be "enterally fed," that is, fed liquids through a tube. In his characteristically precise manner, al-Haj described being strapped to a custom-built chair while a doctor pushed a yellow tube down his left nostril until it reached his stomach, then filled it with 250 milliliters of a liquid called Ensure.
By early June, eighteen detainees were refusing food. Al-Haj had not yet received a reply to his letter to the admiral, but he has no intention of stopping. "I will continue the struggle until we get our rights. The strike is the only way that I can protest," he wrote. "Meanwhile, to my wife and son I say, 'Don’t worry. What will happen will happen. One day the sun will shine again, and we will be free. Facts are facts and at last we will prevail.'" 
CJR

Phony Terror and Black America
by BAR editor and senior columnist Margaret Kimberley, Freedom Rider
http://www.blackagendareport.com/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&...
The Bush men's scheme to conquer the world, starting with Iraq, is dead in the water, having been thwarted by the Iraqi resistance. However, the domestic component of the offensive continues to roll up a body count of hapless "terror" suspects who, in fact, have hatched no real "plots" nor have any capability of carrying out actual attacks. Entrapment and sting operations, utilizing criminals as agent provocateurs, are designed to make the U.S.
a "State of Fear." True to historical form, the feds ensnare the "usual suspects" - Blacks and Muslims - while leaving Timothy McVeigh's white conspiratorial brethren free to pursue their murderous missions....well publicized cases consisted only of tape recorded loyalty oaths supposedly made to al-Qaeda. Such was the case of Tarik Shah, an African-American convert to Islam and a renowned jazz musician. He and a friend, Dr. Rafiq Sabir, were recorded taking an oath to fight for Islam. Neither man had guns, explosives or a plan to harm anyone. Yet they were charged with supplying material support to al-Qaeda. Shah pled guilty and was sentenced to 15 years in jail. Sabir took his chances with a not guilty plea, was convicted, and may face a maximum sentence of 30 years in jail.
Shah and Sabir are not alone in being victimized by government plots to create phony terror attacks....While black Americans, Muslims and immigrants are being targeted as terror suspects without terror plots, white Christians bomb abortion clinics, plan cyanide attacks and openly advocate murder. The media bring little attention to these cases....
Muslims should probably not mention hating America or Israel to a new friend. That friend may need to create a 'terrorist' to keep himself out of jail. Also, stay clear of taking oaths in Arabic. The next oath you take may be in a court room...
Margaret Kimberley's Freedom Rider column appears weekly in BAR. Ms. Kimberley lives in New York City, and can be reached via e-Mail at Margaret.Kimberley(at)BlackAgandaReport.Com. Ms. Kimberley' maintains an edifying and frequently updated blog at freedomrider.blogspot.com. More of her work is also available at her Black Agenda Report archive page.

‘War on Terrorism’ Plotted 10 Years Ago
America’s Current Hegemony in Asia Pacific, 2003
http://www.bulatlat.com/news/3-6/3-6-waronterror.html

..."war on terror," is part of a coherent world strategy conceived more than 10 years ago....

Roots of the grand strategy
The Bush regime's grand strategy for domination and hegemony of the world extends beyond the "war on terrorism." This ambitious strategy can be traced in: the Defense Policy Guidance (DPG) of 1992 and the Project for a New American Century (PNAC) founded in 1997.
The DPG of 1992 is a top secret blueprint for world domination prepared by the Department of Defense (DoD) under then U.S. President George Bush, Sr. Its vision is world domination by the unilateral use of U.S. military power to ensure Pax Americana; the assertion of the U.S.’ global interests; and thwarting the rise of any possible power competitor in the future. DPG particularly stresses America’s non-accountability to its partners and to international laws and institutions. It also recommends a more unilateral and pre-emptive role in attacking its perceived enemies (terrorist threats and confronting rogue states seeking weapons of mass destruction or WMDs).
In DPG, the “war on terrorism” is unveiled. This war to be launched by the American Empire must be seen as a pretext of a bigger strategy for projecting U.S. military power around the world, especially Eurasia, and doing away with the multilateral and institutional constraints that undermine Washington's will and power.
The PNAC of 1997 ... seeks to consolidate and preserve Pax Americana through the 21st Century primarily by military power/hegemony and secondarily, by economic hegemony. In other words, to create a truly global empire by military force. "At no time in history has the international security order been as conducive to American interests and ideals. The challenge of this coming century is to preserve and enhance this 'American peace,'" its vision partly states.
In 2000, an election year in the United States, the men behind PNAC came up with a report, "Rebuilding America's Defenses - Strategy, Forces and Resources for a New Century." Its authors acknowledged that the paper was based on the 1992 DPG. ...

All these programs being pursued under Bush ... some were in fact begun by his predecessor, Bill Clinton,...

Translating the blueprints for U.S. global hegemony and domination into military strategies and doctrines: [*see docs. following this article]

America’s economic, geopolitical and military objectives in Asia Pacific
For more than a century, America has considered itself the dominant hegemon in Asia Pacific, having conquered Samoa, Hawaii, Guam and the Philippines and invaded China to repress the Boxer Rebellion; it has also fought three major wars in Asia. U.S. trade with Asia Pacific surpasses that with Europe, with more than $500 billion in trade and investment of more than $150 billion. About 400,000 U.S. non-military citizens live and conduct business in the region.
Meanwhile, Southeast Asia (pop.: 525 million) has a combined GNP of $700 billion and is America's 5th largest trading partner and $35 billion direct investment (1998) in the Philippines, Thailand, Malaysia and Singapore; most of Fortune's Top 500 TNCs have significant interests in the region. There are vast oil and gas reserves in Indonesia and Brunei; as well as in Vietnam, Malaysia and the Philippines.
To the United States, furthermore, Southeast Asia is "a place of great geopolitical consequence" because it sits aside some of the world's most critical sealanes. According to the Council on Foreign Relations which advises Bush Jr., more than $1.3 trillion in merchandise trade passed through the Strait of Malacca and Lombok in 1999 (nearly half of the world trade) including crucial supplies from the Persian Gulf to Japan, South Korea and China. South China Sea particularly Spratlys and Paracels are believed to have significant oil reserves."

Especially today, the United States wants to make sure the control of these sealanes does not fall into the hands of its “enemies.” These sealanes are a strategic part of the network of oil extraction, production and distribution which is being consolidated by the United States linking the Caspian and Gulf Regions, Asian oil and natural gas fields and markets and the American mainland.

Bush’s imperial thinkers and power players show a particular bias on Asia Pacific. Among these are RAND Corporation (funded by Pentagon particularly U.S. Air Force; formerly chaired by Donald Rumsfeld with Zalmay Khalilzad as senior consultant); the Council on Foreign Relations; Center for Security Policy (which is also identified with Rumsfeld) - headed by Frank J. Gaffney, Jr. with 8 top CEOs from defense contractors on its board); Carlyle Group (headed by Frank Carlucci, ex-deputy director of CIA and former defense secretary of Reagan; with Bush Sr. and Fidel V. Ramos as Asian advisers). Carlyle is actually the U.S.'s 11th largest defense contractor with significant interest in Asia; Heritage Foundation...

In 2001, RAND came up with a report, "The United States and Asia: Toward a New U.S. Strategy and Force Posture." This report recommends shifting U.S. forces toward the Philippines, Guam, Southeast Asia and other countries close to Taiwan. The report’s lead author was Zalmay Khalilzad.
A year earlier, this think tank in a report, "The Role of Southeast Asia in U.S. Strategy Toward China," also stressed that China's emergence as a major regional power over the next 10-15 years could intensify U.S.-China competition in Southeast Asia and increase the potential for armed conflict. "Economic growth in the region, which is important to the economic security of the U.S., depends on preserving American presence and influence in the region and unrestricted access to sea lanes," RAND said.
The Council on Foreign Relations, on the other hand, in a Memorandum to Bush Jr. in May 2001 ("The U.S. and Southeast Asia: A Policy Agenda for the New Administration") argued for a more assertive U.S. military stance in the region: "The (Bush Jr.) administration should preserve a credible military presence and a viable regional training and support infrastructure" specifying "high-priority efforts" in the areas of "joint and combined military training exercises and individual and small group exchanges and training."
The Heritage Foundation also argued that the "war against terrorism" would ultimately be pursued in Southeast Asia with or without the express approval of local governments. ...

Summary
... most public declarations and policy statements made by the U.S. government emphasize that the targets of America's current security objectives are to prevent the rise of a regional hegemon like China, "regime change" in North Korea for "possession of WMDs", to wage war against "transnational terrorism" and "insurgencies" and other security threats.
But the secret reports, security strategies, doctrines and actuations of the U.S. government that give emphasis on the use of military power reveal beyond reasonable doubt that the main objective is to consolidate and preserve U.S. hegemony and domination in Asia Pacific and the whole world. The objective is to prolong [note: and expand] Pax Americana through the 21st Century.

America’s current hegemonic operations in Asia Pacific
Today in Asia Pacific, the United States aggressively pursues its agenda for the region. It maintains the largest military command here (U.S. Pacific Command of USPACOM). PACOM interacts with the armed forces of 14 of Asia Pacific's 45 countries. The number of U.S. troops on land and afloat in the region has surpassed those forward-deployed in Europe: 100,000 troops are based in Japan (60,000) and South Korea (37,000), with the rest in Guam, afloat or on various attachments.
The U.S.-Japan alliance - the linchpin of U.S. security in the region, with Japan playing an increasingly aggressive role. Bilateral military alliances with Australia, Thailand and the Philippines; reinforced by access or basing agreements with Malaysia, Singapore, Hong Kong and Sri Lanka.

The United States also relies on a stronger military partnership with Australia while seeking a new strategic partnership with India and Pakistan. It plans to reinstall its military bases in Southeast Asia (either in the Philippines, Vietnam, Australia, Indonesia or Singapore). It is also laying the ground for a regional military alliance or treaty in the guise of fighting terrorism.

The Sept. 11, 2001 events, which ignited Bush's "war without borders" (or "Operation Enduring Freedom"), were seized upon to reverse the decline of the U.S. military presence in Asia Pacific and to aggressively assert U.S. hegemonic interests. In this regard, the Bush regime opened the "second front" in Bush's "war without borders" using the Philippines as a template (or model) for greater military presence and power projection in the region. The Philippines will serve as the epicenter in the new U.S. military strategy in the circumference of Asia Pacific.

It has also increased military aid to Taiwan, Indonesia, the Philippines and other countries; increased arms sales. It has also increased military trainings and funds to support these as well as "forward-deployed forces" and enhanced their capability through the deployment of Special Operations Forces, covert operations, war materiel and other equipment.

It is launching renewed offensive moves against North Korea's plan to build a missile defense system in the Korean Peninsula.

Conclusion
U.S. hegemony in Asia Pacific is a reality and showcases a strategic part of the American Empire that is undergoing consolidation with a vision that will last through the 21st Century.... It is an empire imposed upon the world by America's ruling regime on behalf of corporate giants, the military-industrial-media complex, the oil-igarchy and other elite interests. It is an empire that is supported by right-wing power players, militarists, free market ideologues, Jewish neo-conservatives, leaders of the Christian and Catholic right and anti-socialists. Under Bush Jr., the military-industrial complex is no longer invisible - it has become the most visible, most articulate and most aggressive driving force behind America's wars for world hegemony and domination today.

In order to preserve the American Empire that will rule the world for as long as can be sustained, the strategists and politico-military leaders of this grand project are more and more relying on the use of military power precisely because America's economic power is on the decline. America's right-wing leaders and militarists believe that economic impositions through the instruments of the Bretton Woods institutions (the IMF, WB, GATT-WTO) no longer suffice to preserve American hegemony and domination of the world... they believe that the American Empire cannot exist under current international law, ethical concepts, multilateralism and global institutions like the United Nations because of the constraints and impediments that these pose on America's will and action... the concept of Pax Americana should be asserted through unipolar military superiority, warlordism, aggression, moral absolutism and a global ideological offensive using U.S. media oligopolies. Their ideological offensive centers on drumming up an apocalyptic conflict between "Good and Evil."...Using the pretext of "war against terrorism" and other so-called threats to the security of the region, the U.S. government is increasingly and steadily deploying its forces; building and rebuilding its military bases; forming and training more surrogate armies; securing stronger and more reliable military alliances and security partnerships, gaining more access to ports, airfields and air spaces. But soon the combat missions that we now see in the Philippines particularly in Mindanao will be replicated throughout the Philippines, in Southeast Asia and other parts of the Asia Pacific. America's objective in Asia Pacific is to maintain a strong military power never seen before in the entire history of the region.

U.S. military power in the region addresses the American Empire's strategic objectives to contain the rise of power competitors such as - but not limited to - China, and deter the growth of other threats to its hegemony including revolutionary movements and the rise of independent regimes.
Because Asia Pacific is a vast mass of land and sea territory with huge economic and geopolitical potentials, and because it is contiguous to the American mainland and its Pacific territories, this region remains of strategic interest to the United States. Without a strong power projection in Asia Pacific, America's drive for global hegemony and domination will be threatened.

To the peoples of Asia Pacific however the threat to their independence and security is and will always be U.S. imperialism. So much blood has been spilled because of U.S. imperialism which has been asserting itself here for more than a century. The independence, sovereignty, freedom, self-determination and economic growth of many nations - including the possible reunification of countries divided by post-war U.S. intervention in the region - are always threatened because of U.S. imperialism. Tensions and instabilities particularly in the Korean Peninsula, in the China-Taiwan conflict and other hotpots in the region are heightened because of U.S. interventionism.

But, just as the previous world wars led to the rise of independence and liberationist movements throughout the world, the U.S. "war on terrorism" has led to the reawakening of the peoples of Asia Pacific to the real threat to humanity. More and more peoples are standing up against U.S. imperialism. Especially in Muslim countries, the "war against terrorism" is beginning to appear as a war against the world particularly against Muslims who oppose foreign domination. Today, the more U.S. imperialism displays its arrogance and military power, the more resistance it will generate.

George W. Bush, Jr. [note: the bipartisan U.S. ruling class' state] has declared a "war against terrorism" - a "war without borders" and without time limit. This, he said, is America's "war of the century." Let us instead turn America's "war of the century" into the "Century's War Against U.S. [note: state terrorist] Imperialism." Bulatlat.com

*This paper is the guiding text of a power point presentation during a Workshop on Asia-Pacific at the International Conference on War and Globalization, March 1, 2003, School of Economics, UP Diliman, Quezon City, Philippines. The workshop was sponsored by Bayan and the International League of Peoples’ Struggle while the entire conference was organized by IBON Foundation.

* THE U.S. GEOSTRATEGIC AGENDA FOR U.S. HEGEMONY & ISRAEL'S ROLE

Excerpts From Pentagon's Plan: 'Prevent the Re-Emergence of a New Rival'
http://www.princeton.edu/~ppn/docfiles/pentagon_1992.html
NYT March 8, 1992
Following are excerpts from the Pentagon's Feb. 18 draft of the Defense Planning Guidance for the Fiscal Years 1994-1999: This Defense Planning guidance addresses the fundamentally new situation which has been created by the collapse of the Soviet Union, the disintegration of the internal as well as the external empire, and the discrediting of Communism as an ideology with global pretensions and influence. The new international environment has also been shaped by the victory of the United States and its coalition allies over Iraqi aggression -- the first post-cold-war conflict and a defining event in U.S. global leadership. In addition to these two victories, there has been a less visible one, the integration of Germany and Japan into a U.S.-led system of collective security and the creation of a democratic "zone of peace."

1996 A Clean Break: A New Strategy for Securing the Realm
http://www.israeleconomy.org/strat1.htm
Following is the policy blueprint prepared for incoming Israeli president Benjamin Netanyahu by The U.S. Institute for Advanced Strategic and Political Studies’ "Study Group on a New Israeli Strategy Toward 2000." The main substantive ideas in this paper emerge from a discussion in which prominent opinion makers, including Richard Perle, James Colbert, Charles Fairbanks, Jr., Douglas Feith, Robert Loewenberg, David Wurmser, and Meyrav Wurmser participated.

1997: THE GRAND CHESSBOARD: American Primacy and its Geostrategic Imperatives
Zbigniew Brzezinski
www.fromthewilderness.com/free/ww3/zbig.html

1997 A geostrategy for Eurasia, by Zbigniew Brzezinski
Foreign Affairs,76:5, September/October 1997 Council on Foreign Relations Inc.
http://www.comw.org/pda/fulltext/9709brzezinski.html

1997 US Army War College: "WE HAVE ENTERED AN AGE OF CONSTANT CONFLICT'
http://carlisle-www.army.mil/usawc/Parameters/97summer/peters.htm

1999 The Brookings Institution: China, Russia, Middle East, OIL & U.S. Geostrategy for Global Domination: China's Changing Oil Strategy and its Foreign Policy Implications
...the Middle East's share of China's oil imports, fluctuating roughly about 50%, could conceivably grow to 80% or more in the year 2010. Henceforth, with such a heavy dependence on the Middle East for oil, U.S. strategic domination over the entire region, including the whole lane of sea communications from the strait of Hormuz, will be perceived as the primary vulnerability of China's energy supply. It would not be an exaggeration to say that the key objective of China's oil strategy will be to avoid this strategic vulnerability.
http://www.brook.edu/fp/cnaps/papers/1999_troush.htm

2000 Strategy, Forces and Resources For a New Century: A Report of The Project for the New American Century
The Project for the New American Century (PNAC) is a neo-conservative think tank with strong ties to the American Enterprise Institute. PNAC's web site says it was "established in the spring of 1997" as "a non-profit, educational organization whose goal is to promote American global leadership."
PNAC's policy document, "Rebuilding America's Defences" advocates total U.S. global primacy...

2000 “Rebuilding America’s Defenses: Strategy, Forces and Resources for a New Century”
http://www.newamericancentury.org/RebuildingAmericasDefenses.pdf, basically transformed into the NSS of USA ...

2002 United States Government, National Security Strategy of the United States /NSS of USA
.

2003 CHENEY ENERGY TASK FORCE DOCUMENTS FEATURE MAP OF IRAQI OILFIELDS
http://www.judicialwatch.org/071703.b_PR.shtml

2004 THE PENTAGON’S NEW MAP: War & Peace in the 21st. Century 
by Thomas P.M. Barnett, U.S. Naval War College
[MAPS BY WILLIAM MCNULTY]
http://www.nwc.navy.mil/newrulesets/ThePentagonsNewMap.htm 

IRAQ 'CIVIL WAR' MADE-IN-USA:
"Under this plan Iraq would cease to exist" : to destroy Arab nationalism, a major obstacle to U.S. CONTROL of the "middle east' necessary for U.S. global hegemony:

1] U.S. Considers Dividing Iraq Into Three Separate States After Saddam Is Gone
FORECASTS & TRENDS, Oct 1, 2002 http://www.profutures.comarticle.php/91/%20
Stratfor.com http://www.stratfor.com/ reports that one of the leading long-term strategies being considered by US war planners is to divide Iraq into three separate regions. Under this plan Iraq would cease to exist. [empasis added]
Stratfor says that such a plan reportedly was discussed at an unusual meeting between Crown Prince Hassan of Jordan and pro-US Iraqi Sunni opposition members in London in July. Further, they say that in September, the Israeli newspaper, Yedioth Ahronoth, stated that the US goal in Iraq was to create a United Hashemite Kingdom that would encompass Jordan and Iraq's Sunni areas. Also, Israeli terrorism expert Ehud Sprinzak recently echoed this sentiment on Russian television on September 24. According to Stratfor, Sprinzak stated that the authors of the "Hashemite" plan are Vice President Dick Cheney and Deputy Secretary of Defense Paul Wolfowitz, both considered the most hawkish of Bush administration officials.[...]

2] 2004 Rand study “U.S. Strategy in the Muslim World After 9/11”
By Abdus Sattar Ghazali, exec. editor American Muslim Perspective
http://www.amperspective.com/html/neo_orientalists.html
Rand study titled “U.S. Strategy in the Muslim WorldAfter 9/11” suggests exploiting Sunni, Shiite and Arab, non-Arab divides to promote the US policy objectives inthe Muslim world. [...]

3] U.S.IRAQ EXIT STRATEGY: CIVIL WAR
By Pepe Escobar
http://www.atimes.com/atimes/Middle_East/GF10Ak03.html
The plan [to break up Iraq] allegedly conceived by David Philip, a former White House adviser working for the American Foreign Policy Council (AFPC)[...]

5] Iraq's Partition
The U.S. will... work to dissolve the Iraqi nation and state into three independent statelets under a powerless sham national government and, of course, total U.S. control (...) As Col. Lang emphasizes, the seeds for partioning were laid when Cheney and the neocon figures around him ordered the Iraqi army to be disbanded and the de-Baathification of the Iraqi government, its total annulment. The idea of partitioning Iraq may even have been the very reason for the war. The New Middle East expression goes back to the [see above] 1996 "Clean Break" document (pdf) prepared by U.S. as a strategy for Israel's Netanyahu government. The first modern partition Iraq argument was made by Zionist strategist Oded Yinon in 1982. In A Strategy for Israel in the Nineteen Eighties he recommends: In Iraq, a division into provinces along ethnic/religious lines as in Syria during Ottoman times is possible. So, three (or more) states will exist around the three major cities: Basra, Baghdad and Mosul, and Shi'ite areas in the south will separate from the Sunni and Kurdish north. The now imminent, new policy of partitioning Iraq is indeed only the announcement of the result of a process that has been the plan and the policy all along. This is a real "Mission Accomplished" moment...
http://www.uruknet.org.uk/?s1=1&p=27322&s2=09>

6] Civil war likely in Iraq, not necessarily negative
Tony Jones Interview with Daniel Pipes
Australian Broadcasting Corporation, 02/03/06
http://www.abc.net.au/lateline/content/2006/s1582736.htm
http://www.pwgd.com/blog/lb/1197-civil-war-in-iraq-not-bad-for-us-with-a...

7] Scholars Recommend Dividing Iraq Into 3
By BARRY SCHWEID
AP Diplomatic Writer, 7/5/7
With President Bush's war strategy clouded by limited results and mounting casualties, two scholars are proposing a partition plan that would divide Iraq into three main regions. The authors, Edward P. Joseph of Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies and Michael O'Hanlon, senior fellow at the Brookings Institution, are hoping to draw the attention of Bush administration policymakers. The three main spheres proposed in the report would be Shiite, Sunni and Kurdistan. The Kurds already control Kurdistan.
http://www.timesdaily.com/apps/pbcs.dll/article?AID=/20070705/APA/707050...

8] Biden supports three-part Iraq split: Plan maintains limited central government
Biden and Gelb, president emeritus of the nonpartisan Council on Foreign Relations, introduced their five-point plan for Iraq in a May 2006 op-ed piece in the New York Times. http://www.delawareonline.com/apps/pbcs.dll/article?AID=/20070304/NEWS/7...

9] The Case for 'Soft Partition' in Iraq
Saban Center Analysis, Number 12, June 2007
Paul H. Nitze School of Advanced International Studies, Johns Hopkins University
http://www.brookings.edu/printme.wbs?page=/fp/saban/analysis/june2007ira...

====

PALESTINE
Hamas' stand
An official of the movement describes its goals for all of Palestine.
By Mousa Abu Marzook
MOUSA ABU MARZOOK is the deputy of the political bureau of Hamas, the Islamic Resistance Movement.
July 10, 2007
http://www.uruknet.de/?s1=1&p=34394&s2=11
www.latimes.com/news/opinion/la-oe-marzook10jul10,0,1675308.story?coll=l...

Damascus, Syria — HAMAS' RESCUE of a BBC journalist from his captors in Gaza last week was surely cause for rejoicing. But I want to be clear about one thing: We did not deliver up Alan Johnston as some obsequious boon to Western powers.

It was done as part of our effort to secure Gaza from the lawlessness of militias and violence, no matter what the source. Gaza will be calm and under the rule of law — a place where all journalists, foreigners and guests of the Palestinian people will be treated with dignity. Hamas has never supported attacks on Westerners, as even our harshest critics will concede; our struggle has always been focused on the occupier and our legal resistance to it — a right of occupied people that is explicitly supported by the Fourth Geneva Convention.

Yet our movement is continually linked by President Bush and Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Olmert to ideologies that they know full well we do not follow, such as the agenda of Al Qaeda and its adherents. But we are not part of a broader war. Our resistance struggle is no one's proxy, although we welcome the support of people everywhere for justice in Palestine.

The American efforts to negate the will of the Palestinian electorate by destroying our fledgling government have not succeeded — rather, the U.S.-assisted Fatah coup has only multiplied the problems of Washington's "two-state solution."

Mr. Bush has for the moment found a pliant friend in Abu Mazen, a "moderate" in the American view but one who cannot seriously expect to command confidence in the streets of Gaza or the West Bank after having taken American arms and Israeli support to depose the elected government by force. We deplore the current prognosticating over "Fatah-land" versus "Hamastan." In the end, there can be only one Palestinian state.

But what of the characterization by the West of our movement as beyond the pale of civilized discourse? Our "militant" stance cannot by itself be the disqualifying factor, as many armed struggles have historically resulted in a place at the table of nations. Nor can any deny the reasonableness of our fight against the occupation and the right of Palestinians to have dignity, justice and self-rule.

Yet in my many years of keeping an open mind to all sides of the Palestine question — including those I spent in an American prison, awaiting Israeli "justice" — I am forever asked to concede the recognition of Israel's putative "right to exist" as a necessary precondition to discussing grievances, and to renounce positions found in the Islamic Resistance Movement's charter of 1988, an essentially revolutionary document born of the intolerable conditions under occupation more than 20 years ago.

The sticking point of "recognition" has been used as a litmus test to judge Palestinians. Yet as I have said before, a state may have a right to exist, but not absolutely at the expense of other states, or more important, at the expense of millions of human individuals and their rights to justice. Why should anyone concede Israel's "right" to exist, when it has never even acknowledged the foundational crimes of murder and ethnic cleansing by means of which Israel took our towns and villages, our farms and orchards, and made us a nation of refugees?

Why should any Palestinian "recognize" the monstrous crime carried out by Israel's founders and continued by its deformed modern apartheid state, while he or she lives 10 to a room in a cinderblock, tin-roof United Nations hut? These are not abstract questions, and it is not rejectionist simply because we have refused to abandon the victims of 1948 and their descendants.

As for the 1988 charter, if every state or movement were to be judged solely by its foundational, revolutionary documents or the ideas of its progenitors, there would be a good deal to answer for on all sides. The American Declaration of Independence, with its self-evident truth of equality, simply did not countenance (at least, not in the minds of most of its illustrious signatories) any such status for the 700,000 African slaves at that time; nor did the Constitution avoid codifying slavery as an institution, counting "other persons" as three-fifths of a man. Israel, which has never formally adopted a constitution of its own but rather operates through the slow accretion of Basic Laws, declares itself explicitly to be a state for the Jews, conferring privileged status based on faith in a land where millions of occupants are Arabs, Muslims and Christians.

The writings of Israel's "founders" — from Herzl to Jabotinsky to Ben Gurion — make repeated calls for the destruction of Palestine's non-Jewish inhabitants: "We must expel the Arabs and take their places." A number of political parties today control blocs in the Israeli Knesset, while advocating for the expulsion of Arab citizens from Israel and the rest of Palestine, envisioning a single Jewish state from the Jordan to the sea. Yet I hear no clamor in the international community for Israel to repudiate these words as a necessary precondition for any discourse whatsoever. The double standard, as always, is in effect for Palestinians.

I, for one, do not trouble myself over "recognizing" Israel's right to exist — this is not, after all, an epistemological problem; Israel does exist, as any Rafah boy in a hospital bed, with IDF shrapnel in his torso, can tell you. This dance of mutual rejection is a mere distraction when so many are dying or have lived as prisoners for two generations in refugee camps. As I write these words, Israeli forays into Gaza have killed another 15 people, including a child. Who but a Jacobin dares to discuss the "rights" of nations in the face of such relentless state violence against an occupied population?

I look forward to the day when Israel can say to me, and millions of other Palestinians: "Here, here is your family's house by the sea, here are your lemon trees, the olive grove your father tended: Come home and be whole again." Then we can speak of a future together.

Palestinian Resistance Cuts the Gordian Knot:
On the Expulsion of U.S./Israeli-Backed Gangster Elements from the Gaza Strip
Submitted by Gary Zatzman the following is a synthesis of a two-part collectively composed article:
http://www.cpcml.ca/Tmld2007/D37102.htm
and
http://www.cpcml.ca/Tmld2007/D37103.htm

These moments in Occupied Palestine and on the world scale are bringing out the very best and the very worst which human civilization has given rise to: either solutions to the problems faced by the people based on fundamental principles of international law, or anarchy raised to the level of authority.
On June 14-15, the military arm of Hamas, the Islamic Resistance Movement (the Qassam Brigades) seized the headquarters, training facilities and arms caches of U.S.-financed, Israeli-backed gangs in the Gaza Strip. It dissolved their organization, the so-called Preventive Security Force, and put its head Mohammed Dahlan and his hired staff and allies to flight. Hamas reiterated that the Palestinians are one people but that resisting the Zionist occupation requires stopping the hands of those who act as its tools -- even if some of these are Palestinian. It did this through al Aqsa TV, broadcasting messages to Gaza's 1.5 million people to reassure them, as the fighting turned from clashes to an all out assault on Dahlan held positions.
It was not an attack on Fatah, on Gaza's people or a coup d'etat the broadcasts insisted. Those under attack were the Dahlan gangs that had arrested and tortured thousands of partisans and were "collaborators with Israel and the U.S. and traitors." The London Observer reported from Gaza on June 17: "As Hamas consolidated its grip on the narrow coastal strip last week, it produced a former senior member of Fatah Khaled Abu Helal on its TV station to say that he welcomed Hamas' cleansing of Fatah of its collaborators and traitors. He announced too that he would be forming a new Fatah committee to oversee the organization." The London Observer further reports: "The collaboration of Fatah members with Hamas was also suggested strongly by other witnesses. One told The Observer that some officers in the Presidential Guard had sent their men home as the fighting began. Another Hamas official, the spokesman for its Qassam Brigades, Abu Obaida, insisted there was co-ordination between the two sides as the purge went on: 'Today is a day of mercy and unity,' he said on Friday. 'Hamas has issued a full pardon to all the security leaders and personnel who participated in the fight against Hamas. Our fight is not against Fatah, the one with the long history in the struggle, but against just one group of Fatah agents who were following the Zionist agenda. The decent people of Fatah were co-ordinating with us and are happy we have got rid of the corrupt people of Fatah. Now we have to enforce law and order.'"

The dramatic assertions widely spread by the Western media and different governments that the events in Gaza represented the unleashing of a fratricidal civil war and a coup d'etat by Hamas do not correspond with the facts. Such disinformation is perfidy, the stock in trade of those who accuse the Palestinians of the very crime of inciting a reactionary civil war and the decapitation of the Palestine National Authority that they themselves were planning to commit. It is the U.S.-organized force which is striving to exploit the just resistance in Gaza to their advantage by proclaiming an "emergency government" (which Palestinian Prime Minister Ismail Haniyeh immediately denounced as "unconstitutional"), seizing the funds of the National Unity Government, carrying through a coup d'etat, and implementing the U.S.-Zionist program to dismember Occupied Palestine through subversion and blunt force. There can therefore be no doubt as to what is the real purpose of the disinformation surrounding the events in Palestine.
While untrue reports of the "peaceful and humanitarian" response of Israel and the Fatah faction are stressed, the U.S., Israel and their abettors camouflage the dangerous agenda they are poised to implement: the invasion of Gaza and the annexation of the West Bank.
The aim running as a black thread through all these developments is to conceal the real role of the forces in play, criminalize and demonize on the basis of fabrication those who refuse to submit to the U.S.-Israeli dictate and to prepare a fresh basis for new repression and widening of the conflict in the Middle East.

Behind the Curtain of Disinformation
Various international media have already begun to admit that this decisive act has put an end for the time being to much of the civil disorder that had become endemic throughout the Gaza Strip. This Mediterranean coastal enclave, home to more than 1.5 million people subject to an Israeli military occupation since June 1967, is sandwiched between the State of Israel and the Egyptian border in a landmass whose area would fit several times inside that of Greater Toronto. It has come to be described as "the world's largest open air prison."

The real facts are as follows. These events marked the culmination of a months long struggle that developed out of the January 25, 2006 electoral victory of the Change and Reform slate sponsored by Hamas in the national elections for the Palestine Legislative Council. The candidates of the national slate came from diverse backgrounds, including a Christian Palestinian candidate. Fourteen of the elected lawmakers were political prisoners held in Israeli jails. Far from being a religious vote as portrayed by the media, this was a vote against occupation and for resistance, a vote for the sovereign rights of the Palestinian people and democratic governance. Within hours of the result, George W. Bush, president of the United States, which had carried out direct and indirect interference in the election including the expenditure of several millions of "aid" dollars on behalf of individual Fatah candidates to dictate a favourable outcome to it, arrogantly declared: "I've made it very clear that the United States does not support political parties that want to destroy our ally Israel and that people must renounce that part of their platform." He further stated: "I don't see how you can be a partner in peace if you advocate the destruction of a country as part of your platform. And I know you can't be a partner in peace if you have, if your party has got an armed wing." This treacherous behaviour is in conformity with the attitude toward foreign policy typical of the ruling circles of the Anglo-American countries: instead of a policy based on international law, of respect for the legitimate rights of all peoples based on the UN Charter including non-interference in their internal affairs, a policy is pursued of using every means, down to and including calumny, for the purpose of weakening an entire people, exploiting them for narrow selfish interests and striving to strengthen the position of the foreign occupying power at their expense. According to Bush, only those political platforms and political parties sanctioned by the U.S. are permissible.

Instigating a Coup against the Palestinian National Authority
The leader of the Fatah faction, Mahmoud Abbas, retained the presidency of the Palestinian National Authority (PNA) as the president is elected separately. However, the result of the election meant he otherwise lost control of the administration and cabinet of the PNA. The United States and Israel mobilized the European Union and others to inflict a massive financial embargo and other sanctions designed to "put the Palestinians on a diet," i.e., starve them into submission, as the Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Olmert infamously boasted. The sanctions, including the arrogation by Israel of Palestinian tax revenues estimated at more than 700 million U.S. dollars, as well as U.S. bullying of Arab and Palestinian banks to refrain from transferring Arab aid money to the cash strapped Palestinian government, further crippled the Palestinian economy, impoverished Palestinians perhaps as never before and pushed tens of thousands of Palestinian families to the brink of starvation.

Ahead of virtually the entire international community, one of the first acts of Foreign Affairs Minister Peter MacKay of the newly installed Harper Conservative government in Ottawa was to withdraw Canada's financial support for the Palestinian Authority, citing Hamas as a "terrorist organization." The previous Liberal government, utilizing the hysteria created after the 9-11 terrorist attack in New York City, had through executive decree proscribed Hamas (as it did Hizbullah, the Lebanese resistance organization) in such terms -- falsely portraying them as "jihadists" as if they too were poised to launch attacks within Canada, as a means of isolating popular support and sympathy for the Palestine resistance amongst the Canadian people. However, the Palestinians -- or, more accurately, the majority -- refused to be duped by the conspiratorial Americans and their collaborators and agents into revolting against Hamas and cutting each other's throats.

The Bush Administration promised $42 million, then $50 million, then $80 million, then $60 million and (most recently) finally authorized $40 million to finance the outfitting and maintenance of a U.S.-directed and -trained "Palestinian National Guard" under Abbas' Presidential office. It is known that this is led by his right hand man Muhammad Dahlan, operating entirely independently of the civilian control of the PNA Ministry of the Interior. The Presidential Guard at Anzar in Gaza City also received a significant amount of light weaponry such as assault rifles and ammunition, all in coordination with Israel. Washington's plan was widely reported to have been devised by Elliot Abrams, co-responsible for the Venezuelan coup attempt in 2002. The CIA plan also involved "strategic advice" to politicians and some liberal secular parties as well as mercenary journalists that agreed to work against Hamas.

By the spring of last year, the plans of various elements from this informal imperial coalition to instigate a coup against the Palestinian National Authority were openly discussed over the Internet and in other media to be followed by a blood purge of Hamas for daring to struggle and daring to win. The deafening propaganda from the U.S. and Israel was that the Palestinians were submitting to "Islamic terrorism" by even tolerating, let alone voting for Hamas. The "civilized world" would not be long in fixing this malady, they said. On April 30, 2007 the Jordanian newspaper Al-Majd further published an important, 16-page secret document, an "Action Plan for the Palestinian Presidency," based on a Jordanian government translation of a reputed U.S. intelligence document, that called for undermining and replacing the Palestinian national unity government. The Hashemite Jordanian government, which is suggesting that it could re-annex the West Bank as its own "peace" plan, immediately shut this newspaper down. In May, the undersecretary general of the United Nations and its envoy to the Middle East, Alvaro de Soto submitted to the UN Secretary General a detailed document, frankly accusing "the United States of a plot to depose the Palestinian government from power at any price, even the price of a bloody civil war."

Now it is these same forces of "civilization" that are in quite a fix. In 1947-48, they were puffed up with the greatest arrogance over the success of the first partition of Palestine. They were supremely confident of the permanence of the humiliation and Nakba that their creation of the State of Israel would inflict on Arab peoples in general and the Palestinians in particular. In 1967, the Zionist praetorian guard of this "civilization" instigated the June Israeli Arab war to divide the Arab world. It redivided the Palestinians at the same time by placing under a brutal military occupation those in the West Bank and Gaza Strip who were outside the immediate jurisdiction of Israel.

These last four decades of denial by the Zionists of any of the just claims of the Palestinian resistance and people on these occupied territories served to blind these same "forces of civilization" from recognizing the authority that this resistance has always enjoyed among the Palestinian people. That resistance enjoys such authority as the guarantor of the unquenchable national aspirations of the Palestinian people that the Fatah slate was voted out of office in January 2006 for betraying that trust.

Notwithstanding the self-serving discourse of the "forces of civilization" that the Palestinians are thus "hopelessly divided," progressive forces everywhere defending the right of peoples to self-determination grasp and recognize that Palestine in its own right is "a land, a people, a history, a future." As such, it is not reducible to some obstacle to be demolished by imperialism and its Zionist tools. The Palestinian resistance continues to develop stepwise within definite conditions. Various forms of organization have been developed and followed to the extent that they serve the advancement of the struggle for self-determination within those conditions.

The Resistance Prevails
The broad principle of the entire Palestine people as a liberation organization has remained well entrenched since 1948. Based on the general principle that the liberation of the Palestinian homeland is first and foremost a deed of the Palestinian people themselves, however dispersed, since 1964 many forms of resistance were developed. These forms were under the umbrella of the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO) led by Yasser Arafat as head of its Fatah faction. Many of these forms and arrangements had to be shed as developments internally and outside Palestine placed new demands on their struggle, such as the first Palestinian Intifadah (uprising) in the West Bank and Gaza in December 1987 which lasted until 1992. Some of these arrangements, like the Oslo Accords of 1993, were desperate gambles that could never be turned to the account of a Palestinian nation-building project. After the Soviet Union collapsed, the U.S. wanted to block re-entry into the region of any other foreign imperial power. Israel would use the Oslo Accords to institute a stranglehold of military checkpoints (and later, the apartheid annexation wall throughout the West Bank) in order to steal more Palestinian land for Zionist colonization. Some Palestinians, desperately seeking accommodation with the occupier, began to feel the second Al Aqsa Intifadah unleashed by Palestinian youth and civil society in September 2001 was burning their feet. Yet throughout, the Palestinians' steadfast resistance to occupation and national humiliation never ceased even for a single moment. To date, this resistance has never given the progressive forces any grounds to doubt where final victory will lie. Furthermore, Palestinians have been impelled by a growing conviction that the opposition of many of the Arab regimes to Israel was not based on principle but on rivalry for favour with the imperial court, in which they aimed to use the Palestinian question as their bargaining chip. However, time and time again the facts show that nothing will stop the Palestinians! Last week's events proved this truth once again.
A year ago, in response to many events -- the intensified military shelling of the Gazan population, the forcible kidnapping by Israel of different Hamas elected members, cabinet members and officials of the PNA (including the Speaker of the Palestinian legislative council, Aziz Duweik, his deputy Mahmoud Ramahi, and the deputy Prime Minister Nasserdin al Shae'er from their homes in the West Bank), and the various internal coups being plotted against its leadership of the Palestine Legislative Council -- the Palestinian resistance unfolded a new level of struggle against the military forces of Israeli occupation when they staged a successful action to push the occupier's armed forces further back behind Gaza's perimeter and captured Gilad Shalit, an Israeli soldier. Every funeral of a Palestinian martyr slain by Israeli targeted assassination became the occasion for massive popular rallies.

The response from Israeli forces and their media was frantic. The calls in the Knesset and media escalated to "transfer Palestinians!" not only from the West Bank, Gaza and East Jerusalem, but also from Israel proper (those Palestinian lands occupied since 1948). The open fascists publicly declared Israel's Arab citizens a fifth column (nearly 25 per cent of the population). The Israeli Zionist armed forces, under the pretext of freeing a captured soldier, bombed or destroyed the bulk of Gaza's civilian infrastructure, including schools, colleges, streets, bridges, charities as well as thousands of homes and the only power station, forcing 1.5 million Gazans to live in total or partial darkness. It exposed once again the enormous vulnerability of the Zionist hierarchs. Whenever organized Palestinian resistance emerges right under their nose they are submerged within the reactionary public opinion of their supporting ghetto of people of mostly Jewish origins from Europe, the former Soviet Union and the U.S. The most remarkable feature at that particular moment however, was the evident paralysis of the Olmert government in Tel Aviv.

A few weeks later, Hizbullah forces inside Lebanon responded with a militarily organized resistance action against violation of the border by Israeli forces, capturing two more Israeli soldiers. In this moment, the Zionists retaliated full bore, unleashing a 34-day orgy of bloodletting, bombing Beirut and other major urban population centres throughout Lebanon, dropping more than 1.5 million cluster bombs throughout southern Lebanon, slaughtering more than a thousand innocent civilians and displacing tens of thousands more, while attempting to assassinate the leaders of Hizbullah.

The governments of other U.S. allies could not find foxholes fast enough in which to dive out of the way of inquisitive reporters. However, Canadian Prime Minister Stephen Harper waded in to declare that the Israeli military assault was a "measured response." Michael Ignatieff, running at that time for the leadership of the Liberal Party of Canada, refused to condemn as a war crime the deliberate slaughter by Israelis of more than 50 civilians in Qana near a UN observer post. The Canadian corporate media openly questioned why the government should pay one cent of the cost of evacuating from the war zone Canadian citizens let alone residents mostly of Lebanese origin.

When the internal organization and morale of the Israeli government's own forces, especially those confronting the Lebanese resistance at the border, seemed to reach breaking point and to the consternation of the Western powers mass demonstrations began to develop throughout the world against the Israeli aggression, such as the more than 100,000 people in London, the 75,000 in Montreal, etc., the U.S. rushed to the rescue of their Zionist proxy with the face saving ceasefire Resolution 1701 in the UN Security Council.

The determined stand of the Lebanese national resistance to the ferocious U.S.-backed Zionist assault led by Hizbullah and based amongst the people and villages of southern Lebanon, marked a major watershed and turning point for the oppressed peoples of all the Arab countries in general and for the Lebanese and Palestinian resistance struggle in particular. No longer did the people flee their villages in the face of the customary Israeli terror as in 1948; their presence is vital to the resistance. Hizbullah was seen as having won. The ascendant peoples of Palestine and Lebanon buried the myth of Zionist invincibility. The great terror, the Israeli army, the Shin Beit and Mossad and all the rest, that state within a state, however numerous and well-armed with sophisticated weapons and divide and rule policy had been unable to quell the movement of the Palestinian and Lebanese peoples for their rights, national liberation, and sovereignty. This continuous resistance movement in different forms and intensities for 170 years had now reached a new quality. The Olmert government slouched towards collapse. Thousands of Israelis in northern Israel abandoned their homes. This had never happened before.

The Palestinian resistance in Gaza, meanwhile, girded itself against murderous reprisal actions by Dahlan's gangs co-ordinated with Israeli artillery and air strikes. The international media intentionally misrepresented armed self-defence against these provocations as a "Palestinian mini civil war." Matters came to a head last November in the Gaza Strip village of Beit Hanoun. U.S.-directed forces from the Israeli army encircled Palestinian resistance fighters in the local mosque. Enabling the resistance forces' escape to safety, some 2,000 women of the village, acquitting themselves as simple people who chose principles over fear, courageously offered themselves as human shields between the forces of reaction confronting them and the hopes for their future represented by the fighters trapped in the mosque. In another instance, masses of civilians occupied the rooftop of a building to successfully prevent an Israeli targeted assassination of a Palestinian leader and his family. On November 7, an opinion poll released by the Palestinian Centre for Public Opinion in Beit Sahur showed that over 75 per cent of Palestinians blamed the U.S., Israel, EU and Fatah for the financial economic crisis in the Occupied Territories. [...continued]

More News and Views on Developments in Palestine
• What Hamas Wants - Ahmed Yousef, New York Times
• Engage with Hamas: We Earned Our Support - Ahmed Yousef, Washington Post
• Dahlan Was Planning Gaza Takeover, Large-Scale Massacres in Gaza - Khalid Amayreh, www.uruknet.info
• Not for Sale: Palestinians Won't Accept a Vichy Government - Khalid Amayreh, www.tlaxcala.es
• Hamas Uncovers PA, CIA Intelligence Trove - www.informationliberation.com
• Alvaro de Soto's Parting Blast - Akiva Eldar, Ha'aretz
• Dreamland - Uzi Benziman, Ha'aretz
• On the Causes of the 1967 Israeli-Arab War - Interview, Dr.Ismail Zayid, President, Canada Palestine Association

Imperialist-zionist fascists-of-a-feather
Pimping Jewish girls out to American men
Khalid Amayreh, thepeoplesvoice.org
In a brazen effort to make Israel’s Nazi-like oppression of Palestinians look romantic, seductive and sexy, the quasi- pornographic American magazine, Maxim, has featured a photo-spread of topless and semi-nude Israeli female soldiers, apparently in order to show Israel’s "human side." On the magazine’s on-line edition, the following introductory phrase " Are the women of the Israeli Defense Forces the world’s sexiest? Yes, " is printed next to a semi-naked IDF female soldier... According to Israeli officials in charge of hasbara (propaganda) efforts, the message behind the pornographic advertisement is to show America’s youngsters that the "Jewish" state is not only about violence, death and conflict. http://www.uruknet.de/?p=34350

IRAQ
'Arrowhead Ripper' Becomes Fountainhead of Anger
Inter Press Service
By Ali al-Fadhily*
BAQUBA, Jul 10 (IPS) - Ongoing U.S. military operations in Diyala province have brought normal life to an end, and fuelled support for the national resistance. Baquba, 50km northeast of Baghdad, and capital city of the volatile Diyala province, has born the brunt of violence during the U.S. military Operation 'Arrowhead Ripper'. Conflicting reports are on offer on the number of houses destroyed and numbers of civilians killed, but everyone agrees that the destruction is vast and the casualties numerous.

The operation was launched Jun. 18 "to destroy the al-Qaeda influences in this province and eliminate their threat against the people," according to Brig. Gen. Mick Bednarek, deputy commanding officer of the 25th Infantry Division. But most Iraqis IPS interviewed in the area say the operation seeks to break the national Iraqi resistance and those who support it. Adding credibility to this belief is the fact that the U.S. operational commander of troops involved in the operation told reporters Jun. 22 that 80 percent of the top al-Qaeda leaders in Baquba fled before the offensive began...

[Salman Shakir from the Gatoon district in Baquba told IPS] many of his relatives and neighbours were killed by the military while attempting to leave the area. "I cannot tell you how many people were killed, but bodies of civilians were left in the streets.
"We all know now that the U.S. military is using the name of al-Qaeda to cover attacks against our national resistance fighters and civilians who wish immediate or scheduled withdrawal of foreign troops from Iraq," Hilmi Saed, an Iraqi journalist from Baghdad told IPS on the outskirts of Baquba...

"Americans are pushing us to the corner of extremity by these massive crimes," Abbas al-Zaydi, a teacher from Baquba told IPS. "They simply want us to sell cheap our religion, history, tradition and faith or else they would call us terrorists."...
"It is clear now that any Iraqi who refuses to serve the American plan is considered an enemy of the United States," a community leader in the city who did not want to give his name told IPS. He said some people are angrier with other leaders supporting the U.S. forces. "The whole world is responsible for these murders, and a day will come that we say to the world, 'you supported Americans who killed us'."

A man wearing a mask, who appeared to be a resistance fighter, spoke with IPS just outside Baquba on condition of anonymity.
"Hundreds were killed and thousands evicted from the city while the so-called al-Qaeda fighters survived," he said. "Americans must be told that we will never stop killing their sons who came to kill us unless they leave our country in peace."
** Dahr Jamail's MidEast Dispatches **
http://dahrjamailiraq.com
*Ali, our correspondent in Baghdad, works in close collaboration with Dahr Jamail, our U.S.-based specialist writer on Iraq who travels extensively in the region

what imperialist liberation means...
Have the Tigris and Euphrates Run Dry?
Dahr Jamail's MidEast Dispatches **
http://dahrjamailiraq.com
Inter Press Service
By Ali al-Fadhily*
BAGHDAD, Jul 9 (IPS) - Two of the largest rivers of the region run through Iraq, so why are Iraqis desperate for lack of water?
The vast majority of Iraqis live by the Euphrates river, and the Tigris with its many tributaries. The two rivers join near Basra city in the south to form the Shat al-Arab river basin. Iraq is also gifted with high quality ground water resources; about a fifth of the territory is farmland.
"The water we have in Iraq is more than enough for our living needs," chief engineer Adil Mahmood of the Irrigation Authority in Baghdad told IPS. "In fact we can export water to neighbouring countries like Kuwait, Saudi Arabia and Jordan -- who manage shortages in water resources with good planning."
But now Iraqi farmers struggle to get water to their crops. There is severe lack of electricity to run pumps, and fuel to run generators.
"The water is there and the rivers have not dried up, but the problem lies in how to get it to our dying plantations," Jabbar Ahmed, a farmer from Latifiya south of Baghdad told IPS. "It is a shame that we, our animals and our plants are thirsty in a country that has the two great rivers."
Iraq now imports most agricultural products because of lack of irrigation.
Iraqis talk of the times when this region taught the world how to use water. "Sumerians were more advanced than we are now," Mahmood Shakir, a historian from Baghdad University told IPS. "Over seven thousand years ago, the Sumerians dug channels to water their wheat farms and Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylonia, brought water to his great Suspended Gardens in a way that made them one of the seven wonders. According to the United Nations' Food and Agriculture Organisation, Iraq has a total area of 438,320 square kilometres and 924 km of inland waters. It is topographically shaped like a basin between the Tigris and the Euphrates. Ancient Mesopotamia where Iraq now stands means literally the land between two rivers. The average household in Iraq now gets two hours of electricity a day. About 70 percent of Iraqis have no access to safe drinking water, and only 19 percent have sewage access, according to the World Health Organisation. Unemployment stands at more than 60 percent.
Many Iraqi professionals blame the occupation, and companies it brought in, such as Bechtel.
Ali al-Fadhily, our correspondent in Baghdad, works in close collaboration with Dahr Jamail, our U.S.-based specialist writer on Iraq who travels extensively in the region

So-Called Oil Contracts in Iraq:
So-called "oil contracts" have been on the table of the Iraqi Parliament for months, and the fluff of lies printed about them in U..S. media is nauseating.
http://www.counterpunch.org/gerard07072007.html

VIDEO: Dr. Dahlia Wasfi - Life in Iraq Under U.S. Occupation
Shortages; lack of electricity; potable water; tanks rolling through the streets night and day; gunfire and explosions. Iraqi health care in shambles. 200 bodies turn up daily in the Baghdad morgue. For Iraqis, it's 9/11 every day.
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article17979.htm

Iran, Iraq to Build Joint Power Plant
Alalam News Network
Iran and Iraq officially signed an agreement to set up their first joint power plant in the Iraqi capital of Baghdad, the official IRNA news agency reported. The agreement was signed on Sunday by Managing Director of Iranian SANIR Company Reza Ebadzadeh and the Iraqi Deputy Electricity Minister Salam al-Qazaz. Based on the agreement, SANIR Company, affiliated to Iran's Energy Ministry, is obliged to establish the 315-megawatt power plant in Sadr City, a suburban area of Baghdad...: http://www.uruknet.de/?p=34355

'New rules for new wars':
Conference brings Israeli, US experts together to 'fine tune' international law
http://tinyurl.com/34jxjd

'US hasn't yet grasped Iran threat':
Ilan Berman, speaking at the Conservative Heritage Foundation said the US hasn't made that choice because it "hasn't yet grasped the fundamental threat to American interests" posed by Iran.http://tinyurl.com/3yzn49

Lieberman: Israel will conclude preparations for Iranian 'threat" soon:
Strategic Affairs Minister Avigdor Lieberman that Israel would put the final touches on its preparations to counter Iran's nuclear threat in the near future.
http://www.ynetnews.com/articles/0,7340,L-3424408,00.html

Lieberman: US will back Israeli strike on Iran:
Israeli Minister of Strategic Affairs Avigdor Lieberman said he received tacit blessing of Europe and U.S. for Israeli military strike on Iran's nuclear facilities.
http://www.israeltoday.co.il/default.aspx?tabid=178&nid=13407

HMMNN...
Car Bomb Suspect Worked at Aviation Company
The engineer identified as one of two main suspects in the
British car bomb plot worked for much of last year for an
Indian outsourcing company that designs aircraft parts for
companies like Boeing and Airbus.
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/07/10/world/europe/10britain.html?th&emc=th

History of the Car Bomb
New-generation car bombers are graduates of CIA terrorism schools
by Mike Davis
http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=va&aid=6257
In a column on March 23, 2006 (A Vision, Bruised and Dented), David Brooks of the New York Times' wrote about "the rise of what Richard Lowry of the National Review calls the ‘To Hell With Them' Hawks." In part, Brooks characterized these hawks as being conservatives who "look at car bombs and cartoon riots and wonder whether Islam is really a religion of peace." One of the advantages of history is that you have to check such thoughts at the door. If Islam can't be considered a "religion of peace," thanks to what Mike Davis calls "the quotidian workhorse of urban terrorism," then at least its jihadists join a roiling crowd of less-than-peaceful car-bombers that has included Jews, Christians, Hindus, anarchists, French colonials, Mafiosos, members of the Irish Republican Army, and CIA operatives among others.

The car bomb seems such a weapon of the moment that who knew it had an 80 year-long, tortured history. Mike Davis, whose most recent projects include the significant book on the Avian flu, The Monster at Our Door, and Planet of Slums, a startling analysis of the way significant parts of our planet have been rapidly urbanizing and de-industrializing all at once, produces the unexpected. This week, Tomdispatch offers Davis'
two-part history of the car bomb, a series that puts one of the more terrifying phenomena of our moment into a new perspective and shines a dazzling light into any number of dark corners of our recent past. It will, at some future point, be expanded into a small book and so Davis would like to hear from anyone with information on other car bomb campaigns of the last half century. [...]
Global Research, July 8, 2007 tomdispatch.com - 2006-04-12

Ethiopia, Zimbabwe and the Politics of Naming
By Stephen Gowans
http://gowans.wordpress.com/2007/07/09/ethiopia-zimbabwe-and-the-politic...
When Africa scholar Mahmoud Mandani looks at the slaughter and displacement
of civilians in Darfur he notices something odd. The mass death of civilians
in Darfur has been called a genocide, but slaughters of civilians of similar
magnitude in Iraq and on a larger scale in Congo have not.

According to the World Food Program, about 200,000 civilians have died in
Darfur, 80 percent from starvation and disease, and 20 percent from
violence. Close to 700,000 have been displaced(1). This, the US government,
calls a genocide.
But [over a million now] 600,000 Iraqis have died since 2003 as a result of violence related to
the Anglo-American invasion of Iraq (2) and 3.7 million have either fled to
neighboring countries or are internally displaced (3).

“I read about all sorts of violence against civilians,” says Mamdani, “and
there are two places that I read about – one is Iraq, and one is Darfur …
And I’m struck by the fact that the largest political movement against mass
violence on US campuses is on Darfur and not on Iraq.” (4)

If Darfur is modest in comparison to Iraq, both are pipsqueeks compared to
Congo. There, some four million civilians have been slaughtered over several
years, largely as a result of intervention by US proxies, Uganda and Rwanda.

In Somalia, 460,000 civilians have been displaced by fighting sparked by a
US-backed and assisted invasion by Ethiopia (5). That invasion was aimed at
ousting the popularly-backed Islamic Courts Union, which had brought a
measure of stability to Somalia. “In the six months the Islamic courts
(governed Somalia), less than 20 people lost their lives through violence.
Now, that many die in 10 minutes,” observes Hussein Adow, a Mogadishu
businessman (6).
Why is there is a Save Darfur Campaign, but no Save Congo Campaign and no
Save Somalia Campaign?
Mamdani says that people in the West don’t react to the mass slaughter of
civilians but to the labels their governments and media attach to them.

“Genocide is being instrumentalized by … the United States,” he explains.
“It is being instrumentalized in a way that mass slaughters which implicate
its adversaries are being named as genocide and those which implicate its
friends or its proxies are not being named as genocide.”
Mandani calls this “the politics of naming.”

The "politics of naming" isn’t limited to the question of which slaughters are
named genocide and which aren’t. It applies too to the question of which
regimes are called dictatorial, repressive and brutal (and so must be
changed), and which are not... Take the case of Ethiopia and Zimbabwe [con't.]

NYT: vile humor about state terrorist criminal injustice
Mysteries, Legal and Sartorial, at Padilla Trial
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/07/08/us/nationalspecial3/08padilla.html?th&...
Nine weeks into his federal terrorism trial, Jose Padilla remains almost as mysterious as when he was hidden away in a naval brig for three years and eight months. Mr. Padilla, an American convert to Islam, was initially charged with plotting to detonate a radioactive “dirty bomb” in the United States and placed in military custody. But the government changed his status from “enemy combatant” to criminal defendant in the face of a legal challenge, and he now stands accused of attending a terrorist training camp run by Al Qaeda.

He was added to the case of two Arab men charged with supporting terrorist activities abroad, and the proceedings often focus wholly on them. Prosecutors have tried to prove Mr. Padilla’s guilt with a training camp application they say he filled out and wiretapped phone conversations in which he took part or was discussed. But they have no witnesses who saw Mr. Padilla fill out the form, and the phone recordings make him sound more troubled than malign...

What must the jurors be thinking? Not yet halfway through, they are awash in dozens of transcribed calls, lessons on Muslim conflicts in places like Chechnya and Somalia and assorted definitions of jihad. They have heard about a dizzying cast of characters in the radical Islamist world, from Osama bin Laden to a man nicknamed Fish-Fish, and listened to opposing views of whether Mr. Hassoun spoke in code on wiretapped calls. (One can imagine the jurors in deliberations, arguing over whether “eating cheese” means waging jihad or enjoying a chunk of Gruyère.)...

The government has not linked any of the defendants to specific violent acts (emphasis added). So unless a bombshell is pending, the jurors will have to decide whether the government’s interpretation of the intercepted calls is credible or, as the defense maintains, Mr. Padilla was training to become an imam and his co-defendants were trying to help persecuted Muslims in war-torn regions. They do not appear perplexed, nor particularly interested or bored.
Several times now, the five women and seven men have shown up in color-coordinated outfits. One day, the men dressed in blue and the women in pink. On July 3, the first row wore red, the second white and the third blue, leading bloggers to wonder whether they were worrisomely frivolous or unified — or so patriotic as to condemn all accused terrorists...

Reflections on the "Family Jewels" From a Target of the CIA
The Killing Machine
By Fidel Castro
http://www.cubanow.net/global/loader.php?&secc=12&item=2890&cont=show.ph...
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article17995.htm
... May 1973, the Director of the CIA was demanding that "all the main operative officials of this agency must immediately inform me on any ongoing or past activity that might be outside of the constituting charter of this agency". Schlessinger, later appointed Head of the Pentagon, had been replaced by William Colby. Colby was referring to the documents as "skeletons hiding in a closet". New press revelations forced Colby to admit the existence of the reports to interim President Gerald Ford in 1975.... Kissinger warned that "blood would flow" if other actions were known, and he immediately added: "For example, that Robert Kennedy personally controlled the operation for the assassination of Fidel Castro". The President's brother was then Attorney General of the United States...
The documents published now disclose information about the CIA-Mafia links for my assassination.... The technique used today by the CIA to avoid giving any details is not the unpleasant crossed out bits but the blank spaces, coming from the use of computers. For The New York Times, large censored sections reveal that the CIA still cannot expose all the skeletons in its closets, and many activities developed in operations abroad, checked over years ago by journalists, congressional investigators and a presidential commission, are not in the documents.
Howard Osborn, then CIA Director of Security, makes a summary of the "jewels" compiled by his office. He lists eight cases ­including the recruiting of the gangster Johnny Roselli for the coup against Fidel Castro but they crossed out the document that is in the number 1 place on Osborn's initial list: two and a half pages.
"The No. 1 Jewel of the CIA Security Offices must be very good, especially since the second one is the list for the program concerning the assassination of Castro by Roselli," said Thomas Blanton, director of the National Security Archive who requested the declassification of "The Family Jewels" 15 years ago under the Freedom of Information Act....
Needless to say that everything described here is still being done, only in a more brutal manner and all around the planet, including a growing number of illegal actions within the very United States.[...]

Finance Capital's Fascist Fortress: coming to a city near you eventually
New York Plans Surveillance Veil for Downtown to include license plate readers and 3,000 security cameras below Canal Street
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/07/09/nyregion/09ring.html?th&emc=th
The license plate readers would check the plates’ numbers and send out alerts if suspect vehicles were detected. The city is already seeking state approval to charge drivers a fee to enter Manhattan below 86th Street, which would require the use of license plate readers. If the plan is approved, the police will most likely collect information from those readers too, Mr. Kelly said....But the downtown security plan involves much more than keeping track of license plates. Three thousand surveillance cameras would be installed below Canal Street by the end of 2008, about two-thirds of them owned by downtown companies. Some of those are already in place. Pivoting gates would be installed at critical intersections; they would swing out to block traffic or a suspect car at the push of a button...
Unlike the 250 or so cameras the police have already placed in high-crime areas throughout the city, which capture moving images that have to be downloaded, the security initiative cameras would transmit live information instantly. “This program marks a whole new level of police monitoring of New Yorkers and is being done without any public input, outside oversight, or privacy protections for the hundreds of thousands of people who will end up in N.Y.P.D. computers," Christopher Dunn, a lawyer with the New York Civil Liberties Union, wrote in an e-mail message... The police and corporate security agents will work together in the center, said Paul J. Browne, the chief spokesman for the police. The plan does not need City Council approval, he said.
The Police Department is still considering whether to use face-recognition technology, an inexact science that matches images against those in an electronic database, or biohazard detectors in its Lower Manhattan network, Mr. Browne said.
[ACLU] worried about what would happen to the images once they were archived, how they would be used by the police and who else would have access to them.
Already, according to a report last year by the civil liberties group, there are nearly 4,200 public and private surveillance cameras below 14th Street, a fivefold increase since 1998, with virtually no oversight over what becomes of the recordings.

WELL-ORCHESTRATED U.S. PROPAGANDA RE: FATE OF U.S. PUPPETS

Plans for no-confidence vote against Maliki AFP
Senior Iraqi politicians, with possible tacit [SIC] backing from US Vice President Richard Cheney, are planning to ask soon for a no-confidence parliamentary vote against Prime Minister Nouri Al Maliki as a step toward bringing him down, CBS News reported Saturday. The report said the no-confidence vote will be requested on July 15 by the largest block of Sunni politicians, who are part of a broad political alliance called the Iraq Project... http://www.uruknet.de/?p=34329

The General Under Siege
The Washington Post EDITORIALS
PERVEZ MUSHARRAF'S misrule of Pakistan during the past eight years is finally catching up with him.The weaker Mr. Musharraf grows, the more wedded the State Department becomes to him. In a visit to Islamabad last month, Deputy Secretary of State John D. Negroponte shrugged off reports that the strongman would once again refuse to step down as army commander this year while remaining president... It's easy to see how fear of instability in a Muslim state with nuclear weapons could prompt this sort of appeasement. But U.S. policy is dangerously shortsighted. Mr. Musharraf is unlikely to survive for long -- and the risk of extremism in Pakistan will grow steadily worse [...]
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2007/07/08/AR200707...

The General in His Labyrinth
America needs to maintain friendly relations with Pakistan. That is exactly why Washington should hasten to disentangle itself from the sinking fortunes of Gen. Pervez Musharraf — a blundering and increasingly unpopular military dictator and a halfhearted strategic ally of the United States.... General Musharraf may hold on to power a while longer, or he may not. But it is past time for the Bush administration to stop making excuses for the general.
After 9/11 — fearing he could become a target in President Bush’s declared war on terrorism— General Musharraf agreed to drop his open support for the Taliban in Afghanistan and provide limited intelligence and logistical help to U.S. forces there.... he has done far less than he promised — and far less than is needed....
We’ve seen this story too many times before. One version starred the shah of Iran, others some of General Musharraf’s predecessors. None ended happily for the United States or the nations involved. Dealing with dictators is sometimes necessary. Clinging to them when their people want them gone is unbecoming of the world’s greatest democracy and unhealthy for America’s long-term interests... Pakistan is approaching a turning point...Washington should hasten to disentangle itself from the sinking fortunes of Gen. Pervez Musharraf of Pakistan. http://www.nytimes.com/2007/07/09/opinion/09mon2.html?th&emc=th

The unraveling of Pakistan
Tom Plate / Syndicated columnist
May 17. 07
Pakistan - A political crisis threatening President Gen. Pervez Musharraf exploded into violence... the Bush administration pitched camp inside Pakistan more or less whether the average Pakistani wanted us there or not.... the average Pakistani didn't want us on its very largely Muslim land. It was not a good or comfortable fit. Oil and water tend to mix better. But it happened and Pakistan became a sort of overnight ally in the anti-Taliban war. This could not have come about without both the compliance and the will of Pervez Musharraf, the ambitious general who in 1999 became the strong-armed president of the country. For a time, the unholy marriage seemed to be working even as India to the south looked north in horror Over time, the deal wouldn't work, Pakistan would unravel, and the Americans would have learned a costly and perhaps bitter lesson. That time of reckoning would appear to be upon the Bush administration now. Strikes triggered by opposition to the Musharraf government have brought turmoil to the country's cities, closed shops and schools nationwide. The oft-deft Musharraf appears to have overplayed his hand with the recent suspension of the country's top judge, causing lawyers, journalists and other professionals to take to the streets in anger.
http://archives.seattletimes.nwsource.com/cgi-bin/texis.cgi/web/vortex/d...

U.S. GENERAL ATTEMPTS TO SAVE HIS ASS
Scores Killed as Pakistani Commandos Storm Mosque
ISLAMABAD, Pakistan, July 10 -- Pakistani commandos stormed the Red Mosque at dawn Tuesday after last-minute negotiations broke down and President Pervez Musharraf gave the go-ahead for an operation aimed at ending the eight-day siege. At least 43 people were killed and the death toll was expected...
(By Griff Witte, The Washington Post)

crucial part of comprehensive U.S. geostrategic agenda for global hegemony
U.S. INTENSIFIES CAMPAIGN OF PROPAGANDA AGAINST ITS MAJOR GEOSTRATEGIC RIVAL, i.e. "threat":
Containing China: Imperial and imperious, U.S. containment strategy for China may herald next cold war.
michael klare, april '06
..Bush and his top aides entered the White House in early 2001 with a clear strategic objective: to resurrect the permanent-dominance doctrine spelled out in the Defense Planning Guidance (DPG) for fiscal years 1994-1999, the first formal statement of U.S. strategic goals in the post-Soviet era. According to the initial official draft of this document, as leaked to the press in early 1992, the primary aim of U.S. strategy would be to bar the rise of any future competitor that might challenge America's overwhelming military superiority. "Our first objective is to prevent the re-emergence of a new rival ... that poses a threat on the order of that posed formerly by the Soviet Union," the document stated. Accordingly, "we [must] endeavor to prevent any hostile power from dominating a region whose resources would, under consolidated control, be sufficient to generate global power....
When first enunciated in 1992, the permanent-dominancy doctrine was non-specific as to the identity of the future challengers whose rise was to be prevented through coercive action. At that time, U.S. strategists worried about a medley of potential rivals, including Russia, Germany, India, Japan and China; any of these, it was thought, might emerge in the decades to come as would-be superpowers, and so all would have to be deterred from moving in that direction. By the time the second Bush administration came into office, however, the pool of potential rivals had been narrowed in elite thinking to just one: the People's Republic of China. Only China, it was claimed, possessed the economic and military capacity to challenge the United States as an aspiring superpower; and so perpetuating U.S. global predominance meant containing Chinese power.
The imperative of containing China was first spelled out in a systematic way by Condoleezza Rice while she served as a foreign policy advisor to then Gov. George W. Bush during the 2000 presidential campaign. In a much-cited article in the journal Foreign Affairs, she suggested that the PRC, as an ambitious rising power, would inevitably challenge vital U.S. interests. "China is a great power with unresolved vital interests, particularly concerning Taiwan," she wrote. "China also resents the role of the United States in the Asia-Pacific region." For these reasons, she stated, "China is not a 'status quo' power but one that would like to alter Asia's balance of power in its own favor. That alone makes it a strategic competitor, not the 'strategic partner' the Clinton administration once called it." It was essential, she argued, to adopt a strategy that would prevent China's rise as regional power. In particular, "the United States must deepen its cooperation with Japan and South Korea and maintain its commitment to a robust military presence in the region." Washington should also "pay closer attention to India's role in the regional balance" and bring that country into an anti-Chinese alliance system.
... this article developed the allow-no-competitors doctrine of the 1992 DPG into the strategy now being implemented by the Bush administration in the Pacific and South Asia. Many of the specific policies advocated in her piece, from strengthened ties with Japan to making overtures to India, are being carried out today....
Much influenced by Zbigniew Brzezinski, whose 1997 book, "The Grand Chessboard: American Primacy and Geostrategic Imperatives," first highlighted the critical importance of Central Asia, these strategists sought to counter Chinese inroads...his call for a coordinated U.S. drive to dominate both the eastern and western rimlands of China has been embraced by senior administration strategists. In this way, Washington's concern over growing Chinese influence in Southeast Asia has come to be intertwined with the U.S. drive for hegemony in the Persian Gulf and Central Asia. This has given China policy an even more elevated significance in Washington -- and helps explain its return with a passion despite the seemingly all-consuming preoccupations of the war in Iraq. http://informationclearinghouse.info/article12794.htm

''China's Distant Threat to U.S. Dominance in Asia''
http://www.pinr.com/report.php?ac=view_report&report_id=87

From China to Panama, a Trail of Poisoned Medicine
A poisonous solvent sold by counterfeiters and mixed into drugs has figured in mass poisonings around the world that killed thousands.
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/05/06/world/americas/06poison.html?th&emc=th

China 'Frankenstein threat' to US
http://english.aljazeera.net/NR/exeres/62F45F67-0096-482B-8BD0-E72D7BA9C...
5/02/07
China has come in for heavy criticism from members of the US House of Representatives with one congressman labeling the country a "Frankenstein"created by the US that now threatens American interests. "If ever there was a time for China to get its house in order, this is it," Tom Lantos, the Democrat chairman of the committee, said. During Tuesday's hearing on US relations with China the committee heard concerns over China's military development, criticism over its recent test of an anti-satellite weapon and alarm over its rising defence budget.
Dana Rohrabacher, Republican... long a critic of China, said the US had played a significant role in giving China the wherewithal to become a military power because of China's robust US-bound exports. "We have built up a Frankenstein that now threatens us," Rohrabacher said... Ileana Ros Lehtinen, pointed to figures that China was planning a 17.8 per cent increase in its military budget for the next financial year. "Who's the target?" she asked....John Negroponte, the US deputy secretary of state, chief adviser to Condoleezza Rice, the US secretary of state, on China and the rest of Asia...said China needed to be "more open about its military budget, doctrine, and intentions". The motives behind China's military build-up are unclear and are of concern to both the US and China's neighbours, he said.

We share the blame for China imports
PATRICIA IREN, Guest columnist
[China] ...gone hybrid capitalist... learned a lot of it from us...In the U.S., in the wake of all the bad news about adulterated products, we are calling for better testing of imported products. In truth, we have regulations...Problem is, the samples submitted for testing and the product we receive may be two different things. It's all too easy to instruct a foreign manufacturer to submit a regulatory test sample that is different from the product that is ultimately shipped... It's the ease with which importers -- and exporters -- can accomplish the bait-and-switch of regulatory test samples that's disturbing...
Could it be that the administration turns a blind eye to the problem of tainted imported goods because of the $420 billion we have borrowed from China to pay for the war on Iraq and the tax cuts for the very wealthy? Is it another nod to big business as usual? What happened to the food czar we heard so much about in May after the pet food debacle?...My answer: Buy organic and buy local. http://seattlepi.nwsource.com/opinion/322755_firstperson09.html

The Conquest Continues
Video
In order to fund further wars for resources, capitalists need the resources of Land and Labor. Imagine a SUPERSTATE a single economic and military government that stretches from Canada to the ends of South America. This nightmare is the “Free Trade Area of the Americas” or (FTAA.)
This documentary is about the Plan Puebla Panama or (PPP). The PPP is the main infrastructural backbone of the FTAA. The PPP is the ten-lane highway, the energy corridor, and bio piracy corridor that may make it all possible. Behind this threat stands the looming specter of violent western hemispheric military integration. Together we stand at a turning point in the story of humanity. Witness this important documentary and talk with friends. Conspire for justice, end the next 100 years of war, and US expansionism. http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article17988.htm

in case you missed it...
another face of U.S. imperialist world domination
North American union plan headed to Congress in fall
Powerful think tank prepares report on benefits of integration between U.S., Mexico, Canada
May 24, 2007 http://wnd.com/news/article.asp?ARTICLE_ID=55830
WASHINGTON – A powerful think tank chaired by former Sen. Sam Nunn and guided by trustees including Richard Armitage, Zbigniew Brzezinski, Harold Brown, William Cohen and Henry Kissinger, is in the final stages of preparing a report to the White House and U.S. Congress on the benefits of integrating the U.S., Mexico and Canada into one political, economic and security bloc. The final report, published in English, Spanish and French, is scheduled for submission to all three governments by Sept. 30, according to the Center for Strategic & International Studies.
CSIS boasts of playing a large role in the passage of the North American Free Trade Agreement in 1994 – a treaty that set in motion a political movement many believe resembles the early stages of the European Community on its way to becoming the European Union.
"The results of the study will enable policymakers to make sound, strategic, long-range policy decisions about North America, with an emphasis on regional integration," explains Armand B. Peschard-Sverdrup, director of CSIS' Mexico Project. "Specifically, the project will focus on a detailed examination of future scenarios, which are based on current trends, and involve six areas of critical importance to the trilateral relationship: labor mobility, energy, the environment, security, competitiveness and border infrastructure and logistics." [...]

.......
more stunning surprise...
FDA Gave Glaxo Extra Year to Profit Off Avandia
by Evelyn Pringle
A February 22, 2006 internal FDA memorandum, obtained by staffers of the Senate Finance Committee, proves that safety officials within the agency recommended that GlaxoSmithKline add a black box warning about congestive heart failure to the label of the diabetes drug Avandia well over a year ago. . (Full article …)

Ex-surgeon generals muzzled
NASA scientists have complained, for example, of pressure to tone down warnings about global warming. EPA officials have complained that technical information on power plant emissions and oil drilling have been ignored.In the case of the surgeon general, Carmona told the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee, "the nation's doctor has been marginalized and relegated to a position with no independent budget, and with supervisors who are political appointees with partisan agendas." Carmona testified alongside former surgeons general C. Everett Koop and David Satcher, who served in the Reagan and Clinton administrations respectively. They told the committee they had faced political interference, particularly on morally charged issues such as sexuality or drug use.Carmona said their testimony showed that political interference was "a systemic problem," but he also said several former surgeons general told him they had never seen it rise to the levels he encountered....
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2007/07/10/AR200707...

Indications that Dr. James Holsinger, christian conservative, nominated to be surgeon general, is prejudiced against homosexuals.
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/07/10/opinion/10tue1.html?th&emc=th

INSTITUTIONALIZED ALL-AMERICAN SPORT
Racism in the Bleachers
by David Zirin
“Throw at his head! Throw at his head!”
The egg-shaped man in Milwaukee’s Miller Park, who looked like he would be sitting behind a desk by morning, continued the arrhythmic chant as those around him chimed in. They were all pleading to see a 95-mph fastball hit a man in the temple, and felt that their demand was righteous. The player they wanted to see put down was, of course, San Francisco baseball star Barry Bonds, and it is hard to say what was more shocking: the call for his beheading or the near-collective rapture at the thought. One guy yelled, “Hit his knee! End his career! Please! I will name my kid after you!” (Full article …)

Fascist State Criminalizes Corporate Whistle-blowers
Charges in Boeing download case
By Steve Miletich
Seattle Times staff reporter
King County prosecutors charged a former Boeing employee Tuesday with criminally obtaining sensitive documents from the company's computer system, including information police say later appeared in The Seattle Times. Gerald L. Eastman, 45, of Kent, was accused of 16 felony counts of first-degree computer trespass stemming from the alleged downloading of thousands of pages of documents between 2003 and 2006.
Eastman, reached Tuesday, said he was disappointed the prosecutor's office had filed charges based on what he called his "whistle-blowing." He said he was trying to call attention to quality-control problems at Boeing. Police also alleged in charging papers that information in the downloaded documents appeared in the Seattle Post-Intelligencer. Eastman said he did approach a reporter from the Seattle P-I about safety issues at Boeing but that the reporter was not interested. He then contacted Seattle Times reporter Dominic Gates. Eastman would neither confirm nor deny he provided any documents to Gates. http://seattletimes.nwsource.com/html/businesstechnology/2003783810_boei...

MEDIA RATIONALIZES STATE'S MOVES TO CRIMINALIZE AND CRUSH RESISTANCE
FBI To Profile Terrorists: Potential Targets Get Risk Rating
(By Ellen Nakashima, The Washington Post)
The Federal Bureau of Investigations is developing a computer-profiling system that would enable investigators to target possible terror suspects, according to a Justice Department report submitted to Congress yesterday. The System to Assess Risk, or STAR, assigns risk scores to possible suspects based on a variety of information, similar to the way a credit bureau assigns a rating based on a consumer's spending behavior and debt. The program focuses on foreign suspects but also includes data about some U.S. residents. A prototype is expected to be tested this year. Justice Department officials said the system offers analysts a powerful new tool for finding possible terrorists. They said it is an effort to automate what analysts have been doing manually.
Law enforcement and national security officials have continued working on other programs to use computers to sift through information for signs of threats. The Department of Homeland Security, for example, flags travelers entering and leaving the United States who may be potential suspects through a risk-assessment program called the Automated Targeting System.... After STAR has received the names of persons of interest, it runs them through an FBI "data mart" that includes classified and unclassified information from the government, airlines and commercial data brokers such as ChoicePoint. Then it runs them through the terrorist screening center database, which contains hundreds of thousands of names, as well as through a database containing information on non-citizens who enter the country. It also runs the names against information provided by data broker Accurint, which tracks addresses, phone numbers and driver's licenses....the nonprofit advocacy group Electronic Frontier Foundation, said the government's system depends on potentially unreliable data.

COUNTER-REVOLUTIONARY NOT "COUNTER-TERRORIST"
U.S. surveillance to undergo a British revolution
The British system was developed in the 1970s and '80s with little public discussion, in response to attacks by the Irish Republican Army. By the 1990s, technology improvements made it a key tool in the security cordon around central London known as the "ring of steel."...
law-enforcement officers will use the images remain paramount for civil libertarians and privacy advocates. Cameras today, they noted, surpass an police officer's ability to see the surroundings: They can rotate 360 degrees, zoom in on license plates hundreds of feet away and see in the dark. They create a video record for police to archive and data-mine for decades. When used aboard helicopters and blimps, they can blanket large swaths of a city with live surveillance. http://seattletimes.nwsource.com/html/nationworld/2003783753_briteyes11....

Digital Surveillance: The Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act
http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/intel/RL30677.pdf
Summary
The Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act (CALEA, P.L. 103-
414, 47 U.S.C. 1001-1010), enacted October 25, 1994, is intended to preserve the
ability of law enforcement officials to conduct electronic surveillance effectively and
efficiently despite the deployment of new digital technologies and wireless services
that have altered the character of electronic surveillance. CALEA requires
telecommunications carriers to modify their equipment, facilities, and services,
wherever reasonably achievable, to ensure that they are able to comply with
authorized electronic surveillance actions.
Since 2004, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) has been
considering a number of questions as to how to apply CALEA to new technologies,
The Secrecy News Blog is at:
http://www.fas.org/blog/secrecy/

7/7/7 "The CIA owns everyone of any significance in the major media" "Under this plan Iraq would cease to exist"

GUANTANAMO
By Gary Corseri

Scratching their poems on styrofoam cups,
The orange jumpsuits pass them along,
Under the scorched-out Cuban sun, through bars,
Telling themselves—and reminding the world—
They are men, and this Inquisition
Also must pass, this auto da fe,
Flushed down history’s manhole,
Must bring shame in the Later Years
When men and women re-tell the past—
La Conquista, the Crusades, the Slaughter
Of the Innocents—all the lost causes.

There in the cups, drops of Christ’s blood
Appear out of nowhere, mingle with the tears
Of God, of Mohammed—the shepherd boys
Tending their flocks, dreaming under white-hot stars.
What distant fires illuminate their lives

On what worlds reaching beyond this hothouse?

Here is grief and love and hatred mixed
In bitter cups to be drunk at once
Tossing the head back carelessly; here is
The taste of this world—what we have become.
Does it go down easy, cause revulsion,
Trip-wire the memory? Does anything
Ever come to anything more than a dream
Of home, struggle, certainties of Truth,
A mother’s, father’s, lover’s, friend’s or child’s embrace?

Gary Corseri has posted/published work at Cyrano’sJournalOnline, ThomasPaine’sCorner, DissidentVoice, CounterPunch, CommonDreams, The New York Times, Village Voice, The Digest and over 200 other venues worldwide. He can be reached at garycorseri@gmail.com.
http://www.bestcyrano.org/THOMASPAINE/?p=113

ON REVOLUTION

" A RICH TAPESTRY THAT INCLUDES THE DARKNESS OF CARAVAGGIO AND THE LIGHT AND COLOR OF RENOIR. OURS TO FIGURE OUT HOW TO TAKE THE BEST OF WHAT WE'VE DONE AND KEEP IMPROVING, REFINING UNTIL WE TRANSCEND OUR BRUTISHNESS."
Gary Corseri

IRAQ
U.N. Security Council Dissolves Unit Looking for Iraqi Arms
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2007/06/29/AR200706...
The U.N. Security Council voted 14 to 0 Friday to immediately shut down the U.N. weapons-inspection unit for Iraq, drawing to a close 16 years of international scrutiny of Iraq's nuclear, chemical and biological weapons programs.The action ended more than four years of political deadlock between the United States and Russia over the fate of the inspection effort. Russia abstained, citing U.S. and British refusal to permit the inspectors to provide a final report confirming Iraq's disarmament. The resolution -- sponsored by the United States and Britain -- offers no formal judgment on the status of Iraq's weapons program. Instead, it refers to the findings of a CIA inspection team that concluded in 2004 that there were no weapons of mass destruction in Iraq

"Captain, you better get this down right now, boy! We're here to spread American democracy and the Gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ!"

Oil and turmoil an imperial mix in Iraq
By Ameen Izzadeen
The Iraq invasion had little to do with disarming Saddam. The war plan suited the agenda of the US capitalists, especially the oil and military supply industries... It suited Israel's strategic interest and it was appealing to the Bushite Christians — the likes of Jerry Farwell and Pat Robertson, who spread hatred against Islam. http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article17974.htm

"Let me tell you something. I've seen fascism up close and personal. . . . Not if, but when, it comes to America, fascism will be wrapped in the American flag carrying a cross."
Sinclair Lewis
both quotes above from Michael L. "Mikey" Weinstein, founder and president of the Military Religious Freedom Foundation, Enlisting Christ: Not on my Watch
http://www.buzzflash.com/articles/articles/contributors/1124>

U.S.-tailored Iraqi Oil Alarm for Producers, Consumers
By Nicola Nasser
http://www.nilemedia.com/Columnists/Guest/2007/January/Nasser.html
While the Iraqis were busy counting their death toll of more than 650,000 since March 2003...After listening to the monotonous and incredible U.S. lies for four years about “we are not there for Iraq's oil,” the oil truth is now unfolding. Without a military victory the U.S. occupation of Iraq seems to be about to grab its oil prize by establishing a new sharing arrangement between a major national producer and the multi-national giants, an arrangement that Washington plans to set as the model to be followed both by the oil-rich region and the world at large.
This prize has been the dream of the successive U.S. administrations; on January 18, it came one step closer to reality when Iraq's Oil Committee approved the new draft hydrocarbon law, sent it to the cabinet within a week and, when approved, will go to the parliament immediately thereafter.
The early draft of the law was prepared by BearingPoint American consultants, hired by the Bush administration, and sent to the White House and major western petroleum corporations in July, and then to the International Monetary Fund two months later, while most Iraqi legislators and public remained in the dark. The approved production-sharing agreements (PSAs) favor investing foreign oil companies with 70 percent of oil revenue to recoup their initial outlay, then companies can reap 20 percent of the profit without any tax or other restrictions on their transfers abroad. [...]

IRAQ'S DOOMED 'SURGE' ONLY WIDENS GATES OF HELL
K Gajendra Singh
... In Iraq it is a question of naked illegal aggression followed by brutal occupation against the will of the people. The overall cause for eternal disaffection in the Middle East remains exploitation of Arab oil and its wealth by US led West in collaboration with local puppets regimes since colonial days , establishment of the state of Israel, for the crimes of Europe and others in the West, in the heart of the middle East , to act as the west's brutal and lawless bully. These are the existential reasons for anger, angst, insurgency , rebellion and for a fight against occupation and another war for independence in Iraq ( after the first against Britain in the last century ), to obtain freedom from foreign troops and their collaborators.. http://www.uruknet.de/?p=34176

"Under this plan Iraq would cease to exist"
"CIVIL WAR" TO CONQUER IRAQI RESISTANCE: MAJOR OBSTACLE to U.S. CONTROL of M.E. A NECESSARY STEP TOWARD U.S. GLOBAL HEGEMONY

As though this is some new scholarly solution to US defeat by Iraqi Resistance that is a hard sell to the administration:
Scholars Recommend Dividing Iraq Into 3
By BARRY SCHWEID
AP Diplomatic Writer
With President Bush's war strategy clouded by limited results and mounting casualties, two scholars are proposing a partition plan that would divide Iraq into three main regions. The authors, Edward P. Joseph of Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies and Michael O'Hanlon, senior fellow at the Brookings Institution, are hoping to draw the attention of Bush administration policymakers. The three main spheres proposed in the report would be Shiite, Sunni and Kurdistan. The Kurds already control Kurdistan.
http://www.timesdaily.com/apps/pbcs.dll/article?AID=/20070705/APA/707050...

Biden supports three-part Iraq split
Plan maintains limited central government
Biden and Gelb, president emeritus of the nonpartisan Council on Foreign Relations, introduced their five-point plan for Iraq in a May 2006 op-ed piece in the New York Times. http://www.delawareonline.com/apps/pbcs.dll/article?AID=/20070304/NEWS/7...

why "sectarian strife", "al-Qaeda" & other BIG LIES are made-in-USA
The Case for 'Soft Partition' in [OF] Iraq
Saban Center Analysis, Number 12, June 2007
Paul H. Nitze School of Advanced International Studies, Johns Hopkins University
http://www.brookings.edu/printme.wbs?page=/fp/saban/analysis/june2007ira...

Edward P. Joseph, Visiting Scholar and Professorial Lecturer, Paul H. Nitze School of Advanced International Studies, Johns Hopkins University Michael E. O'Hanlon, Senior Fellow, Foreign Policy Studies
The time may be approaching when the only hope for a more stable Iraq is a soft partition of the country. Soft partition would involve the Iraqis, with the assistance of the international community, dividing their country into three main regions. Each would assume primary responsibility for its own security and governance, as Iraqi Kurdistan already does. Creating such a structure could prove difficult and risky. Indeed, soft partition in many ways simply responds to current realities on the ground, particularly since the February 2006 bombing of the Samarra mosque, a major Shi'i shrine, dramatically escalated intersectarian violence. If the U.S. troop surge, and the related effort to broker political accommodation through the existing coalition government of Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki fail, soft partition may be the only means of avoiding an intensification of the civil war and growing threat of a regional conflagration. While most would regret the loss of a multi-ethnic, diverse Iraq, the country has become so violent and so divided along ethno-sectarian lines that such a goal may no longer be achievable.
It would require new negotiations, the formation of a revised legal framework for the country, the creation of new institutions at the regional level, and the organized but voluntary movement of populations. View Full Paper (PDF—638kb)

Following are 2 of many pieces of evidence that destroying Iraq and (all Arab national sovereignty and resistance to U.S. control) has long been planned
1] U.S. Considers Dividing Iraq Into Three Separate States After Saddam Is Gone
FORECASTS & TRENDS, Oct 1, 2002 http://www.profutures.comarticle.php/91/%20
Stratfor.com http://www.stratfor.com/ reports that one of the leading long-term strategies being considered by US war planners is to divide Iraq into three separate regions. Under this plan Iraq would cease to exist. [empasis added]
Stratfor says that such a plan reportedly was discussed at an unusual meeting between Crown Prince Hassan of Jordan and pro-US Iraqi Sunni opposition members in London in July. Further, they say that in September, the Israeli newspaper, Yedioth Ahronoth, stated that the US goal in Iraq was to create a United Hashemite Kingdom that would encompass Jordan and Iraq's Sunni areas. Also, Israeli terrorism expert Ehud Sprinzak recently echoed this sentiment on Russian television on September 24.
So whose idea is this? According to Stratfor, Sprinzak stated that the authors of the "Hashemite" plan are Vice President Dick Cheney and Deputy Secretary of Defense Paul Wolfowitz, both considered the most hawkish of Bush administration officials.[...]

2] 2004 Rand study “U.S. Strategy in the Muslim World After 9/11”
By Abdus Sattar Ghazali, exec. editor American Muslim Perspective
http://www.amperspective.com/html/neo_orientalists.html
Rand study titled “U.S. Strategy in the Muslim WorldAfter 9/11” suggests exploiting Sunni, Shiite and Arab, non-Arab divides to promote the US policy objectives inthe Muslim world. [...]

TERROR WAR MADE-IN-USA

"Top terrorist Ayman al-Zawahri makes plea for unity"
A new video by al-Qaida's deputy leader Thursday left no doubt about what the terrorist network claims is at stake in Iraq, describing it as a centerpiece of its anti-American fight and insisting the Iraqi insurgency is under its direct leadership.
http://seattletimes.nwsource.com/html/nationworld/2003776814_iraq06.html

Al-Qaeda In Iraq Bush's Creation
By Bill Gallagher
http://niagarafallsreporter.com/gallagher321.html
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article17967.htm
...The growth in the number of sorry souls buying the Saddam-Sept. 11 lie may be the result of the word games the White House and Pentagon use to sell the failed surge and the futile occupation of Iraq.
When people hear "al-Qaeda," it's natural that they think of Osama bin Laden and the Sept. 11 attacks. The insurgency, sectarian violence and opposition to the U.S. occupation in Iraq are not about fighting al-Qaeda, but that's how Bush's fiasco there is being branded.
McClatchy Newspapers' Baghdad correspondent Mike Drummond exposed the sinister rhetorical shift, noting in a recent report, "U.S. forces continue to battle Shiite militia in the south, as well as Shiite militia and Sunni insurgents in Baghdad. Yet America's most wanted enemy at the moment is Sunni al-Qaeda in Iraq. The Bush administration's recent shift toward calling the enemy in Iraq 'al-Qaeda' rather than an insurgency may reflect the difficulty in maintaining support for the war at home more than it does the nature of the enemy in Iraq."

In a major speech at the National War College last week, Bush mentioned al-Qaeda 27 times. McClatchy's Jonathan Landley reports, "Bush called al-Qaeda in Iraq the perpetrator of the worst violence racking that country and said it was the same group that carried out the 9/11 attacks."

Pure crap. Al-Qaeda has become a generic name, in many cases a self-proclaimed label for foes of the U.S. invasion. Since some of the Iraqi Sunnis started calling themselves "al-Qaeda in Iraq" or "al-Qaeda in Mesopotamia," the Bush propaganda ministry saw an opportunity to conflate the invasion of Iraq with the Sept. 11 attacks.
Bush went on to claim, "Al-Qaeda is the main enemy for Shia, Sunni and Kurds alike. Al-Qaeda is responsible for the most sensational killings in Iraq. They're responsible for the sensational killings on U.S. soil." Those are demonstrable lies. Bush hardly mentioned sectarian violence. U.S. military intelligence even disputes Bush's wild claims. All of this is intentional and meant to deceive and distort. ...
The true ties involving Iraq, deadly chemical weapons and the United States rarely get a mention. Saddam's allies in killings tens of thousands of Kurds included Ronald Reagan, George H.W. Bush, Donald Rumsfeld, Robert Gates and others. Reagan as president, Bush as vice president, Rumsfeld as special envoy to the Middle East and Gates as a senior CIA officer all provided help and support for Saddam's murderous assaults on his own people.

The Iraqi Special Tribunal has sentenced Saddam's cousin Ali Hassan al-Majid to death. Known as "Chemical Ali," he was the point-man in using chemical weapons first on Iranian troops during the Iraq-Iran war, and then later on Iraqi Kurds supporting the Iranians. ... What none of the reporters mentioned, however, was that when Saddam and Chemical Ali and the rest of the Saddam killers were doing their worst, the U.S. governments of Ronald Reagan and later George Bush Senior were their de facto allies, providing them with vital satellite intelligence, weapons and financing, while shielding them from U.N. investigations or efforts by the U.S. Congress to impose trade sanctions for their depredations."

Robert Parry, who broke many of the Iran-Contra stories for AP, wrote, "Hussein's silence was golden for the international arms dealers who supplied his regime and the foreign officials who facilitated the shipments." So when the "brutal dictator" -- as George W. liked to call him -- was sent to the gallows, Bush the Elder, Rumsfeld and Gates "were among those who could breathe a little easier after the hangman's noose had choked the life out of Hussein," Parry concluded. Bin Laden never had any kind of relationship with Saddam, but many intimates of our president did. So far, they have been able to choke the life out of that truth.
Bill Gallagher, a Peabody Award winner, is a former Niagara Falls city councilman who now covers Detroit for Fox2 News. His e-mail address is gallaghernewsman@sbcglobal.net

"The CIA owns everyone of any significance in the major media"
former CIA Director William Colby in Bernstein's 10/77 Rolling stone article

“We are grateful to the Washington Post, the New York Times, Time and other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected their promises of discretion for almost 40 years . . . It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subjected to the lights of publicity during those years. But, the world is more sophisticated now and prepared to march towards a world government. The supranational sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national auto determination practiced in past centuries” David Rockefeller. Bilderberg meeting, Germany, June 1991

"Al-Qaeda", Eternal Covert Operation: British "Terror" Incident Product of "War on Terror" Propaganda
by Larry Chin
http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=viewArticle&code=CHI20070...
Global Research, July 5, 2007
It is a well-established and deliberately unaddressed historical fact that the CIA created "radical Islam" and Islamic "terrorism" during the Cold War. It is also a documented fact that the US, its allies, and their intelligence agencies (CIA, Pakistan’s ISI, Britain’s MI-6, [Mossad], etc.) have -- from the 1970s to the present day -- continued to use and guide terrorist groups, including "Al-Qaeda," as intelligence and propaganda assets. "Islamic terrorism" is a manufactured weapon of Western geostrategy, serving Anglo-American interests.

Planned covert operations and false flag operations using "terrorists" in direct and indirect military-intelligence roles are of imperial design. Such operations, exemplified by 9/11, and their predictable propaganda results ("the war on terrorism") are now routine events.

Official "war on terrorism" disinformation is repeated ad nauseum, accepted as fact by the mass populace, and used as the justification for ever-expanding Anglo-American war and ever-deepening criminality. Virtually no attention is paid to the Anglo-American support and management of "Al-Qaeda" and other "terror" groups. Little or no attention is devoted to the criminally fabricated nature of modern "terrorism" or the fact that every major "terrorism" event in recent times has been a US or US-allied covert operation, followed by political manipulation and cover-up.

September 11 was a false flag operation. The Mumbai transit bomb attack was a covert operation carried out by terror cells directly connected to Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence, the ISI (a virtual branch of the American CIA), and the same (alleged "Al-Qaeda") apparatus. The London 7/7 attack was the work of

British intelligence, as well as Pakistan's ISI. Previously foiled London terror incidents pin the responsibility on "homegrown" terrorists with ties to Pakistan and "Al-Qaeda," and London 7/7 .
While new details continue to emerge, the botched July 30, 2007, Glasgow Airport and June 28, 2007, London nightclub incendiary attacks bear a marked resemblance to every other post-9/11 "terrorism" false flag operation.

The political choreography of the Glasgow/London incident
Regardless of the actual case evidence to come, what is clear and obvious is the propaganda and political effect that has already been achieved by the aggressive Anglo-American response to the events (violence that may have involved their own intelligence agencies and proxies).
Even before the fires at Glasgow Airport were put out, official accounts and worldwide media reports had already forcefully declared the event to be the work of "Al-Qaeda" and "Islamic extremists." The new British prime minister, Gordon Brown, quickly declared, "We are dealing, in general terms, with people who are associated with al Qaeda," and immediately enacted a draconian "security" agenda in the UK. The Telegraph attributed the incident to an "unknown Al-Qaeda terrorist cell thought to be preparing to launch a series of Baghdad-style car bombings."
An ABC account of the foiled London night club attacks suggests that there was foreknowledge (a typical aspect of all recent false flag events), and that warnings were issued by unnamed intelligence operatives weeks in advance, and that "Al Qaeda had targeted nightclubs and other soft targets" using cars laden with gasoline and propane cylinders. The ABC report concludes: "All of this comes just three weeks after what was described as an al-Qaeda graduation ceremony for suicide bombers at a training camp in Pakistan. A video obtained by ABC News shows commanders sending teams of 50 to 60 men to the United States, Canada, Germany and Great Britain."

Another piece from the Telegraph suggests that the US was already involved in steering British authorities towards an "Al-Qaeda" conclusion. The article states: "reports from the US that the three men had been identified and known to be an associate of Dhiren Barot [a British Al-Qaeda detainee - LC], a suspected terrorist who had planned to set off bombs across London, were dismissed by government officials."
While the worldwide propaganda and "war on terrorism" policy effect has been largely uniform and aggressive, as of this writing, the actual case details have been wildly inconsistent, speculative, and even contradictory...At least eight arrests have been made, including at least six medical workers: Bilal Abdullah (an Iraqi doctor), Mohammed Asha, a Jordanian physician (of Palestinian origin) and his wife, and Khalid Ahmed (a doctor and colleague of Abdullah’s), Mohammed Haneef (an Indian doctor). Foreign nationals from Iraq, Jordan, India and Saudi Arabia have been rounded up and arrested in connection with the case. Asha’s family insists that he is innocent. Friends, family and colleagues of many of the suspects are also expressing shock and doubt. Prime Minister Brown has begun a sweeping profiling operation of all Muslim medical personnel.

According to the July 4 Los Angeles Times, "officials have still not determined whether a foreign terrorist group sent them to Britain or if they were recruited here (London)." The same piece declares, "one of more of the detainees may have been radicalized and in touch with extremist networks before arriving, while others may have been radicalized only after establishing themselves in Britain."
A July 3 article from the Los Angeles Times breathlessly speculates: "Although Islamic terror cells are often ethnically and sociologically diverse, the doctors’ background breaks with a pattern in a string of recent terror cases in England, including last year’s plot to bomb US-bound jets and the London transport bombings of 2005 . . . In contrast, the Middle Eastern angle could point at the Iraqi war theater, where a constellation of extremist networks operate -- among them an al Qaeda offshoot dominated by foreign fighters."
This coverage, like most Western media reporting, accepts official declarations without question, and strongly suggests the guilt of all suspects.
Of course, no mention is made regarding the key issue at the heart of every "terror" event, and at the heart of the entire post-9/11 world crisis: Anglo-American military-intelligence connections to "Al-Qaeda" and other "radical Islamic terror" groups.

Beneficiaries: Washington and London [digest note: and U.S. 'middle east' proxy Israel]
What is clear and predictable is that the British incidents, like all post-9/11 "terror," benefits the political agendas in Washington and London at a key moment, while undermining all political opposition to Anglo-American foreign and domestic policies:
Bush-Cheney and the equally complicit Democratic Party leadership is provided another justification to ramp up the "war on terrorism," and expand its intensifying world war and resource conquest, and step up of the pace of installing a police state within US borders. The Bush administration and its allies around the world have been planning a new 9/11 (blamed on "terrorists") that could create both a justification and an opportunity to retaliate against selected targets.
Britain’s incoming Gordon Brown government has been provided with a fresh London 7/7-9/11-style crisis around which it can now impose draconian police state measures upon the British people. Brown seamlessly inherits the "war on terrorism" agenda from war criminal and liar Tony Blair, and ups the ante. It is not clear if Brown’s ham-fisted actions are completely of his own design, to "appear tough" to his new constituents, or the result of pressure from Blair and Bush (who is "pleased" with Brown’s forceful response)....

Spreading Al-Qaeda everywhere
The British incidents come in the wake of a crescendo of "Al-Qaeda"-related events all over the world. Bush-Cheney’s "Al-Qaeda terror" propaganda is at full pre-Iraq invasion fervor.
A recent news search demonstrates the fact that "Al-Qaeda" activity is mushrooming, in Egypt, Pakistan-Iran, Spain, Iraq, Yemen, Gaza/Palestine, Afghanistan, Lebanon, as well as within the United States and the UK.
Given the true nature of "Al-Qaeda" as Anglo-American assets, this is a clear signal that Anglo-American covert operations are intensifying -- and that targets for the next round of Anglo-American wars are being lined up.

Al-Qaeda: eternal intelligence asset
The central issue of our time cannot be overemphasized: extensive historical (but ignored and covered-up) documentation establishes the fact that Al-Qaeda and Islamic "terrorism" are the creation as well as key instruments of Anglo-American military-intelligence, and Western geostrategy, managed and guided by the CIA, Pakistan’s ISI, Britain’s MI-6 and MI-5, etc.

No "terror" event, current or past, can be understood without a full inquiry against this context.

Books such as Michel Chossudovsky’s America's "War on Terrorism" and Michael C. Ruppert’s Crossing the Rubicon: The Decline of the American Empire at the end of the Age of Oil exhaustively detail this milieu.
As written by Michel Chossudovsky in America's "War on Terrorism", while "Islamic terrorists" are featured by the Bush administration and its allies as eternal threats, and blamed for every terror event including and since 9/11, "these same Islamic organizations constitute a key instrument of U.S. military-intelligence operations" all over the world.
"According to the CIA," writes Chossudovsky, "an ‘intelligence asset’ -- as distinct from a bona fide ‘intelligence agent’ -- need not be committed to the pursuit of U.S. interests. Rather, it is meant to act and/or behave in a way that serves U.S. foreign policy pursuits . . . Intelligence assets are invariably unaware of the precise functions and roles they are performing on behalf of the CIA on the geopolitical chessboard. In turn, for these covert operations to be ‘successful,’ the CIA will use various proxy and front organizations such as Pakistan’s extensive military intelligence apparatus (the ISI)."

A recently declassified French intelligence report details the extent to which "Al-Qaeda" and Osama bin Laden ran operations for the CIA. "Al-Qaeda" has also served multinational oil interests. Washington’s support and management of the "Militant Islamic Network", including "Al-Qaeda," has been continuous since the Carter administration, through the Bosnia/Kosovo/Macedonia NATO wars of the Clinton administration, and in full flower beginning with and since 9/11. "Al-Qaeda" as well as Al-Qaeda "foreign fighter hordes" propaganda is a key component of the Pentagon’s Iraq occupation and pacification program. Also see: "Who is Osama bin Laden?" and "Al-Qaeda: the database"

As written by Mike Ruppert in Crossing the Rubicon, "Great Britain -- one of the major players supporting the KLA in Kosovo -- also maintained secret relationships with bin Laden and al Qaeda that served its interests." Britain’s MI-6 funded and worked with Al-Qaeda to assassinate and overthrow Libya’s Muammar Qaddafy in 1996. Since 9/11, bin Laden was a guest of British intelligence, even as a wanted man. As noted by Ruppert, "a November 2002 UPI story by Arnaud de Borchgrave indicated not only that Pakistani ISI had helped Osama bin Laden escape from Afghanistan but also that the American government had deliberately paid little attention to offers from an Afghan warlord to pinpoint and capture the alleged mastermind of 9/11." The eternal cycle of real and manufactured murder and destruction since 9/11, from the false flag operations to the genocidal wars justified by "terrorism," has escalated beyond the ability of criminal governments to control and manage. It is now difficult, if not impossible, to distinguish assets of planned government covert operations from "homegrown" resistance and opposition to Anglo-America policy.

The idea of "blowback," the notion that terrorist assets have turned on their sponsors, is, however, bogus: Western intelligence has not severed its ties to "terrorists." The true "root cause" of "Islamic terrorism" remains Western manipulation and political guidance of "terror."

Al-Qaeda propaganda
As pointed out by Michel Chossudovsky in "The Anglo-American War of Terror: An Overview", the continuing US-led "war on terrorism" agenda rests squarely upon the perpetuation of the "Al-Qaeda" deception and the 9/11 lie, the perpetual threat of a fabricated outside enemy.
"Terrorism," from violent attacks against civilians to bogus "resistance movements" (made up of sponsored "Islamic terrorists") to pervasive propaganda and disinformation, undermines public support for all political opposition to Anglo-American foreign policy, and creates divisions within antiwar and peace movements.
More importantly, absolute control of mass populations is made possible by fear. Based on Pavlovian reactions to every new "terror" incident, the fear of "terrorists" and bone-deep racism inspired by Bush-Cheney’s manufactured 9/11 false flag operation remain tragically potent.

The imperial hand behind "radicalism"
Who or what is truly behind "Islamic terrorism" and "terror" catastrophes? Who or what created it, and funds, manages, nurtures and wields "terror"? Whose geostrategic interests have been exclusively served by "terror"? Whose political goals have been permanently destroyed? Cui bono? The answers lead directly t0 the highest levels in Washington, London, Tel Aviv, Islamabad, etc.
"Islamic terrorism" is a covert operation and a geostrategy. "Al-Qaeda" is a military-intelligence asset and a leading brand of war propaganda. [emphasis added]

DEJA VU
London Bombings and More - The "War on Terror" Facts Speak For Themselves
http://www.uruknet.info/?s1=1&p=24474&s2=08
Joe Quinn, Signs of the Times
One year ago, on the morning of July 7th 2005, someone detonated four carefully placed bombs in London. Three exploded on London underground trains within 50 seconds of each other at 8.50 am, the first on the sub-surface eastbound Circle Line, the second on the sub-surface westbound Circle Line, a third on the deep-level underground southbound Piccadilly Line. A fourth bomb exploded almost an hour later at 9.47 am on the upper deck of a double decker bus in Tavistock Square. Fifty two innocent British civilians were killed... Having initially believed that power surges in the underground power grid had caused explosions in power circuits, the British government quickly announced that this was a terrorist attack, and identified four ' home-grown Islamic suicide bombers' from CC camera footage of them allegedly entering Luton train station on the morning of July 7th.

Who Dunnit?
Later the same day, a claim of responsibility was made by a 'previously unknown group' calling itself 'The Secret Cell of al-Qaida of Jihad in Europe' and posted on an Islamic website. A little research turns up the following report from the UK Guardian which states:
"The claim of responsibility for the London attacks was first posted on one of the dozens of Islamic websites that are routinely 'monitored' by western intelligence services.
The statement, under the name of the Secret Organisation of the al-Qaida Jihad in Europe, said: "The heroic mujahideen have carried out a blessed raid in London. Britain is now burning with fear, terror and panic in its northern, southern, eastern and western quarters."
It was posted on an Arabic website, al-qal3ah.com, which is registered by Qalaah Qalaah in Abu Dhabi and hosted by a server in Houston. The Houston company that owns the server has intriguing connections. Everyone’s Internet was founded by brothers Robert and Roy Marsh in 1998 and by 2002 had an income of more than $30m (now about £17m).
Renowned for his charitable work, Roy Marsh counts among his friends President George Bush’s former sister-in-law, Sharon Bush...
Puppet on a String - 'al-Zawahiri'...[...]

in case you forgot...
Osama, Death Squads and the Biggest Lie Ever Told
Joe Quinn
http://signs-of-the-times.org/signs/editorials/signs20060704_OsamaDeathS...
... "Osama", "al-Qaeda", "al-Qaeda in Iraq", "al-Zarqawi" "al-Zawahiri" are, or were, all part of a US government psychological operation that pitched them as the likely suspects to take the blame for the US and Israeli government Middle Eastern predations, not to mention the imposition of a police state in the US and Britain...
...It has already been exposed that the killings and bombings are the work of "death squads" working out of the Iraqi interior ministry, which itself is entirely controlled by the CIA. Let me reiterate that in every war waged by the US government against a foreign nation, a counter-insurgency operation has immediately been implemented. Counter-insurgency operations are required in such circumstances because when a country is invaded, ! an insurgency of some form invariable arises to defend the country. Such insurgents are very difficult for an invading army to defeat given the extensive support and collaboration they enjoy from the general population. Essentially, an invading army finds itself at war with the population of the country they are invading rather than a separate and independent insurgency. Strategies developed over the years to deal with such situations has come to be known as "counter-insurgency", and include attempts to identify divisions within the society, usually religious, political or ethnic, however insignificant, and to then attempt to provoke these divisions...

CIA gives up "hunt for Osama"... A year ago
July 4, 2006
July 4 is always a special day for the United States, and today is no different -- although instead of celebrating past glories and canceled freedoms, today Americans are celebrating the utter failure of the U.S. government to capture the alleged mastermind behind the attacks of September 11, 2001. But that "failure" has been a terrific help to the Bush Administration, according to a shocking report released today. The CIA saw Bin Laden as "helping Bush's re-election," while the 9/11 attacks turned an unpopular, bumbling president who needed the Supreme Court to "elect" him into a "war president" who managed to barely win a second term. It was also revealed today that the CIA closed its special Osama bin Laden unit ... a whole year ago!

Only in a clumsily faked video put out by the Pentagon did "Bin Laden" even claim to have a few days' advance knowledge of the attacks -- the Pentagon, CIA, Justice Department, FBI and White House knew months in advance, while preparations for the attacks had been in the works for years.[see NORAD exercise had jet crashing into building Barbara Starr CNN Washington Bureau Monday, April 19, 2004
WASHINGTON (CNN) -- Sometime between 1991 and 2001, a regional sector of the North American Aerospace Defense Command simulated a foreign hijacked airliner crashing into a building in the United States as part of training exercise scenario, a NORAD spokesman said Monday.

No evidence ties al Qaida to recent bombing of a Shiite shrine
In a speech Thursday, President Bush called al Qaida the biggest threat in Iraq and said that al Qaida in Iraq was the same group that was responsible for the Sept. 11, 2001, terrorist attacks. U.S. military spokesmen in Iraq also have begun citing al Qaida in Iraq more often after years of downplaying its importance.... Bush said the bombing "had all the hallmarks of al Qaida," while U.S. military officials in Baghdad say they have "indications" al Qaida was responsible.
On Friday, Gates said the June 13 attack on the al Askariya mosque in Samarra was one reason why U.S. forces are targeting the group. "I believe that it is al Qaida that has done the most in terms of trying to stoke sectarian violence, from the bombing of the Samarra mosque a year ago February to the second bombing of the mosque just a couple of weeks ago, and to try and provoke exactly the kind of reaction that happened after February of last year," Gates said. "So I think that at least in terms of the combat operations that we're conducting now, the principal enemy that they are facing is in fact al Qaida." But when a McClatchy reporter asked him about the assertion, Gates said that he knew of no hard evidence linking al Qaida in Iraq to the explosion. http://www.mcclatchydc.com/homepage/story/17530.html

U.S. Kills Worshippers During Prayer
Association of Muslim Scholars in Iraq (AMSI)
The American occupation forces shelled Ahmad al-Moukhtar Mosque in Doura, south of Baghdad on Friday, 29 June 2007 by the military helicopters during the worshippers were going out from the Friday prayer. The bombardment led the killing of four civilians and wounding others. Near to al-Tawheed Mosque in al-Doura also attacked by these terrorist forces which killed two citizens, wounded four others while they were performing the Friday Prayer.... http://www.uruknet.de/?p=34163

Capitalist Media Complicit in U.S. Genocidal War Crimes & Crimes Against Humanity
Killing 10,000 Iraqis a Month
...Certainly 300 Iraqis killed by Americans each day would be headline news, over and over again. And yet, the electronic and print media simply do not tell us that the U.S. is killing all these people. We hear plenty about car bombers and death squads, but little about Americans killing Iraqis...as independent journalist Nir Rosen described vividly and agonizingly in his indispensable book, In the Belly of the Green Bird, they involve a kind of energetic brutality that is only occasionally reported by an embedded American mainstream journalist.
This brutality is all very logical, once we understand the purpose and process of these patrols. American soldiers and marines are sent into hostile communities where virtually the entire population is supports the insurgency [SIC]. They often have a list of suspects' addresses; and their job is to interrorgate or arrest or kill the suspect; and search the house for incriminating evidence, particularly arms and ammunition, but also literature, video equipment, and other items that the insurgency depends upon for its political and military activities. When they don't have lists of suspects, they conduct "house-to-house" searches, looking for suspicious behavior, individuals or evidence.... any fighting age man is not just a suspect, but a potentially lethal adversary... "to break down doors, shoot at anything suspicious, and throw grenades into rooms or homes where there is any chance of resistance. If they encounter tangible resistance, they can call in artillery and/or air power rather than try to invade a building. Here is how two Iraqi civilians described these patrols to Asia Times reporter Pepe Escobar:"... the Americans usually come at night, sometimes by day, always protected by helicopters.' They "sometimes bomb houses, sometimes arrest people, sometimes throw missiles'"
If they encounter no resistance, these patrols can track down 30 or so suspects, or inspect several dozen homes, in a days work... 1000 or so patrols can invade 30,000 homes in a single day...
The Merriam Webster dictionary defines terror as "violent or destructive acts committed by groups in order to intimidate a population." The incident at Haditha was just such a violent act, and was one of about 100 that day that Lt. Mathes hoped would intimidate the population of Haditha and other towns in Iraq from continuing to support insurgents. http://www.counterpunch.org/schwartz07052007.html

U.S. Uses Drones Surges Over Iraq
LOLITA C. BALDOR, Associated Press Writer
The use of unmanned aircraft in Iraq has surged by nearly a third since the buildup of U.S. forces began early this year, and drones are now racking up more than 14,000 hours a month in the battlefield skies. The increase in unmanned aircraft - from high-altitude Global Hawks to short-range reconnaissance Ravens that soldiers fling into the air - has fueled a struggle among the military services over who will control their use and the more than $12 billion that will be spent on the programs over the next five years... http://www.uruknet.de/?p=34269

'free press': state propaganda organs
Recycling Iraq Lies: The Washington Post and the Mysterious Miss Shelton
A. Alexander, Progressive Daily Beacon
Out of the blue, so it seemed, the Washington Post recently published an op-ed piece titled, "Iraq, al-Qaeda and Tenet's Equivocation." It was written by someone named Christina Shelton. As the author appeared to go out of her way to, in the most amateurish and laborious manner imaginable, rehash tired and thoroughly disproved tales of ties between Saddam's Iraq and al Qaeda; knowing who this Christina Shelton was, seemed central to understanding the true motivation behind the publication. Uncovering the identity of Christina Shelton, wasn't easy. The Post's recent piece said only that she was an "intelligence analyst at the Defense Intelligence Agency from 1984 to 2006." Which, perhaps, may be the understatement of the century. "Her boss, Douglas J. Feith, undersecretary of defense for policy and the point man on Iraq, was so impressed that he set up a briefing for Defense Secretary Donald H. Rumsfeld, who was so impressed he asked her to brief CIA Director George J. Tenet in August 2002. By summer's end, Shelton had also briefed deputy national security adviser Stephen J. Hadley and Vice President Cheney's chief of staff, I. Lewis 'Scooter' Libby."
It seems rather odd that the Washington Post omitted the fact that this Christina Shelton was not only a member of the infamous Bush administration's pre-war Office of Special Plans (a small cadre of Bush-Cheney loyalists whose work has been entirely discredited as false, if not criminal), but, too, the paper failed to identify her as having played a key role in building the false case for going to war with Iraq. http://www.progressivedailybeacon.com/more.php?page=opinion&id=1592

Consider the Source: 'NYT' Reporter Targets Iran
http://www.mediainfo.com/eandp/columns/pressingissues_display.jsp?vnu_co...
By Greg Mitchell
-- As if he hadn’t done enough damage already, helping to promote the American invasion of Iraq with deeply flawed articles in The New York Times, Michael R. Gordon is now writing scare stories that offer ammunition for the growing chorus of neo-cons calling for a U.S. strike against Iran – his most recent effort appearing just this morning...
The latest official effort to blame-blame Iran so that perhaps we can bomb-bomb Iran revolves around new claims by Brig. Gen. Kevin J. Bergner that the deaths of five American soldiers in Karbala in January were actually plotted by Iranian militants. Gordon’s breathless article first appeared on the Times’ site yesterday with absolutely no caveats – revealing his true motives and standards. "In effect, American officials are charging that Iran has been engaged in a proxy war against American forces for years," Gordon declared....
The story even has a lead character reminiscent of “Curveball” and “Baseball Cap Guy” from Judy Miller's reporting on Iraq in 2003.
Our new star informer is a Lebanese citizen named Ali Musa Daqdug aka “Hamid the Mute” who supposedly (this is all coming from Gen. Bergner) has a “24-year history in Hezbollah….The general said Mr. Daqdug had been sent by Hezbollah to Iran in 2005 with orders to work with the Quds Force, an elite unit of the Iranian Revolutionary Guards, to train 'Iraqi extremists.'”
The Times article contains a number of howlers delivered with all seriousness. Here’s one: “General Bergner, seemingly keen to avoid a renewal of the criticism that the American command has used the allegations of Iranian interference here to lend momentum to the Bush administration’s war policy, declined to draw any broader political implications....”
That’s topped by this, in explaining that “Hamid the Mute” had suddenly started talking: “The official said the shift had been achieved without harming Mr. Daqduq. ‘We don’t torture,’ the official said. ‘We follow scrupulously the interrogation techniques in the Army’s new field manual, which forbids torture, and has the force of law.’”And who is Gen. Bergner? He arrived in Iraq just a few weeks ago from his previous job, as special assistant -- to President Bush in the White House. At his press conference on Monday, which supplied quotes for Gordon, he admitted he could not explain the motivation for the attack on the five U.S. soldiers; why the Iranians would feel any need to outsource to Hezbollah; or why they would risk this kind of "exposure."
The danger of the Times article -- given the prominence attached to it -- is real. For example, Sen. Joe Lieberman responded to the allegations by asserting that this means Iran "has declared war on us." [emphasis added] [...]

State terror privately owned and operated beyond public view or official accountability
U.S. has over 180, 000 contractors officially in Iraq plus the official 160,000count of troops now
4 ex-KBR workers sue over Iraq rape and sex harassment charges
By ROBERT CROWE Houston Chronicle
Four women who worked for Houston-based Halliburton Co.'s former subsidiary Kellogg Brown & Root have filed federal lawsuits against the companies, claiming they endured sexual harassment and, in two cases rape, while working in Iraq.

In Iraq, a Private Realm Of Intelligence- - Gathering Firm Extends U.S. Government's Reach
By Steve Fainaru and Alec Klein
Washington Post Foreign Service
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2007/06/30/AR200706...
BAGHDAD -- On the first floor of a tan building inside Baghdad's Green Zone, the full scope of Iraq's daily carnage is condensed into a 30-minute PowerPoint presentation. Displayed on a 15-foot-wide screen, the report is the most current intelligence on significant enemy activity...The intelligence was compiled not by the U.S. military, as might be expected, but by a British security firm, Aegis Defence Services Ltd. The Reconstruction Operations Center is the hub of Aegis's sprawling presence in Iraq and the most visible example of how intelligence collection is now among the responsibilities handled by a network of private security companies that work in the shadows of the U.S. military.
Aegis won its three-year, $293 million U.S. Army contract in 2004. The company is led by Tim Spicer, a retired British lieutenant colonel who, before he founded Aegis, was hired in the 1990s to help put down a rebellion in Papua New Guinea and reinstall an elected government in Sierra Leone. Several British and American firms have bid on the contract's renewal, which is worth up to $475 million and would create a force of about 1,000 men to protect the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers on reconstruction projects. Protests have held up the award, which is expected soon.
The contract is the largest for private security work in Iraq... Contractors protect U.S. generals and key military installations and have served as prison guards and interrogators in facilities holding suspected insurgents, among other responsibilities...
Aegis's intelligence activities include battlefield threat assessments, the electronic tracking of thousands of private contractors on Iraq's dangerous roads, and community projects the company says are designed in part to win over "hearts and minds." The new contract calls for the hiring of a team of seasoned intelligence analysts with "NATO equivalent SECRET clearance." According to a summary of their responsibilities, the analysts are to conduct "analysis of foreign intelligence services, terrorist organizations, and their surrogates targetting DoD personnel, resources and facilities."

Known internally as Project Matrix, Aegis's U.S. Army contract has multiple aims. The company, for example, runs more than a dozen Reconstruction Liaison Teams in which contractors armed with assault rifles and traveling in armored SUVs visit reconstruction projects to assess their progress and the levels of insurgent activity. "Their mission is to provide 'ground truth' to the Army Corps," Clemens said. Aegis has also spent about $425,000 in company money and private donations on more than 100 small charity projects such as soccer fields and vaccination programs. The projects enable the company to build relationships in the communities in which it operates and gather information at the same time...
The company, for instance, spent $1,300 distributing tracksuits to girls' schools in an area of eastern Iraq where residents routinely pelted Aegis security teams with rocks, according to Justin Marozzi, Aegis's former director of civil affairs, who now is a London-based consultant. Through relationships forged on the project, the company learned of an insurgent cell that was working out of the governor's office, he said. The military "acted on" the tip, Marozzi said. He declined to elaborate.
Aegis recently launched a second charity to operate in Iraq and elsewhere called Hearts and Minds. The charity project "goes back to basic counterinsurgency doctrine," Clemens said. "You need local people on your side."

Aegis also provides on-demand "threat assessments for the people that travel the battlespace" throughout Iraq, said Robert Lewis, who directs Project Matrix as the company's chief of staff in Baghdad. One intelligence assessment, developed recently for the Army Corps of Engineers and provided independently to The Washington Post...

The military relies on private contractors to offset chronic troop shortages. "If we had a 2 million-man army, we wouldn't be having this conversation," said Ed Soyster, former director of the Defense Intelligence Agency. But the scope of the contractors' responsibilities is sometimes unclear, particularly in the area of intelligence-gathering. Singer, of the Brookings Institution, said intelligence contracting is growing "in a major, major way" with little government oversight....

In addition, Blackwater USA and DynCorp International, two of the largest security firms in Iraq and both American companies, refuse to participate in the Reconstruction Operations Center, essentially making their movements invisible to other private security firms....Three years ago, Aegis was an unlikely choice to run the center. The company had been co-founded in 2002 by Spicer, who commanded the 1st Battalion Scots Guards, a British army unit, and served in Northern Ireland, the Falkland Islands, the Persian Gulf War and Bosnia. Spicer titled his autobiography "An Unorthodox Soldier."
Spicer's experiences in Papua New Guinea and Sierra Leone are documented in multiple accounts, including Spicer's autobiography and Aegis's Web site.
In 1997, the government of Papua New Guinea hired Spicer and his former private military company, Sandline International, for $36 million to train and equip forces to put down a rebel movement that had closed a major copper mine. Rather than quelling the rebellion, Sandline's presence sparked civil unrest; Spicer was briefly jailed on a weapons charge that was subsequently dropped. The prime minister of the government that hired him soon fell...The following year, Sandline was contacted by an international businessman, Rakesh Saxena, to reinstate the elected government of Sierra Leone, which Saxena hoped would grant him diamond and mineral concessions. The operation was successful, but allegations that Spicer violated a U.N. weapons embargo caused a scandal that came to be known in Britain as the "Sandline Affair." Spicer says he conducted the operation with the British government's knowledge.
"Tim Spicer is a mercenary," said Robert Young Pelton, an adventure writer whose book "Licensed to Kill" is about the private security industry. "Didn't anyone Google him?" Spicer declined to be interviewed.

Blackwater brass forms intelligence company Total Intelligence Solutions
By BILL SIZEMORE, The Virginian-Pilot
http://content.hamptonroads.com/story.cfm?story=119833&ran=88794
Cofer Black, vice chairman of Blackwater USA, announced Tuesday the formation of a new CIA-type private company to provide intelligence services to commercial clients. The executive roster for the new venture, Total Intelligence Solutions, is loaded with veterans of U.S. intelligence agencies, including two other Blackwater officials.
Among the key personnel and their positions at Total Intelligence, which will be based in Alexandria:
*Black, chairman. He joined Blackwater two years ago after three decades in the CIA and State Department. He was director of the CIA's Counterterrorist Center and the State Department's coordinator for counterterrorism, a job with ambassador rank.
*Robert Richer, chief executive officer. He is vice president for intelligence at Blackwater and retired from the CIA in November 2005 as associate deputy director for operations.
*Enrique "Ric" Prado, chief operating officer. He is vice president of special government programs at Blackwater and a 24-year veteran of the CIA's Directorate of Operations, including 10 years with the agency's paramilitary Special Operations Group. In his last overt job with the CIA, Prado worked under Black as chief of operations for the Counterterrorist Center.
* Matthew Devost, president. He is an information security consultant and founding director of the Terrorism Research Center.
* Caleb "Cal" Temple, senior vice president for intelligence and analysis. A former FBI intelligence specialist, he was most recently chief of the Office of Intelligence Operations in the Defense Intelligence Agency.
Blackwater's primary specialties are tactical training and security, but it is no stranger to the intelligence world. The 10-year-old company's first security contract, awarded in 2002, was for a classified operation. In his book "Licensed to Kill: Hired Guns in the War on Terror," author Robert Young Pelton identified the company's client as the CIA.
The concept of marketing intelligence services to commercial clients is not new, Pelton said Tuesday, but the new venture represents "a continuing evolution in what Blackwater's doing."
"Total Intel brings the intelligence gathering methodology and analytical skills traditionally honed by CIA operatives directly to the board room," Black said in a statement Tuesday. "With a service like this, CEOs and their security personnel will be able to respond to threats quickly and confidently - whether it's determining which city is safest to open a new plant in or working to keep employees out of harm's way after a terrorist attack."
The statement said the company will operate a "24/7 intelligence fusion and warning center" that will monitor civil unrest, terrorism, economic stability, environmental and health concerns, and information technology security around the world.
Reach Bill Sizemore at (757) 446-2276 or bill.sizemore@pilotonline.com.

PALESTINE
u.s.-zionist genocide intensifies for a Palestinian "final solution"
Palestinian Resistance can Never Be "Wiped Out"
Hiyam Noir , PalestineFreeVoice
One of the Hamas Movement's political leaders in the Gaza Strip,affirmed in a pressrelease on Sundaythat the Hebrew state is passing through a real crisis as a result of continued Palestinian resistance attacks a retaliation for all the crimes the Hebrew state is conducting on Palestine territories. Khalil Abu Laila,said that Ehud Olmerts threats earlier Sunday against the Palestinians is not a new thing.The Israelis are trying to "end the Palestinian resistance once and for all through in conspiracy with certain "Palestinian parties". Abu Laila said that Olmert will never be able to "wipe out" the Palestinian resistance, on the contrary the Palestinian resistance will conquer the "enemy" and force it out of all occupied Palestinian lands.. http://www.uruknet.de/?p=34175

Imperialism's strategy in Iraq, Palestine, Africa...everywhere its bloody clutches strive for domination
DIVIDE~CONQUER~ KILL
Desert Peace
That is exactly what we see happening in front of our eyes... Palestine has been divided, Palestine has been conquered.... and now Palestinians are being killed. All to the tune of 'Give Peace A Chance'... as Tony Blair prepares to arrive here. Thursday Israel broke International Laws (even some of their own) by using human shields in this particular operation. Abbas sits back quietly as his people are being slaughtered... needless to say, the rest of the world has been silent as well. AlJazeera managed to send journalists to the scene and reported the following...: http://www.uruknet.de/?p=34295

"There can be no erasing of the historical truth that the existence of Israel is predicated, indeed imposed upon, the obliteration of another society and people."
Edward Said

"...Here is the trick. Jewish progressive ethnic campaigners are interested in a singular one-sided discourse. They are happy to act as ‘Jews’ but refuse to be criticised as Jews. When they act politically they say we are ‘people like other people’ but when you criticise them politically they hide behind their racial identity. Whether this is funny or revolting is a matter of taste. However, this is a complete repetition of the Zionist tactic. In other words, we are entitled to conclude that Jewish Socialists and any form of Jewish exclusive activism is nothing but another form of Zionism..."
Gilad Atzmon

The Morning in Al Bureij Camp - After the Israeli Massacre
Hiyam Noir, PalestineFreeVoice
The Israelis attacked in Gaza Strip with high-tech weaponry yesterday - the Gaza City and two refuge camps - Alburij Refuge and the Almgazi Refuge camp's, targeted from the air and from the ground - with lethal missiles, bombs and machine guns.11 Palestinians are dead in this massacre - 25 Palestinians are reported wounded - some are seriously injured - and many Palestinian men have been abducted, in the latest of Israeli uncountable war crimes. The smoke and the dust is still lingering over Al Alburij refuge camp, destruction and rubble everywhere, sad eyes, bitter faces, agony, anger, grief and wrath !... http://www.uruknet.de/?p=34267

Press Release
GAZA REFUGEES FACING MASSIVE WATER CUTS, DISEASE
http://www.uruknet.de/?p=34274

ISRAELI TERRORISM CAPTURED ON FILM
Desert Peace
Israel forces opened fire on a photojournalist from Hamas' TV Station a late yesterday. Armed only with his camera, which can still be seen in his hand, he was rushed to hospital where both of his legs were amputated. Way to go Israel! Only this time the world is watching!! A clip of this horror can be seen HERE, in a Reuters report.... http://www.uruknet.de/?p=34273
Journalists federation denounces Israel for shooting wounded Hamas camerama: A media watchdog group called for an investigation Friday into the shooting of a cameraman for Hamas TV who lay injured on a battlefield in Gaza.
http://tinyurl.com/2yfdoj

Israelis occupation forces kill 11 in Gaza attack:
http://www.columbiatribune.com/2007/Jul/20070706News010.asp

ISRAEL ESCALATES ETHNIC CLEANSING IN GAZA
1,160 HOMELESS IN 2 DAYS
http://www.alaqsaintifada.org/
Another Jenin?
Israeli Occupation Forces have invaded Rafah and cut it off from the rest of the Gaza Strip. Tanks, armored bulldozers, and helicopters have opened fire and demolished homes, while more Israeli forces are being massed on the town's outskirts.
The excuse used by the Israeli Occupation Forces is to search for Palestinian activists and weapons. In reality, it is an escalation in the consistent pattern of ethnic cleansing. More than 100 homes have been bulldozed in the past few days, leaving another 1,100 Palestinians homeless. One home was bulldozed with a family inside it; the father was killed, the mother is in the hospital, and the 3 children are safe. Other families were luckier, running from their homes with the clothes on their backs.
Israel's war crimes continue unchecked and fully supported by the Bush Administration (in spite of occasional criticism). More than 30 Palestinians have been killed in Gaza just within the past few days, and it doesn't look like its getting any better. It is urgent for activists everywhere to take action...

Israeli Offensive in Central Gaza Kills 11 Militants
Israeli Army incursion into central Gaza Thursday marked one of the bloodiest days for Hamas since it took control of the Gaza Strip three weeks ago.
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/07/06/world/middleeast/06mideast.html?th&emc...

Abbas advisor says Hamas fighting collaborators
Hani al-Hassan, senior presidential advisor and member of Fatah's central committee said in a TV interview Gaza war was between Hamas and Fatah collaborators who aided Israel, US., the defeat of to plans of American Major General Keith Dayton and his Fatah followers. Gunshots fired at al-Hassan's home following statements, Abbas dismisses him from his role. Al-Hassan's words severely discredit Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas and other Arab leaders' claims that the Gaza takeover was a coup against Palestinian democracy. By making such statements the presidential advisor supports Hamas' claims that the war was between a small group of Fatah men who served Israel and the United States.
http://www.ynetnews.com/Ext/Comp/ArticleLayout/CdaArticlePrintPreview/1,...

"A true friend of the State of Israel," said Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Olmert of his outgoing British counterpart Tony Blair. He was appointed this week as special envoy for the Middle East Quartet with a portfolio focused on Palestinian economic and political reform
http://electronicintifada.net/v2/article7071.shtml

Israeli Troops Raid Nablus
by Mohammed Mar’i
RAMALLAH, West Bank, 29 June 2007 — In the largest Israeli military operation in the West Bank in months, Israeli troops yesterday opened fire at random, conducted house-to-house searches and blew open front doors in Nablus. Palestinian fighters retaliated. They hurled four explosive devices at the Israelis, severely injuring two officers and lightly wounding six soldiers...The operation came a day after 12 Palestinians were killed in twin Israeli operations in the Gaza Strip and was condemned by Prime Minister Salam Fayyad. "We condemn the Israeli military operation ongoing in Nablus, which was launched shortly after those in Gaza," said Fayyad. "Here we see an Israeli attempt to sabotage our efforts toward restoring security."...The Israeli raid comes two days after Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas signed a decree forbidding the brandishing of weapons without a license in the West Bank except for the official PA security services...
http://www.uruknet.de/?p=34089

Israel tanks moves from Gaza to W. Bank and battles Fatah
Haitham, Sabbah's blog
... the Israelis really, really, really want peace. Honest... it would be so pleasant to have peace if they had ALL the land, the Palestinians were either dead, in prison, or moved over to Jordan, Iraq, Saudi Arabia, even Iran…. as Israel’s infrastructure Minister Avigdor Lieberman’s political party writes on T-Shirts: "No Arabs, No Terror".
The spinsmasters are out in full force, all over Europe, and certainly in the US….Miri, Itzhak, the ambassadors, Olmert, saying things like "democratic elections have to have the right RESULT…. after all, even Hitler was elected", and "don’t forget what happened to US, WE are the victims here", "they want to destroy us" (and they can, they have so many STONES, rocks and little missiles, missiles that Israel with all its [U.S. financed & politically backed] troops, planes, drones, tanks, and bulldozers just CANNOT seem to find and take out... Israel will gladly sacrifice one or two Israelis in the town of Sderot to keep up the victim image!
###
Israeli army arrest 60 Palestinians, among them, 18 children
Hebron - Ma’an – At dawn on Thursday, Israeli military forces stormed the village of Qalqas, south of Hebron, arresting 60 people, taking them to an unknown area.Local sources reported to Ma’an that a large military force arrested 18 children, including three tawjihi students. A teacher and two university students were also seized. Most of the abducted citizens were cousins and relatives of one another. (read more)

Violent Israeli incursion into Nablus
Nablus - Ma’an - Eight Israeli soldiers were moderately injured in the northern West Bank city of Nablus on Thursday morning after explosive devices were hurled at the Israeli patrols, Israeli sources reported. In the ongoing incursion, at least four Palestinians have been arrested and numerous Palestinian houses have been transformed into military bases, eyewitnesses have reported.
The Israeli army also took control of local radio stations in order to issue orders to the local inhabitants over the airwaves.
Israeli sources added that Palestinian activists threw four explosive devices towards Israeli patrols in the Al-Qasaba (old city) neighbourhood, injuring eight soldiers, who were transferred to Israeli hospitals.
Heavy Israeli forces invaded the city on Wednesday evening amidst heavy gunfire. Our Nablus correspondent stated that the Israeli forces also blew up the electricity transformer which supplies power to Amman Street in Nablus.
The Al-Buraq Army, which is affiliated to Fatah, and the Al-Quds Brigades, who are the armed wing of Islamic Jihad, also claimed responsibility for detonating an explosive device next to an Israeli patrol and clashing with Israeli troops near Rafidia hospital on Thursday morning.

Plan for a NATO force to take over where Dahlan failed
Arablink
The proposal for deployment of an international force in the Gaza Strip, mentioned by Abbas in talks with Sarkozy on Friday, reflects an attempt by the American administration to revive a plan that was first proposed during the Arafat captivity in 2001, for an international "peacekeeping" force to put down the Palestinian resistance. Al-Akhbar reports: "The proposal by Abbas for deployment of an international force in the Gaza Strip and the West Bank is a revival of an American plan for a 'mandate'", spelled out in a 68-page report by the Army School for Advanced Military Studies (SAMS) in the year 2001, whose implementation is said to have been blocked for various reasons in earlier years, but which is now again a topic of American interest... http://www.uruknet.de/?p=34160

Israeli Report: "Israeli War Preparations Continue Attack on Iran not Imminent"
Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, June 30, 2007
http://globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=va&aid=6187
While war preparations continue, a US-Israeli attack on Iran in 2007 is highly unlikely. The Jerusalem Post (June 22, 2007) quoting Israeli intelligence sources reports that: "The Israeli Air Force (IAF) has been training on long-range flights, including refueling in mid-flight, in preparation for potential strikes against Iranian nuclear targets. The training program has been taking place for some time but has only been released for publication Friday, the Ma'ariv daily reported.
Intelligence assessments received by the defense establishment concur that once Iran passes the point of no return in its nuclear efforts, the entire Middle East will enter a frantic nuclear armament race. Egypt and Saudi Arabia are expected to take the lead should such a scenario become reality."
The report, however, also, suggests that an attack on Iran is not imminent.
"At the end of 2007 the US and Israel are expected to hold a joint assessment to ascertain the influence of economic sanctions against Iran. A new package of upgraded sanctions prepared jointly by Israel and the US, includes exerting pressure on European governments to cancel US $22 billion in loan guarantees given annually to European companies trading with Iran. The new package also includes sanctions against banks working with Iran, non-renewal of oil infrastructure in Iran and a long series of economic actions that are meant to seriously hurt the Iranian economy. Following the end-of-year assessment, Washington will decide how to move forward in the struggle against Iran's nuclear race"
General Peter Pace ends his term as Chairman of the JCS at the end September 2007. Defense Secretary Gates has already announced that Admiral Michael Mullen, U.S. Chief of Naval Operations, has been nominated to replace General Peter Pace as Chairman of the Joint chiefs of Staff. Senate confirmation hearings for the new Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff are slated for sometime during the Summer. Mullen, if confirmed, would take on his new position as CJCS in early October. No major military operation would be launched prior to the instatement of the new CJCS [sic].

IRAN

IRAN & THE ANTI-IMPERIALIST STRUGGLE
Dr. Hisham Bustani
The main enemy of all anti-Imperialists, and of the Arab liberation project, is US Imperialism and Zionism. Any other contradictions are secondary... US-imposed sanctions and/or a military strike against or invasion of Iran will principally harm the people..therefore stand against the threats to Iran and support it in the face of any attempted or actual aggression.

Iran is not a "Banana Republic," and its regime is not a puppet or a client regime of Imperialism. Iran has a regional project and works seriously to accomplish it. It holds many important political cards and uses them cleverly in the context of realizing its project. Some of these cards are Iran's nuclear program, its close relationship with the Syrian regime, its close relationship with Hezbollah in Lebanon, its close relationship with Hamas and Islamic Jihad in Palestine, its close commercial and economic ties with influential states like Russia and Germany, its close relationships with the "North Coalition" in Afghanistan, its oil reserves, and (most importantly) its role in Iraq, i.e. its strong connections with and influence on the militias and parties that cooperate with the US occupation.

For another, the project of Iran is not an anti-Imperialist project. In other words, Iran is not the Venezuela of the so-called "Middle East" (with all our reservations about the term "Middle East"). It does not promote a popular liberation project for the people of the region that is based on ending hegemony and exploitation and realizing the sovereignty of the people over their land and resources. Iran's is a pragmatic nationalist/sectarian project with expansionist aspirations. It occupies Arab land (Ahwaz, Tunb Islands). It saw no problem in seeking the assistance of its "enemy number one" during its war with Iraq (the Iran-Contra affair). It also sees no problem in helping the same "enemy" (the USA) on the logistic and intelligence levels during the US aggression against Afghanistan. And, finally, Iran is playing a very destructive role in Iraq through empowering and supporting the sectarian militias and parties in Iraq who are also the backbone of the US-dominated political process.
The Arab regimes are completely subordinate to Imperialism; they are incapable of influencing anything diplomatically or militarily. The recent attack on Lebanon is a key event through which to comprehend this fact: not only did Arab regimes stand idly by watching the destruction of Lebanon, but some of them went so far as to support Israel in its effort to eliminate Hezbollah. Also, during the attack on Lebanon, the Secretary General of the Arab League, Amr Musa, announced "the death of the Peace Process" with "Israel." This "Peace Process" is the main strategy (past, present and future) of the Arab regimes. Its failure on the Arab level reflects its success on the Zionist level. To put it more clearly, the Arab regimes were and are working according to a [U.S.] Zionist agenda...

Imperialism today is in crisis, but it is not defeated, and it is not destined to be defeated without the direct action of anti-Imperialists.
If we lose this historic opportunity by turning our back on the resistances in the Arab region and pretending they are not our problem, or the resistances do not represent us simply because they are Islamic or Ba'thist, or by directing our efforts away from the main enemy, or
by contributing to the stabilization of the sectarian project by adopting its mechanisms, or if the resistances, instead of fighting their common enemy, start fighting each other, or if we are deceived into transforming the main battle with Imperialism and Zionism into internal trivial political fights, then we will rescue Imperialism from its crisis, and will be obliged to wait for another 100 years or more, until Imperialism enters a crisis of similar proportions.
http://mrzine.monthlyreview.org/bustani250607.html
Dr. Hisham Bustani is a leftist writer and activist from Jordan.  He is a founding member of the Resistant Arab People's Alliance, member of the Jordanian Higher Executive Committee for Resistin
from Gamila Zahran's Arabian Sights gzahran@wanadoo.fr 
To subscribe/unsubscribe send a blank message with appropriate title in the subject window. Feel free to forward for information and educational purposes with Signature intact, please!

POLICY BRIEF #87 ABSTRACT ON U.S. - IRAN RELATIONS
http://www.brookings.edu/comm/policybriefs/pb87.htm
...In the long term, constructive bilateral relations between the two countries would offer even more meaningful gains for America's strategic interests in the Middle East and Central Asia...
The enduring estrangement between the United States and Iran represents the central paradox for American policy in the Persian Gulf. The world has changed dramatically since the 1979 Islamic Revolution gave rise to a religious government in Tehran and ruptured U.S.-Iranian relations. Those changes have been felt even within Iran's revolutionary politics, through the ascendance of a popular reform movement crystallized by moderate president Mohammad Khatami's 1997 election. This development prompted an abatement in comprehensive U.S. sanctions and fueled expectations of rapprochement.
But when it comes to U.S.-Iran relations, it seems the more things change, the more they stay the same. Despite Iran's tentative transformation, the impasse with the United States remains raw and unresolved. Neither Iran's internal moderation nor Washington's initiatives have diminished the primary U.S. concerns about Iranian foreign policy—support for terrorism and pursuit of weapons of mass destruction. As President Khatami embarks on his second term, the Bush administration must devise a more effective policy to confront these threats and address the wider scope of U.S. interests in this critical region.

AFRICA
By Salim Lone
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article17975.htm
Western donors have widened the wealth gap by buttressing the rich and powerful.
In truth there was never any real prospect that western governments, which have gleefully presided over the creation of new classes of the super-super-rich, would use their considerable influence to push African leaders to pursue policies which would shift resources away from the rapacious national elites towards the poor. Nor was it likely the west would permit Africa to stray from the neoliberal orthodoxies prescribed for the continent by the World Bank and the IMF. These policies have generated wealth for elites and created economic growth in a few countries, but have proved over two decades singularly unable to reduce the human misery afflicting hundreds of millions. G8-approved plans are not going to end poverty. Africa needs strong, revolutionary leaders ...in the interest of humanity but also of security and stability... In the shadow of 9/11, aid is increasingly becoming an instrument of anti-terrorism strategy. This means that the US and Britain in particular are ready to countenance wars of aggression and other human rights abuses by governments which are partners in the war on terror - as recently witnessed when Ethiopia invaded Somalia and installed a client regime with US and British support, bringing massive bombing to the capital. Uganda has also committed appalling rights abuses against its northerners. None of these crimes elicited a peep from western leaders, who portray themselves as embarked on a mission to civilise, informed by deeply held humanistic values... only Africa's own leaders and people can address its rawest suffering... Africa's voice is rarely heard. It's the statements of its leaders that reach donors' ears, not the anguish and aspirations of its people.

U.S. Military Finds No Takers To Host North Africa Command
The Bush administration announced in February that it intends to create a separate military command for Africa this year. Responsibility for U.S. military operations on the continent is divided primarily between the Central Command in Tampa and European Command in Stuttgart, Germany. Defense officials acknowledge that one reason they are paying more attention to Africa is that the continent provides an increasingly large share of the United States' supply of imported oil and natural gas. Bush administration officials have also touted the new command as a key part of their strategy for countering terrorism threats on the continent. A U.S. delegation seeking a home for a new military command in Africa got a chilly reception during a tour of the northern half of the continent this month, running into opposition even in countries that enjoy friendly relations with the Pentagon. http://www.tbo.com/news/nationworld/MGBG3XCXA3F.html
Salim Lone is a columnist for the Daily Nation in Kenya. He is speaking this week at the 50th anniversary of the Society for International Development at The Hague - alimlone@yahoo.com

AFGHANISTAN
Occupiers call Resistance 'al-qaeda' & 'Taliban'
Afghanistan: US airstrikes kill 65 civilians
Agence France-Presse
ANTI-TALIBAN air strikes by US- and NATO-led forces in Afghanistan killed 65 villagers, including children, a local official said today, amid growing anger over civilian deaths. The toll from yesterday's operation in the southern province of Helmand given by a district mayor was the highest since 2001, when US-led forces used heavy bombing in their campaign to drive the extremist Taliban from power. An AFP photographer saw some of the wounded admitted to a clinic in the town of Girishk, about 15km south of the bombed area, and in Lashkar Gah, the provincial capital. Many were children. "Six houses have been bombed, three of them have been reduced to rubble," a local named Feda Mohammad said, claiming about 100 were dead and wounded. "People are still busy bringing out the dead from under the rubble, there are funerals at various places," he said.... http://www.uruknet.de/?p=34117

VIDEO: Afghan Massacre : The Convoy of Death
In Afghanistan, filmmaker Jamie Doran has uncovered evidence of a massacre: Taliban prisoners of war suffocated in containers, shot in the desert under the watch of American troops. The film has been broadcast on national television in countries all over the world and has been screened by the European parliament. Human rights lawyers are calling for investigation ... no U.S. media outlet has broadcast the film.
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article3267.htm

Over 120 Afghan civilians and Taliban fighters were killed in a coalition airstrike following an ambush on Afghan and US forces in the country's south http://tinyurl.com/3at2wu

Anti-Taliban air strikes by US- and NATO-led forces inAfghanistan killed 65 villagers including children amid growing anger here over civilian deaths. http://news.yahoo.com/s/afp/20070630/wl_sthasia_afp/afghanistanunrest

Pakistanis baffled [SIC] by U.S. support for their military regime
...Both liberal parties and hard-line mullahs are besieging him. Much of Pakistan’s border with Afghanistan is open to Taliban and al Qaida fighters. Musharraf’s power base is a military with a long history of coups. He himself took power in a 1999 military coup that ousted the sitting prime minister.
The latest challenge may be the most serious, motivated by tens of thousands of backers of the chief justice of the supreme court, whom Musharraf suspended and tried to force to resign. Rallies organized by liberal and relatively secular groups have called for Musharraf to step down.The outcome will have deep implications for U.S. standing in Pakistan, which is in an area awash with American interests. Pakistan’s borders touch Iran, with which Washington is in a showdown over Iran’s nuclear program; Afghanistan, where U.S. troops are embroiled in a counterinsurgency campaign; China, a rising great power; and India, one of the world’s fastest growing economies.

The U.S. Defense Department identified Pakistan last year as “a key partner in the war on terror” and one of the largest recipients of U.S. security assistance, including AH-1 Cobra attack helicopters, various missile systems and a planned sale of F-16 fighter jets.The White House and Defense Department have sent billions of dollars to the Musharraf government since Sept. 11, 2001.
While many U.S. officials mistrust Musharraf...the Bush administration considers him a man America can work with... in a nuclear-armed nation... Opposition politicians charge that the United States is selling out democratic principles in favor of a military strongman who’ll back its strategic plans in the region.... “People have begun to say that America has put this man (Musharraf) on our heads and there is nothing we can do but kill him and fight those who support him,” said Saad Saleem, who runs one of the country’s biggest broadband Internet companies and has helped organize anti-Musharraf street protests.
Musharraf began to lose his footing in March, when his suspension of the chief justice, Iftikhar Mohammed Chaudhry, didn’t go as smoothly as planned. Asked why Musharraf would think he could brush aside the head of the supreme court, Syeda Abida Hussain, Pakistan’s ambassador to the United States from 1991 to 1993 and then a Cabinet member, waved her hand and laughed. The general, she said, is drunk on American power. “Poor Pervez Musharraf ended up believing that like a Louis XIV, that he is ‘le roi soleil,’ ” she said, rolling the French words for “sun king” with relish. “This poppa Nero . . . this mad Musharraf treads on all possible Pakistani toes because he feels that all he has to do is keep on the right side of Condi Rice and George Bush.” Hussain laughed again. “It’s the endgame for Musharraf,” she said, her voice growing more serious, “whether the Americans want it or not.”...
“The Americans ... don’t seem to notice that the wind is increasingly blowing against the Americans themselves.” U.S. officials, he said, seem to still think that “Musharraf is indispensable.”... “Graveyards,” he said, quoting the late French leader Charles de Gaulle, “are full of indispensable people.” http://www.mcclatchydc.com/world/story/17393.html

911
U.S., Afghanistan, 911
The 9/11 Joint Inquiry chairmen are in "conflict of interest":
September 11 Breakfast Meeting on Capitol Hill
by Michel Chossudovsky
4 August 2003
http://globalresearch.ca/articles/CHO308C.html
Michel Chossudovsky, is the author of "War and Globalisation, the Truth behind September 11, Global Outlook, Shanty Bay, On. 2002.
The chairmen of the Joint Inquiry on 9/11 Sen Bob Graham and Rep Porter Goss are in "conflict of interest". Or are we dealing with something far more serious? The chairmen of the Joint Inquiry have dubious links to Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) which is known to have actively supported Al Qaeda and the Taliban. Moreover, according to intelligence sources, including the FBI, Pakistan's ISI played a role in financing the 9/11 terrorist attacks. The two Joint Inquiry chairmen Sen Bob Graham and Rep Porter Goss were fully cognizant of the "Pakistani ISI connection" and the role played by its former head, General Mahmoud Ahmad. Why then did they choose to exclude an examination of the role of the ISI from the Joint Inquiry's 858 page Report? While hinting "Saudi support and involvement" in 9/11, the Report fails to mention that the Pakistani government, its military and intelligence apparatus (ISI), have actively supported and financed a number of terrorist organizations, with the support of Washington. Was it "an intelligence failure" to seek the cooperation of the Pakistani government in the "war on terrorism" in an agreement brokered by the head of the ISI, a spy agency, which is known to support the Islamic brigades? This support by Pakistan's ISI to various "Islamic terrorist" organizations was pursued prior as well as in the wake of 9/11, despite the commitment of the Pakistani government to "cooperate" with Washington
In late August 2001, barely a couple of weeks before September 11, Senator Bob Graham, Representative Porter Goss and Senator Jon Kyl were on a top level mission in Islamabad, which was barely mentioned by the US media. Meetings were held with President Pervez Musharraf and with Pakistan's military and intelligence brass including the head of Pakistan’s Inter Services Intelligence (ISI) General Mahmoud Ahmad. Amply documented, the ISI is known to support a number of Islamic terrorist organizations. (See Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) at http://www.cfrterrorism.org/coalition/pakistan2.html ) According to the FBI, Indian Intelligence and several press reports, the ISI Head was instrumental in providing financial support to the 9/11 terrorists. General Mahmoud Ahmad had allegedly ordered the transfer of $100.000 to the presumed 9/11 ring-leader Mohamed Atta.
On the morning of September 11, the three lawmakers Bob Graham, Porter Goss and Jon Kyl (who were part of the Congressional delegation to Pakistan) were having breakfast on Capitol Hill with General Ahmad, the alleged "money-man" (to use the FBI expression) behind the 9/11 hijackers. Also present at this meeting were Pakistan's ambassador to the U.S. Maleeha Lodhi and several members of the Senate and House Intelligence committees. This meeting was described by one press report as a "follow-up meeting" to that held in Pakistan in late August.
When the twin towers were attacked, General Mahmoud Ahmad, head of Pakistan’s intelligence service, was, in Senator Graham's own words, "very empathetic, sympathetic to the people of the United States," (Stuart News Company Press Journal (Vero Beach, FL), September 12, 2001).

Bob Graham's description of the General Ahmad, contrasts with that of the Washington Post:
"On the morning of September 11, Goss and Graham were having breakfast with a Pakistani general named Mahmud Ahmed — the soon-to-be-sacked head of Pakistan’s intelligence service. Ahmed ran a spy agency notoriously close to Osama bin Laden and the Taliban." (Washington Post, 18 May 2002). While the Joint inquiry has collected mountains of intelligence material, through careful omission, the numerous press and intelligence reports in the public domain (mainstream media, alternative media, etc), which confirm that key members of the Bush Administration were involved in acts of political camouflage, have been carefully removed from the Joint inquiry's hearings.

9/11 and the Smoking Gun that Turned on its Tracker
by Chaim Kupferberg
Centre for Research on Globalisation (CRG), Centre de recherche sur la mondialisation (CRM) 4 September/ septembre 2002
http://globalresearch.ca/articles/KUP209B.html
SUMMARY To go to the complete article by Chaim Kupferberg click here
A mere week after the destruction of the World Trade Center, authorities were gradually building toward an official announcement that would definitively link Osama bin Laden to the events of September 11 - a wire transfer of $100,000 to lead hijacker Mohamed Atta. To an increasingly skeptical public, here was the "smoking gun", a bona fide money trail that would demonstrate how al-Qaida planned and financed the operation...

On July 15, 2002, Omar Saeed was sentenced to die for the kidnapping and murder of Daniel Pearl. While some correspondents had briefly touched upon Omar Saeed's alleged additional role as 9/11 paymaster, most persisted in refusing to acknowledge this angle of the story, focusing instead on a 1994 kidnapping which was the subject of a "secret" indictment against Saeed by the Justice Department back in November 2001.
While the media may, one day, present a "plausible" explanation for many of these anomalies, the evidence nevertheless now irrefutably points toward the existence of a vast disinformation apparatus that has managed, manipulated, and obfuscated most of the information being fed to the public - the true smoking gun of 9/11.

remember...
The Propaganda Preparation for 9/11 & the mystery surrounding the death of John O'Neill:
by Chaim Kupferberg
Centre for Research on Globalisation (CRG), globalresearch.ca , 13 June 2002 (revised 19 September 2002)
In the immediate aftermath of the destruction of the World Trade Center, the finger of guilt was directed toward the only plausible author for such a sophisticated and ruthless act of terror - Osama bin Laden...

... to sum up, it appears that the events of September 11 were planned years in advance, with the groundwork being carefully laid by a propaganda campaign orchestrated to convince the public that the United States has a plausibly sophisticated nemesis with the motive, means, and opportunity to perpetrate a devastating act of terror against Americans. Toward that end, Saudi Arabia and Pakistan have been used as the primary proxy agents to run a "false flag" operation, setting up and financing the infrastructure of al-Qaida in Afghanistan. Through madrassas based in Pakistan, Saudi and Yemenite militants were instructed in the Saudi brand of Wahabbi Islam, and subsequently "graduated" to the camps that were set up in Afghanistan - again, under Saudi and Pakistani sponsorship. Stateside, the operative agents were mostly based out of New York City and Florida. In the aftermath of 9/11, elements in the American government are now widely disseminating information in vast quantities, overwhelming the populace and lending credibility to the government's version of events. Thus, post-9/11, the actions of this formerly insular propaganda clique are no longer perceptible. Information is now being doled out in generous portions to credulous reporters who are outside the loop, yet perform their unwitting service as "bottom feeders" in the downward flow of information. ... the obvious geostrategic gains of those who are clearly managing the flow of information - the pipelines, oil, wealth, and so forth....An infrastructure is being laid out - one that will, finally, provide a dissident-proof [SIC] totalitarian oligarchy composed of like-minded elites served by an under-class kept under constant surveillance. The edifice of this regime is being constructed, brick by brick... well-documented attempts by the CIA and FBI to subvert, surveil, and propagandize the populace through programs such as Project Mockingbird (media infiltration) and MK-Ultra (mind control through chemical, hypnotic, or electro-magnetic means). These programs are effected primarily through "think tanks" that are set up across the United States for the purpose of disseminating information and propaganda under the rubric of "expertise"... various foundations, such as the Rockefeller or Ford Foundations, are often used as funnels to finance and feed the arteries of these propaganda networks. In the 1970's, a good deal of this structural corruption was officially exposed - in a "limited hang-out" - by way of the Church Commission, as well as the House Select Committee on Assassinations... the most damaging revelations played down or ignored by the mainstream media, and the waters muddied by a stream of outlandish conspiracy theories - aliens, Elvis, etc. - that merely served to discredit the information that was most credible. "Muddying the waters", incidentally, is a tried and true staple of the intelligence craft....Any simple keyword search of the following terms may be helpful in pointing toward a more substantive understanding of the elites who ultimately guide your fortunes: "Iran-Contra" , "Mena", "BCCI", "Project Paperclip", "Michael Aquino", "Paul Bonacci", "Operation Northwoods", "MK-Ultra". Much of the information on these topics is credible and well-documented...

Hilariously delirious...
Layla Anwar, An Arab Woman Blues - Reflections in a sealed bottle...
...When 9.11 happened, I was watching ZE CNN as Hosny Mubarak calls it. The commentator and the cameraman showed the rubbles and the pile of dust covering screaming bloody faces. And in the middle of tons of rubbles, what did they find unscathed, untouched, in perfect mint condition? Mohammed Atta's passport. The commentator flashed it to the camera lenses. I saw it with my own eyes on ZE CNN . At that point, I was gripped with a hysterical laughter...Mohammed Atta's passport was found in perfect condition. And just by chance they also found some flying manuals in Arabic...I laughed even harder. Arabic speaking pilots confirmed to me that flying manuals in Arabic do not exist. Of course at that point, I could not be bothered to ask what happened to the third plane in Pennsylvania (...) Bad scripts and bad plots and Iraqis have paid their price with a million deaths in just 4 years... http://www.uruknet.de/?p=34264

.........

Liberal imperialists-zionists ok, not left-liberals exposing and opposing US-ISRAEL
Google, the Daily Kos, and the End of Free Speech
Schuyler and Ragnar, editors @ thepeoplesvoice.org
Today's corporate media misinforms and misleads people on most of the issues, the Israeli occupation of Palestine is one....
When we pointed out that Israel dropped 500-pound bombs on Lebanese neighborhoods and they dropped small American made guided bombs on ambulances, and occasionally Israeli soldiers shoot school children in the head, we made some new enemies who wanted to hurt our site.
Labeling and slander are used to subvert criticism and freedom of speech, to smear the critic. The most common slander is to be accused of 'anti-Semitism'. This term is used on anyone who criticizes Israel and the cultural and ideological system behind Israel's brutality towards the Palestinian people.
Google News isn't using terms like 'prejudice' or 'racism' to describe what is unacceptable to them. Those terms have clear definitions and cannot be used by special interest groups to skirt the U.S. Constitution and deny people their freedom of speech. Taking their cue from the tiny mob making all the noise, Google subscribes to the nebulous and ever-changing rules of "hate speech"...
A second term ...is: 'hate speech'. Mark Glenn's article, which criticizes Judaism- the belief system, has been labeled as hate speech in order to silence the criticism.... don’t... let Google violate this basic human right by removing legitimate web sites simply because special interest groups want to silence them. Please write a few words or a letter to Contact Google News http://www.uruknet.de/?p=34090
The Daily Kos members never let up with their false accusations and attacks and eventually they used Eileen's manufactured crime of guilt by association with thepeoplesvoice.org as an excuse to remove her from posting on the Daily Kos.

KOS and the CIA
by: Stu Piddy
Fri May 25, 2007
Markos Moulitsas spent 6 months in 2001 interviewing with the CIA. He was accepted by the CIA, went through the entire interview process (talking to dozens of people including “psychologists and people in the leadership” ) and given his first assignment to work in clandestine services. His assignment, he says was to act as a “spy” in Washington D.C. for the CIA. He was told by the CIA that this particular assignment in Washington D.C. would last for at least 6 years before he would be given the overseas assignment he preferred. Moulitsas spoke to the CIA about his “blog”. Moulitsas had been an active blogger at the time of his 6 month CIA interview process with My DD. He discussed his blogging with the CIA and the viewpoints he expressed in posts in what he referred to as “his blog”. He said he found the CIA receptive, and in general, in agreement with his views. Moulitsas started Daily Kos on May 26th, 2002.
http://www.myleftwing.com/showDiary.do?diaryId=16893#232835

.......

no surprises in criminal capitalist justice...
Watada can be tried again, judge rules
Trying 1st Lt. Ehren Watada again for his refusal to deploy to Iraq won't violate his constitutional right not to be prosecuted twice for the same crime, an Army judge ruled Friday. Watada's new lawyers, Kenneth Kagan and James Lobsenz, immediately filed notice they will appeal that double-jeopardy ruling to the Army Court of Criminal Appeals in Arlington, Va. Watada is charged with missing his unit's deployment in June 2006 and with conduct unbecoming an officer for comments he made about President Bush and the Iraq war. His first trial ended in a mistrial. The judge also is expected to rule on admissibility of evidence, including whether Watada may call witnesses to testify about the legality of the war.
http://seattletimes.nwsource.com/html/localnews/2003778640_watada07m.htm...

Challenge to Secret Wiretaps Is Dismissed
A federal appeals court panel ruled that ACLU lawsuit plaintiffs could not show injury from a National Security Agency program.
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/07/07/washington/07nsa.html?th&emc=th

Grants of Executive Clemency for Criminals a Bipartisan Affair
I, GEORGE W. BUSH, President of the United States of America, pursuant to my powers under Article II, Section 2, of the Constitution, do hereby commute the prison terms imposed by the sentence upon the said Lewis Libby...

Marc Rich was indicted in 1983 for evading $48 million in taxes. The 51 counts included allegations of having illegal oil transactions with Iran while that nation held U.S. hostages in 1979-80. Rich fled to Switzerland to avoid trial. Libby, Rich's lawyer from 1985-2000, urged Bill Clinton to issue the pardon, among 141 granted on Clinton's last day in office, and more than 200 granted after the 2000 election.

On the day Libby's prison sentence was lifted, Mordechai Vanunu was sentenced to prison, again, in Israel
Dr. Daniel Ellsberg, http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=va&aid=6232

...........

Entertainment as Propaganda: exporting U.S. ideological imperialism...
Plot Thickens in a Tom Cruise Film, Long Before the Cameras Begin to Roll
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/06/30/movies/30valk.html?th&emc=th
LOS ANGELES, June 29 — When the director Bryan Singer decided to cast Tom Cruise as Col. Claus Schenk von Stauffenberg, the German Army officer who tried to blow up Hitler toward the end of World War II, he thought he had dealt with all the possible pitfalls.
There was the knotty matter of accents, but the director figured that Mr. Cruise and everybody else in the movie, “Valkyrie,” would do fine if they spoke unaffected English. The cost of affording the high-wattage Mr. Cruise could also be problematic, but the star took the job for a nominal salary, agreeing to get his cut after the tickets were sold — a deal helped by his part ownership of United Artists, the studio behind the picture... Mr. Cruise and his producing partner, Paula Wagner, had taken charge after the end of their longstanding deal at Paramount ...
Mr. Singer did not reckon with is Germany’s open hostility toward Mr. Cruise’s religion. “Frankly, I was not aware of the issue of Scientology here in Germany,” Mr. Singer said in a telephone interview from Berlin this week, shortly after news reports that military officials would ban “Valkyrie” from filming at the Bendler Block, where Colonel Stauffenberg was executed in July 1944 for his leading role in the conspiracy to assassinate Hitler....Josef Joffe, a German journalist who has criticized what he views as the German “obsession” with Scientology, said that in this case the combination of star and subject was simply too combustible. “Stauffenberg for Germans is like Jefferson and Lincoln, motherhood, and apple pie all rolled into one,” he said in an interview. “Germany is a country of established churches, and so Scientology is viewed as a cult and, worse, totalitarian and exploitative. A professing Scientologist in the role of Stauffenberg is like casting Judas as Jesus. It is secular blasphemy.”...“Scientology is a totalitarian ideology,” said Berthold Graf von Stauffenberg, the eldest son of Colonel Stauffenberg and a retired West German army general. “The fact that an avowed Scientologist like Mr. Cruise is supposed to play the victim of a totalitarian regime is purely sick.”
“Tom Cruise is not just an actor who is a Scientologist,” Ms. Caberta said. “He is an ambassador for Scientology. All totalitarian systems have their celebrities to open doors for them.”

============

Note from ICH
Our sister website ichblog.eu has been hijacked and is making a fraudulent solicitation for funds. I ask that you do NOT send money or in any way support those who have taken over the website. For further information send an email to emailtom@cox.net and place "ichblog.eu" in the subject line. Thank you. Tom Feeley

7/5/7 KATRINA: Past & Present Background of Black National Oppression Mumia Abu-Jamal Update

"To make a contented slave it is necessary to make a thoughtless one. It is necessary to darken the moral and mental vision and, as far as possible, to annihilate the power of reason."
 "Power concedes nothing without a demand. It never did and it never will."
Fredrick Douglas
 

"I'm not an American. I'm one of the twenty-two million Black people who are the victims of Americanism. One of the 22 million Black people who are the victims of democracy--nothing but disguised hypocrisy. So I'm not standing here speaking to you as an American, or a patriot, or a flag-saluter, or a flag-waver--no, not I. I'm speaking as a victim of this American system. And I see America through the eyes of the victim. I don't see any American dream; I see an American nightmare."
 
“Why here in America the seeds of racism are so deeply rooted in the white people collectively, their belief that they are ‘superior’ in some way is so deeply rooted, that these things are in the national white sub consciousness. Many whites are even actually unaware of their own racism until they face some test then their racism emerges in one form or another.

  Malcolm X
from Gamila Zahran's Arabian Sights
gzahran@wanadoo.fr
To subscribe/unsubscribe send a blank message with the appropiate title in the subject window. Feel free to forward for information and educational purposes with Signature intact, please!

Losing What We Never Had: White Privilege & the Deferred Dreams of Black America, Part 2 [excerpt]
Wednesday, 04 July 2007
by BAR contributing editor Dr. Edward Rhymes
http://www.blackagendareport.com/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&...
Modern political mythology, also believed by Blacks, maintains that Franklin Roosevelt’s New Deal and the post-World War Two college and housing benefits for veterans were unmitigated boons for African Americans. However, in many ways, the opposite is true. The New Deal, largely shaped to appease racist southern lawmakers, actually codified Black inferior status, while elevating poor whites. And returning Black veterans got only a tiny fraction of the benefits of the GI Bill. President Johnson's Sixties War on Poverty effectively lasted only three years –  at the end of which, the hopes of the Black poor were smashed.
"Blacks were directly injured by New Deal policies; then ignored when it came time to dispense New Deal dollars."
The NAACP's publication The Crisis, for example, decried the monopoly powers granted to racist unions by the NRA, noting in 1934 that "union labor strategy seems to be to obtain the right to bargain with the employees as the sole representative of labor, and then close the union to black workers." Members of the Black press took up the charge, attacking the NRA, rechristening it the "Negro Removal Act," "Negroes Robbed Again," "Negro Run Around," and "No Roosevelt Again."
There was also a counter-narrative during this time. European immigrants were learning that whiteness was more than skin color. It was the privilege of opportunity and above all, exclusive. There was this very standard narrative of the European mobility model. We came here with nothing. We worked hard. We, we pulled ourselves up by our bootstraps. And it's offered up as proof of the openness of the American economic order. Left out of the bootstrap myth of European ethnics was access to opportunities closed to non-whites. Roosevelt's New Deal reforms offered many Americans a path out of poverty.

The New Deal's Social Security measure gave at least some protection to 30 million citizens, but it excluded farm workers and domestics, most of whom were non-white. Many unions locked Blacks and Mexicans into low paying jobs, or kept them out all together. Perhaps the best example of how European ethnics would finally gain the full benefits of whiteness, to the exclusion of others, would come with an innovation in housing at the end of World War II.

It was a time when hundreds of thousands of GIs came home ready to start families, but had no place to live. FHA came to the rescue by insuring long term, low monthly payment mortgage loans. Home ownership was made possible for additional millions of families and stimulated a tremendous volume of construction. Veterans needed homes for families. They turned to the revolutionary New Deal housing program. It would, however, racialize housing, wealth, and opportunity for decades, in ways few could have imagined.

"The FHA underwriters warned that the presence of even one or two non-white families could undermine real estate values in the new suburbs."

In the 1930's the federal government created the Federal Housing Administration, whose job it was to provide loans or the backing for loans to average Americans so they could purchase a home. In order to purchase a house in America prior to 1930s, you had to pay 50 percent of the sales price up front. The new terms of purchasing a home was that you put 10 percent or 20 percent down, and the bank financed 80% of it - not over five years but over 30 years at relatively low rates. This opened up the opportunities for Americans to own homes like ever before. The average person could own that home.

Almost a million Black GIs came home after WWII. They had fought for the country in segregated ranks. They returned hoping for equality and at least a small slice of the American pie. For many, that slice was (potentially) a new home for little money down and some of the easiest credit terms in history. The FHA underwriters warned that the presence of even one or two non-white families could undermine real estate values in the new suburbs. These government guidelines were widely adopted by private industry. Race had long played a role in local real estate practices. Starting in the 1930's, government officials institutionalized a national appraisal system, where race was as much a factor in real estate assessment as the condition of the property. Using this scheme, federal investigators evaluated 239 cities across the country for financial risk.

So those communities that were all white, suburban and far away from inner-city areas, they received the highest rating. And that was the color green. Those communities that were all Black or in the process of changing, they got the lowest rating and the color red. They were "redlined." As a consequence, most of the mortgages went to suburbanizing America, and it suburbanized it racially (this practice is still with us).

"Between 1934 and 1962, the federal government underwrote 120 billion dollars in new housing. Less than 2% went to non-whites."

This racial logic adopted the principle that an integrated neighborhood was a bad risk - a financial risk; that an integrated neighborhood was likely to be an unstable neighborhood socially. Unstable socially translated into unstable economically. For example, in the 1940's, when the white residents of Eight Mile Road in Detroit were told they were too close to a Black neighborhood to qualify for a positive FHA rating, they built a six foot wall between themselves and their Black neighbors. Once the wall went up, mortgages on the white properties were approved. Between 1934 and 1962, the federal government underwrote 120 billion dollars in new housing. Less than 2% went to non-whites.

Franklin Roosevelt's New Deal increased poverty and joblessness among Blacks; empowered discriminatory labor unions; and when the Supreme Court overturned Lochner v. New York (the right of the individual to contract their services), removed an effective legal tool to challenge segregation laws and other racist state actions.

The Short Life of the Great Society and the Forgotten Kerner Report

An enormous deal has been said about the Great Society programs of President Lyndon Johnson - especially as it pertains to Black America. And I would agree with those who say that opportunities that were not thought possible before 1964 (when Johnson rolled out the first of his Great Society programs), were beginning to be realized. There were three major pillars of Johnson's agenda: a war on poverty, addressing racial injustice and urban renewal & conservation. Nevertheless, these strides were short-lived. Yes, programs such as Medicare, Medicaid, PBS and federal education funding (albeit with minimized funding) continue with us to this day, the initiatives that were specific to the Black community were (and have been) effectively neutralized, diminished or were constantly in peril. This onslaught is not of recent origin, but began at the genesis of his Great Society.

"Initiatives that were specific to the Black community were (and have been) effectively neutralized." [...]

Note: the welfare and affirmative action section will be continued in the next installment in the series. Dr. Rhymes can be contacted at edwardrhymes@yahoo.comThis email address is being protected from spam bots, you need Javascript enabled to view it

How to Destroy an African-American City in Thirty-Three Steps – Lessons from Katrina
Wednesday, 04 July 2007
by Bill Quigley
http://www.blackagendareport.com/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&...

How can we destroy a Black city? -  let us count the ways. Federal, state and local officials appear to have compiled a comprehensive list of destructive acts of commission and omission -  and pursued every possible tactic to permanently de-Blacken New Orleans.  The author is just as thorough in compiling a 33-count indictment of the city-killers, with the Bush Gang as chief conspirators.  The crimes against Black New Orleans are so malevolent, so unremitting, and on such a grand scale, they cannot have been the result of mere incompetence. The crime is premeditated attempted murder, motivated by pure racism and greed. [...]

AMERICAN CAPITALISM IS RACIST TERROR & GENOCIDE: Martial law, forced labour and some other niceties of American political life.
"Rex 84 provided for the detention of at least 21 million American Negroes in assembly centers or relocation camps."
posted by lenin http://leninology.blogspot.com/
A few years back, when some newspapers suggested that Bush had laid in place the foundations for martial law, and Tommy Franks... told some cigar magazine that another 9/11 would certainly eventuate in that, one couldn't help thinking of Oliver North. Details of North's plan for introducing martial law in the event of widespread civil disobedience came out during the Contra hearings, and the Miami Herald exposed a programme called Rex 84 in which such measures were envisaged. The plan, "was said to be similar to one Mr. Guiffrida had developed earlier to combat a national uprising by black militants. It provided for the detention of at least 21 million American Negroes in assembly centers or relocation camps."

It's now 2006, post-Katrina, and the Bush government has handed Kellogg, Brown & Root another fat little contract to build and maintain "temporary detention facilities" in the event of an emergency influx of immigrants, or in case of another natural disaster in which thousands of people are displaced - because detaining people in a hellhole of a flooded city, depriving them of food, water & medical aid, and then subjecting them to martial law, doesn't look good on teevee (supposing one could get more than a glimpse of this picture from teevee)... After Guantanamo, and the mass post-9/11 detentions in the US, it's hard to even raise an eyebrow. Mass detention camps for Arab-Americans? Blurring the distinction between terrorism and dissent? Criminalising protest? We've seen that old schtick before, over and over again.
Because these things are not a fixture of daily life for most Americans, one assumes that outright government repression is an anomaly. From John Africa to Waco, from suppression of labour to Cointelpro, the record suggests otherwise. http://leninology.blogspot.com/2006/02/martial-law-forced-labour-and-som...

Capitalism is Racism: An Update on the New Orleans Tragedy
by Thomas Harrelson
It was reported in a headline of the Jan. 27, 2006 New York Times that a “ Study Says 80% of New Orleans Blacks May Not Return .” Why might they not return?
(full article )

THE DEMOGRAPHICS OF RACIST GENOCIDE:
Six Months After Katrina: Who Was Left Behind Then and
Who is Being Left Behind Now? By Bill Quigley
Bill Quigley is a civil and human rights lawyer and
Professor of Law at Loyola University New Orleans
School of Law. You can reach Bill at Quigley@loyno.edu
Introduction. Nearly six months ago, my wife Debbie and I boated
out of New Orleans. We left five days after Katrina
struck.
...The Katrina evacuation was totally self-help. If you
had the resources, a car, money and a place to go, you
left. Over one million people evacuated ...Twenty-seven
percent of the people of New Orleans did not have access
to a car. Government authorities knew in advance that “
…100,000 citizens of New Orleans did not have means of
personaltransportation.” Greyhound and Amtrak stopped service
on the Saturday before the hurricane. These are
people who did not have cars because they were poor -
over 125,000 people, 27% of the people of New Orleans,
lived below the very low federal poverty level before
Katrina.
The sick were left behind. Some government reports
estimated 12,000 patients were evacuated. I estimate
at least an additional 24,000 people - staff and
families of patients - were left behind in the
twenty-two hospitals which were open at the time.
The elderly were left behind. The 280 plus local
nursing homes remained mostly full. Only 21%
evacuated and as a consequence 215 people died in
nursing homes, at least six people died at a single
nursing home while they waited four days for busses.
The aged who lived at home also certainly found it
more difficult than most to evacuate as they were more
likely to live alone, less likely to own a car and
nearly half were disabled.
Untold numbers of other disabled people and their
caretakers were also left behind. There were tens of
thousands of people with special needs in New Orleans.
A physician reported hundreds of people in
wheelchairs were in front of the Convention Center. A
comprehensive study of evacuees in Houston shelters
found one in seven physically disabled, 22% physically
unable to evacuate, 23% stayed behind to care for
someone physically disabled, and 25% had a chronic
disease such as heart disease, diabetes or high blood
pressure. There were no provisions made for their
evacuations.
Children were left behind. While there are no
official estimates breaking out children left behind,
I know from what we saw during our evacuation that
many, many children were among those left behind.
About one-fourth of the people living in the areas
damaged were children, about 183,000 kids, including
47,000 children under the age of 5. Over half of the
children displaced were African-American and 30% of
children in the damaged areas were poor, nearly double
the 2000 national census rate for child poverty of
16.6%. These children were almost twice as likely to
live in a female-headed home than children nationally.
Prisoners were left behind. Local prisons held 8300
inmates, most on local minor charges awaiting trial
and too poor to post bond. Thousands were left
behind with no food, water, or medical attention.
Jails depend on electricity as much as hospitals do –
doors of cells and halls and pods and entrances and
exits are electronically opened and closed. More than
600 hundred prisoners, one entire building, were left
behind once the prisons were evacuated – left in chest
deep water, locked into cells.
Ultimately as many as 40,000 people took refuge in
the Superdome which lost power, lost part of its roof,
the water system failed and the toilets backed up.
Another 20-30,000 people were dropped off at the
Convention Center. Conditions at the Convention
Center were far worse than at the Superdome because
the Convention Center was never intended to be used
for evacuees it did not have any drinking water, food,
or medical care at all. Ten people died in or around
the Superdome, four at the convention center.
Unfounded rumors flew about rapes and murders inside
these centers – and the myth that rescue helicopters
were fired upon – have all been found to be untrue..
But those rumors so upset military and medical
responders that many slowed down demanding protection
from the evacuees – only to be greeted by “a whole lot
of people clapping and cheering” when they arrived.
Debbie and I left the hospital after five days.
Helicopters finally came and airlifted out many
patients, their families and staff. Others, like us,
left in small fishing boats piloted by volunteers.
The Coast Guard reported it rescued 33,000 people and
the National Guard reported rescues of another 25,000
people. Louisiana Department of Homeland Security
said 62,000 people were rescued from rooftops or out
of water – not including those already in shelters.
Many, many others, like us, were rescued by volunteers
in boats and trucks.
Some people never made it out of metropolitan New
Orleans. February 2006 reports from the Louisiana
Department of Health and Hospitals show 1,103 bodies
were recovered from the storm and flood, with over
2,000 people still reported missing. About 215
people died in local hospitals and nursing homes.
Where did the survivors end up? According to FEMA,
evacuees ended up all over – applications came in from
18,700 zip codes in all 50 states – half of the
nation’s residential postal zones. Most evacuee
families stayed within 250 miles of New Orleans, but
240,000 households went to Houston and other cities
over 250 miles away and another 60,000 households went
over 750 miles away.
Who ended up in shelters? Over 270,000 evacuees
started out in shelters. The Washington Post, the
Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation and the Harvard
School of Public Health surveyed 680 randomly selected
adult evacuees in Houston shelters on September 10-12,
2005. The results of that survey illustrate who ended
up in shelters:
64% were renters
55% did not have a car or a way to evacuate
22% had to care for someone who was physically unable
to leave
72% had no insurance
68% had neither money in the bank nor a useable
credit card
57% had total household incomes of less than $20,000
in prior year
76% had children under 18 with them in the shelter
77% had a high school education or less
93% were black
67% were employed full or part-time before the
hurricane
52% had no health insurance
54% received their healthcare at the big public
Charity Hospital
The people who were left behind in Katrina were the
poor, the sick, the elderly, the disabled, children,
and prisoners – mostly African-American.

Who is Being Left Behind Now?
“Hurricane Katrina likely made one of the poorest
areas of the country even poorer….Both those who were
poor before the storm and those who have become poor
following the storm, are likely to face a particularly
difficult time in reestablishing their lives, have few
if any financial resources upon which to draw.”
Congressional Research Service 2005

... the same people who were left behind in the evacuation for
Katrina are being left behind again in the reconstruction of New
Orleans....
Hundreds of thousands of people have not made it back.
There were 469,000 fewer people in the metropolitan
New Orleans area in January 2006 than in August 2005.
Why? Many reasons.... But, as the Brown
University study concluded “… storm damage data shows
that the storm’s impact was disproportionately borne
by the region’s African-American community, by people
who rented their homes and by the poor and
unemployed.”
Poor people were hardest hit and are having the
hardest time returning. “The population of the
damaged areas was nearly half black (45.8% compared to
26.4% black in the rest of the region), living in
rental housing (45.7% compared to 30.9%), and
disproportionately below the poverty line (20.9%
compared to 15.3%.”
Renters are not coming back because there is little
affordable housing. With tens of thousands of homes
damaged, the cost of renting has skyrocketed. An
apartment down the block from my house rented for $600
last summer – it now rents for $1400. Trailers have
not arrived because of federal, state and local
political misjudgments. Over 10,000 trailers were
still sitting unused on runways in Hope, Arkansas in
February 2006. In my interviews with evacuees who
were renters, few were protected by any insurance -
most lost everything.
The little reconstruction that has started is aimed at
home-owners. Louisiana is slated to receive $6.2
billion in Community Development Block Grant money and
the Governor says $1 billion “could be used to
encourage the rebuilding of affordable housing.” So
with 45% of the homes damaged occupied by renters,
affordable housing “could” end up with 16% of the
assistance.
Public housing is politically out of the question in
early 2006. There is no national or local commitment
to re-opening public housing in the city. U.S.
Congressman Richard Baker, a longtime critic of public
housing in New Orleans, was quoted in the Wall Street
Journal after the storm saying "We finally cleaned up
in New Orleans. We couldn't do it, but God did."...
“New Orleans is at risk of losing 80% of its black population.”

The people left behind in the rebuilding of New
Orleans are the poor, the sick, the elderly, the
disabled, children, and prisoners, mostly
African-American. Again left behind.
The television showed who was left behind in the
evacuation of New Orleans after Katrina. There is no
similar easy visual for those who are left behind now,
but they are the same people....
http://www.dissidentvoice.org/Feb06/Quigley21.htm

Warning flags are flying over America’s public schools [excerpt]
http://www.malcolmxmlk@gnn.tv/
...The ensuing New Orleans-style exodus has since transformed the public schools into America’s Superdome. Huddled inside of those school buildings now are the mostly Black and Latino children of poor and working-class parents. Their broken bodies and spirits will be found amid the wreckage after the very idea of universal public education has been demolished.
Their game plan counts heavily on racism. While they fully intend to leave behind African-American, Latino, Native American and immigrant children, they will wring their hands in public over the “achievement gap” because it helps obscure other gaps in the nation’s social fabric. America’s household assets gap, the average white family owns 14 times the average Black family, is never factored into test score analysis. Nor the infant mortality gap, more than twice the rate for Black mothers, the life expectancy gap, the health care gap, nutrition gap, the employment gap or any of the chasms created by racial discrimination.

The nature of their crusade forces them to buy influence in the Black community. It is enemy territory and snake oil salesmen like Armstrong Williams and charlatans like Rod Paige must carry their message. The US Department of Education had to pass thirty pieces of silver to Williams for his No Child Left Behind promotion. Paige put a Black face on the phrase “the soft bigotry of low expectations” and was able to call the biggest education fraud in history “the Houston Miracle” with a straight face. He was rewarded with a spot in George Bush’s cabinet.

Their game day slogan is “No Excuses” because it helps excuse away certain damning realities. Historically low levels of federal education spending and lower state funding of public schools, “No Excuses”. The perfect correlation of poverty and low standardized test scores, “No Excuses”. The re-segregation of America’s schools, “No Excuses”. Excuses are reserved for corporate downsizing, the outsourcing of jobs, escaping from pension and health care plans through bankruptcy filings, corrupt accounting practices and insider trading, offshore tax avoidance schemes, and obscene profit making.

Then there is the most potent rhetorical weapon in the CEO’s arsenal. They shout it in the faces of 9-year-old children. They bludgeon parents, teachers, administrators, elected school boards and whole school districts with it. Failed! Failure! Failing! F! When the time is right they will condemn the very idea of educating all of America’s children—a noble but failed experiment. On the ashes they will create their brave new education system.

Racist Genocide in New Orleans Continues: "Like 911 But Add Water"
by liz burbank
originally published 9/3/05 as "A Catastrophic Success": A Holocaust Shaped by Race

A renaissance of Black resistance and leadership, historically the leading edge of revolution is what the postmodern slavemasters fear most in the racist "homeland".
Katrina was no accident, no surprise, no act of 'mother nature', the 'gods' , or bureaucratic incompetence. The human and environmental and impact on New Orleans of a hurricane of this magnitude had been scientifically calculated. Rescue and recovery were deliberately withheld, working class Black people militarily imprisoned, forcibly dispersed and murdered by the armed state.

This intensification of america's historical genocide, a crime of U.S. imperialist state terrorism, is a premeditated physical and psychological attack on the Black Nation to destroy its strength, pride, cultural cohesion and resistance to capitalist white supremacy's fascist global juggernaut.

Central to the U.S. strategy for global domination, Katrina and the brutal aftermath was engineered to serve this fascist agenda in two interrelated ways: uprooting, dispersing and weakening the Black Nation, while simultaneously inflaming racist support for the consolidation of a fascist mode of state capitalism with martial law under the guise of "rescue, relief and recovery” from a "major casualty-producing event" the state declared a “natural disaster” (see military and 'think-tank briefings following) [...]

full article at http://lizburbankdigest.blogspot.com/2006/03/racist-genocide-in-new-orle...
also at http://www.burbankdigest.com/]

.............

OFFICIALLY: NEW ORLEANS IN THE CONTEXT OF U.S. WAR OF TERRORISM FOR GLOBAL DOMINATION

9/11, Katrina, and the Future of Interagency Disaster Response
Admiral Thad W. Allen, Commandant, United States Coast Guard
Foreign Policy Studies, The Brookings Institution
Tuesday, May 29, 2007
http://www.brookings.edu/comm/events/20070529.htm
A recent article on our guest speaker in U.S. News and World Report was entitled "Always Ready for the Storm," and that about says it all about Admiral Thad Allen. He is the 23rd Commandant of the U.S. Coast Guard, and he's going to lead us today in a discussion of disaster response interagency operations.... a discussion of what the role is for the Coast Guard in the 21st century because it's really those issues that he's touching on right now....they might involve issues of homeland defense, in other cases, disaster management, in other instances, immigration control or, in other cases, counter-narcotics operations. The reality is that all of these are a part of his life and a part of the functions and the roles of the U.S. Coast Guard today.

It, in effect, demands the integration of defense and civilian agencies and functions. It demands an integration of international and domestic capabilities perhaps in a way that is unique internally within our government.
Read the full transcript (PDF—85kb)
On May 29, the Brookings Institution's 21st Century Defense Initiative will host Admiral Thad W. Allen for a discussion of how the U.S. Coast Guard can contribute to enhanced unity of interagency responses to disasters. Admiral Allen has first-hand experience with the challenges of interagency collaboration. In 2001, he led the Coast Guard Atlantic Area operations in response to the 9/11 attacks, and in 2005, he was the principal federal official for Hurricane Katrina response in Louisiana, Mississippi, and Alabama. In his long and distinguished career, he has served in both coastal and offshore positions, internationally and at home. Admiral Allen graduated from the U.S. Coast Guard Academy in 1971. He holds master's degrees from George Washington University and the Sloan School of Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Hurricane Katrina: Where Do We Go from Here?
http://www.brookings.edu/comm/events/20050908.htm
We're going to begin by looking at this through the lens of what has happened in the government thinking about response to crises and events of great national significance in the post-9/11 environment with Richard Falkenrath, who was the—really the point man in many respects in the early years, the first term of the Bush Administration, in thinking about how both to reorganize the Federal Government and how to think about incidents of national catastrophe, looking through the lens not only of the post-9/11 environment, but the whole effort to think about the role of the Federal Government in addressing these questions.
Then we're going to turn to Michael O'Hanlon, who's going to focus on one particular dimension of the response, which is the question of what is and should be the role of the military, not only the National Guard and Reserve, but also the active duty military, which, as you've seen, has become more actively involved in the response in recent days....
Read the full transcript (PDF—196kb)
On Thursday, September 8, the Brookings Institution sponsors a panel discussion aimed at analyzing the federal, state and local response to Hurricane Katrina ...Experts on homeland security, the armed services, federalism and cities will unravel the questions that will be most important to policymakers moving forward at all level of government: How should disaster relief be organized? How can we better prepare for a natural disaster or a terrorist attack—including coordinating the national guard and active duty military?...

...........

 
  On Feb. 21, 1965 Malcolm X was murdered by agents of the state identified as Black Muslims as he was about to address a rally in New York City
Read The Autobiography of Malcolm X by Malcolm X --again...

Malcolm X (1925 - 1965), Autobiography of Malcolm X chap 4
Power in defense of freedom is greater than power on behalf of tyranny and oppression.

Our nation was born in genocide when it embraced the doctrine that the original American, the Indian, was an inferior race. Even before there were large numbers of Negroes on our shore, the scar of our racial hatred had already disfigured colonial society. From the sixteenth century forward, blood flowed in battles over racial supremacy. We are perhaps the only nation which tried as a matter of national policy to wipe out its indigenous population. Moreover, we elevated that tragic experience into a noble crusade. Indeed, even today we have not permitted ourselves to reject or feel remorse for this shameful episode. Our literature, our films, our drama, our folklore all exalt it. Our children are still taught to respect the violence which reduced a red-skinned people of an earlier culture into a few fragmented groups herded into impoverished reservations.

My thinking had been opened up wide in Mecca. I wrote long letters to my friends, in which I tried to convey to them my new insights into the American black man’s struggle and his problems as well as the depths of my search for truth and justice. “I’ve had enough of someone else’s propaganda,” I had written to these friends. “I am for truth, no matter who tells it. I am for justice, no matter who it is for or against. I am a human being first and foremost, and as such I’m for whoever and whatever benefits humanity as a whole.” The American white man’s press called me the angriest Negro in America. I wouldn’t deny that charge; I spoke exactly as I felt. I believe in anger. I believe it is a crime for anyone who is being brutalized to continue to accept that brutality without doing something to defend himself. I am for violence if non-violence means that we continue postponing or even delaying a solution to the American black man’s problem. White man hates to hear anybody, especially a black man, talk about the crime that the white man perpetrated on the black man. But let me remind you that when the white man came into this country, he certainly wasn’t demonstrating non-violence.

Sitting at the table doesn't make you a diner, unless you eat some of what's on that plate. Being here in America doesn't make you an American. Being born here in America doesn't make you an American.

Time is on the side of the oppressed today, it's against the oppressor. Truth is on the side of the oppressed today, it's against the oppressor. You don't need anything else.

The future belongs to those who prepare for it today

Power in defense of freedom is greater than power in behalf of tyranny and oppression

............

Mumia Abu-Jamal - Legal Update (federal and state procedings)

Dear Friends:
On May 17, 2007, we presented oral argument in the U.S. Court of
Appeal of the Third Circuit, Philadelphia, on behalf of Mumia Abu-
Jamal. Abu-Jamal v. Horn, U.S. Court of Appeals Nos. 01-9014,
02-9001 (death penalty). It was an extraordinary day in my
experience of three decades of death penalty litigation. This was
certainly the most promising legal proceeding since the arrest of my
client over 25 years ago. At last there is light at the end of the
tunnel. Even though there is no way to know when or how the federal
court will rule, the three-judge panel’s numerous questions certainly
reflected their concern about what the prosecution had done wrong. A
decision could be forthcoming anytime from mid-July to the fall.

It was encouraging to see the courtroom packed with supporters for my
client. A large crowd also waited outside during the hearing. There
were international observers from various countries including France,
and a prominent human rights lawyer from Berlin who is also a member
of the German parliament.

The focus of the federal court was on issues concerning the death
penalty, misrepresentations by the prosecutor in his argument to the
jury, and his racism in jury selection. The atmosphere was far
different than previously experienced in this case, as reflected by
the judges' overriding concern regarding misconduct by the
prosecution. Early on one judge asked opposing counsel in reference
to the prosecutor’s misrepresentations to the jury during the 1982
trial: “Isn't that a denial of one of the rights secured by the Bill
of Rights?” I therefore concluded the hearing by pointing out that
even though it is judicially recognized that the Philadelphia
District Attorney employed racism in cases both before and after that
of Mr. Abu-Jamal, can anyone seriously believe that racism was not at
work in this case involving an outspoken journalist who was a former
member of the Black Panther Party and a supporter of MOVE's right to
exist.

Even though Mr. Abu-Jamal began writing me in 1986, it was not until
2003 that I was finally able to agree to take over as lead counsel.
Since then my focus has been on raising his level of credibility,
convincing courts to give serious consideration to the many
constitutional violations what have occurred in this complex case,
and overcoming the errors of the past case lawyers. To date we have
been largely successful. Interestingly, every motion I have filed
since briefing was ordered federally has been granted.

Oral argument aimed to calmly and candidly dealing with the questions
and concerns of the judges. It was not a time for political speeches
or emotional-type arguments which I have successfully made before
juries in countless murder cases. All possible arguments with
supporting legal authority were previously made in our extensive
written briefs. Supporting us with excellent briefs and argument was
the NAACP's Legal Defense Fund, and the National Lawyers Guild, both
of whom I brought into the case some years ago.

People frequently ask what can happen now. The federal court's
choices involve various scenarios. These include remanding the case
back to the U.S. District Court for further hearings, or granting an
entirely new trial, or ordering a new jury trial limited to the
penalty issue of life or death, or denying all relief with the case
headed towards an execution. Our objective is a reversal of the
conviction and death sentence, and the granting of a new trial.

The primary problem we have experienced in Mr. Abu-Jamal’s case, in
additional to prosecution misconduct and racism, has been mistakes
made by prior counsel ranging from not pursing an adequate
investigation to failing to raise certain fundamental issues, e.g.,
judicial bias at trial. This has been evident in the federal appeal,
accentuated by some of the judges’ questions on May 17. We have
taken all possible steps to overcome these shortcomings.

The issues in the case of Mr. Abu-Jamal concern the right to a fair
trial, the struggle against the death penalty, and the political
repression of an outspoken journalist. Racism and politics are
threads that have run through this case since his 1981 arrest. The
issues under consideration, all of great constitutional significance,
are:
Whether Mr. Abu-Jamal was denied the right to due process of law and
a fair trial under the Fifth, Sixth and Fourteenth Amendments to the
U.S. Constitution because of the prosecutor’s “appeal-after-appeal”
argument which encouraged the jury to disregard the presumption of
innocence and reasonable doubt, and err on the side of guilt.
Whether the prosecution’s use of peremptory challenges to exclude
African Americans from sitting on the jury violated Mr. Abu-Jamal’s
rights to due process and equal protection of the law under the Sixth
and Fourteenth Amendments, and contravened Batson v. Kentucky, 476
U.S. 79 (1986).
Whether the jury instructions and verdict form that resulted in the
death penalty deprived Mr. Abu-Jamal of rights guaranteed by the
Eight and Fourteenth Amendments to due process of law, equal
protection of the law, and not to be subjected to cruel and unusual
punishment, and violated Mills v. Maryland, 486 U.S. 367 (1988),
since the judge precluded the jurors from considering any mitigating
evidence unless they all agreed on the existence of a particular
circumstance.
Whether Mr. Abu-Jamal was denied due process and equal protection of
the law under the Sixth and Fourteenth Amendments during post-
conviction hearings as the result of the bias and racism of Judge
Albert F. Sabo which included the comment that he was “going to
help'em fry the nigger.”
It is a pleasure to announce that we are once more engaged in
briefing before the Pennsylvania Supreme Court. On June 1, 2007, we
filed on behalf of Mr. Abu-Jamal the opening Brief for Appellant.
Commonwealth v. Abu-Jamal, Pa. Sup. Ct. No. 485, Capital Appeals Div.
(death penalty). The issues presented include the prosecution
falsely manipulating eyewitness testimony, and its use of fabricated
evidence. There are procedural problems which occurred before I
entered the case, these are issues of such constitutional importance
that they must be aggressively pursued. A copy of our brief is
attached.

I am in this case to win a new and fair trial for Mr. Abu-Jamal.
That is his and my wish. The goal is for his freedom following a
retrial. Nevertheless, Mr. Abu-Jamal remains in great danger. If
all is lost, he will be executed.

Your interest in this struggle for human rights and against the death
penalty is appreciated.

Yours very truly,

Robert R. Bryan
London
[Law Offices of Robert R. Bryan
2088 Union Street, Suite 4
San Francisco, California 94123-4117]
Lead counsel for Mumia Abu-Jama

7/4/7 All About Freedom

In The Name Of Freedom
There is a verse in my language that goes like this;
Chaand uss raat bhee nikla tha magar uss ka wajood,
Itna khoonrang tha jaisay kissi masoom ki laash.

In English it means;
The moon ascended the skies that night too,
But was as bloody as the corpse of an innocent man.

Ladies and gentlemen, steel your hearts for this 12 minutes video. Click here for a guided tour of hell and then shout from the rooftops.

What the Flag Means To Me: 'Old Gory,' red represent the blood, white, the bones, of my murdered ancestors."
by S. Brian Willson
July 4, 2000
http://www.brianwillson.com/awoljuly4.html

Commentary: FREEDOM
What's the reality behind the word freedom? Whose freedom, to do what, to whom, how, why? Does freedom mean the same thing for the rulers and the ruled? For whom are 'bombs bursting in air', whose and what kind of freedom do we pledge allegiance to by celebrating July 4?

Freedom for 'us' and 'them' worldwide is diametrically and dialectically opposed. Imperialist capital is free to wring profits and power out of our hides through brutal exploitation and oppression, to wage terror, tyranny and perpetual war against the world, the planet and human beings.

Freedom has different faces because it is class - based, the property of the ruling class with state power.
For most of the world It is a desperate struggle to survive capitalism's white supremacist freedom to secure global 'full-spectrum' dominance, 'manifest destiny', to expand its basis for further maximizing capital accumulation, profit and power.

Freedom and life for capital means death and destruction for millions. Peoples' freedom worldwide means revolutionary resistance against capitalism. All the heroic freedom fighters called "terrorists" for impeding imperialist freedom are our sisters and brothers, our allies and inspiration in the struggle for freedom.

Fascist state terror, 24/7 racist "perception management" psywar, torture and death, nothing can destroy the reality born out by history: oppression breeds resistance. Reality will trump rhetoric. We will decide our friends and enemies based on their actions. Here in the "homeland" class and race privilege buys the loyalty -- the enslavement -- of many who betray their true allies and interests for blood-soaked crumbs.

In a world-historic conjuncture such as this, contradictions reach a boiling point that presents rare opportunities -- as well as exceptional dangers -- for making fundamental global shifts in the balance of forces of political power. Individual political positions too are shifting under pressure, becoming clarified into powerful active forces for the revolutionary change necessary.

This is a rare historical moment: U.S. imperialism's predatory life is on the line, in deep capitalist crisis, increasingly vulnerable--and dangerous-in the face of defeats it is suffering from growing international resistance and unity. Karl Marx examined why democracy is the best shell for capitalism. V.I. Lenin analyzed how capital's geostrategic nature, its necessity to eliminate rivals and resistance to expand its basis for capital accumulation, drives capitalism to unjust imperialist wars to redivide the world to restructure capital under its global control.
Desperation drives it to crimes that reveal its inherent predatory nature, even to those 'normally' protected and blinded by class/race privilege. The state's 'free' press/media, essential propaganda organs, along with education, religion and 'culture', perpetuate north america's founding white supremacist patriotic myths --- freedom, democracy, equality -- blaming the victims especially of racist oppression for capital's crimes against them.

The scales are tipping: our common enemy is strategically weak, desperate and ever more deadly. The enemy will never admit or accept defeat. To tip the scales for good all of us committed to justice and peace must take responsibility for doing what is JUST and NECESSARY for the peoples' and the planet's future-- RESIST -- seize the rare opportunity this crisis and reign of terror presents. Capitalist fascism will be defeated only when capitalism is: pretending capitalism and fascism are divisible is as opportunistic as pretending zionism is divisible and independent of capitalist imperialism.

The greatest human challenge and opportunity faces us now: to take a stand, decide what must be done and do it. To join the struggle with our Palestinian, Iraqi, African, Latin American, Black and Chicano sisters and brothers worldwide to end the barbaric reality of imperialist democracy, to become part of the material force that will transform the enemy's freedom of terror and tyranny into a new reality based on cooperation, justice, peace and freedom. The choice for the peoples', the world's and the planet's future is freedom from capital -- capitalist freedom is killing us.

"We are the ruling race of the world. . . . We will not renounce our part in the mission of our race, trustee, under God, of the civilization
of the world. . . . He has marked us as his chosen people. . . . He has made us adept in government that we may administer government
among savage and senile peoples."
Sen. Alfred Beveridge

American Hypocrisy: This Fourth of July is Yours, Not Mine
By Frederick Douglas, 1852
Fellow citizens, pardon me, and allow me to ask, why am I called upon to
speak here today? What have I or those I represent to do with your national
independence? Are the great principles of political freedom and of natural
justice, embodied in that Declaration of Independence, extended to us? And
am I, therefore, called upon to bring our humble offering to the national
altar, and to confess the benefits, and express devout gratitude for the
blessings resulting from your independence to us? ...

This Fourth of July is yours, not mine. You may rejoice, I must
mourn. To drag a man in fetters into the grand illuminated temple of
liberty, and call upon him to join you in joyous anthems, were inhuman
mockery and sacrilegious irony. Do you mean, citizens, to mock me, by
asking me to speak today?..

What, to the American slave, is your 4th of July? I answer: a day that
reveals to him, more than all other days in the year, the gross injustice
and cruelty to which he is the constant victim.

To him, your celebration is a sham; your boasted liberty, an unholy
license; your national greatness, swelling vanity; your sounds of rejoicing
are empty and heartless; your denunciations of tyrants, brass fronted
impudence; your shouts of liberty and equality, hollow mockery; your
prayers and hymns, your sermons and thanksgivings, with all your religious
parade, and solemnity, are, to him, mere bombast, fraud, deception,
impiety, and hypocrisy, a thin veil to cover up crimes which would disgrace
a nation of savages.

There is not a nation on the earth guilty of practices, more shocking and
bloody, than are the people of these United States... Go search where you
will, roam through all the monarchies and despotisms of the Old World,
travel through South America, search out every abuse and when you have found
the last, lay your facts by the side of the everyday practices of this
nation, and you will say with me that, for revolting barbarity and shameless
hypocrisy, America reigns without a rival.
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article13837.htm

IMPERIALIST FREEDOM
“We are on the verge of global transformation. All we need is the right
major crisis and the nations will accept the New World Order.”
David Rockefeller 1994 Statement to the United Nations Business Council

"We have about 60 per cent of the world's wealth but only 6.3 per
cent of its population. In this situation we cannot fail to be the object of
envy and resentment. Our real task in the coming period is to devise a
pattern of relationships which will permit us to maintain this position of
disparity. We need not deceive ourselves that we can afford today the luxury
of altruism and world benefaction. We should cease to talk about such vague
and unreal objectives as human rights, the raising of living standards and
democratisation. The day is not far off when we are going to have to deal in
straight power concepts. The less we are then hampered by idealistic
slogans, the better."
George Kennan, ex-US State Department Policy Planning Staff Chief, Document PPS23, 24 February 1948

THE GLOBAL IMPERIALIST WAR for a U.S. 'NEW WORLD ORDER'
World events since the attacks of September 11, 2001 have not only been predicted, but also planned, orchestrated and - as their architects would like to believe - controlled. The current Central Asian war is not a response to terrorism, nor is it a reaction to Islamic fundamentalism. It is in fact, in the words of one of the most powerful men on the planet, the beginning of a final conflict for total world domination by the United States... This, says Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) member and former Carter National Security Advisor, Zbigniew Brzezinski, will lead to nation states being incorporated into a new world order... the alternative, a world in chaos unless the U.S. controls the planet by whatever means are necessary...
Dr. Johannes B. Koeppl, Ph.D. a former German defense ministry official and advisor to former NATO Secretary General Manfred Werner told FTW, "The interests behind the Bush Administration... have prepared for and are now moving to implement open world dictatorship within the next five years. They are not fighting against terrorists. They are fighting against citizens of all countries... creating so much fear that people don't know how to respond. But they must... This is a move to implement a world dictatorship within the next five years. There may not be another chance."

"If the people are not convinced (that the Free World is in mortal danger) it would be impossible for Congress to vote the vast sums now being spent to avert danger. With the support of public opinion, as marshalled by the press, we are off to a good start. It is our Job - yours and mine -- to keep our people convinced that the only way to keep disaster away from our shores is to build up America's might."
Charles Wilson, Chairman of the Board of General Electric and Truman appointee to head the Office of Defence Mobilization, speech to the Newspaper Publishers Association, 1950

increasingly despised and defeated, still hell-bent on global conquest, U.S. is sowing seeds for new 911
with phony "al-Qaeda" & Iranian "terror threats"

"Terror Spectacular" coming soon says DHS
LA VOZ DE AZTLAN
Los Angeles, Alta California
July 1, 2007
Brian Ross of ABC News, a "front man" of the Bush Administration, is reporting that a secret U.S. law enforcement report, prepared for the Department of Homeland Security, warns that al Qaeda is planning a terror "spectacular" this summer.  The attack will be of a magnitude similar to 911 said the senior official with access to the document.  "This is reminiscent of the warnings and intelligence we were getting in the summer of 2001," the  unidentified official said.
U.S. airports and mass-transit systems are tightening security before the Fourth of July holiday, and more air marshals will travel on overseas flights because of concerns about potential terrorism threats... not because of a specific piece of credible threat information, but because we are going into a holiday season..." Chertoff said. http://seattletimes.nwsource.com/html/nationworld/2003770720_marshals02....

11/21/03 Franks, who successfully led the U.S. military operation to liberate Iraq, expressed his worries in an extensive interview he gave to the men’s lifestyle magazine Cigar Aficionado. Discussing the hypothetical dangers posed to the U.S. in the wake of Sept. 11, Franks said that “the worst thing that could happen” is if terrorists acquire and then use a biological, chemical or nuclear weapon that inflicts heavy casualties. If that happens, Franks said, “... the Western world, the free world, loses what it cherishes most, and that is freedom and liberty we’ve seen for a couple of hundred years in this grand experiment that we call democracy.” Franks then offered “in a practical sense” what he thinks would happen in the aftermath of such an attack. “It means the potential of... a terrorist, massive, casualty-producing event somewhere in the Western world – it may be in the United States of America – that causes our population to question our own Constitution and to begin to militarize our country in order to avoid a repeat of another mass, casualty-producing event. Which in fact, then begins to unravel the fabric of our Constitution....
Already, critics of the U.S. Patriot Act, rushed through Congress in the wake of the Sept. 11 attacks, have argued that the law aims to curtail civil liberties and sets a dangerous precedent. But Franks’ scenario goes much further. He is the first high-ranking official to openly speculate that the Constitution could be scrapped in favor of a military form of government. http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article5267.htm

"you're either with us [US] or you're with the terrorists"
GWB

Into the Dark: The Pentagon P20G Plan to Provoke Terrorist Attacks
According to a classified document prepared for Rumsfeld by his Defense Science Board, the new organization--the "Proactive, Preemptive Operations Group (P2OG)"--will carry out secret missions designed to "stimulate reactions" among terrorist groups, provoking them into committing violent acts which would then expose them to "counterattack" by U.S. forces.... the classified Pentagon program puts it this way: "Their sovereignty will be at risk."[...]
by Chris Floyd, November 1, 2002
http://www.counterpunch.org/floyd1101.html
http://www.themoscowtimes.com/

“We face an enemy that has an ideology, they believe things. The best way to describe their ideology is to relate to you the fact that they think the opposite of the way we think.”
GWB

Conquered states that have been accustomed to liberty and the government of their own laws can be held by the conqueror in three different ways. The first is to ruin them; the second, for the conqueror to go and reside there in person; and the third is to allow them to continue to live under their own laws, subject to a regular tribute, and to create in them a government of a few, who will keep the country friendly to the conqueror
Niccolo Machiavelli, The Prince

  "The CIA owns everyone of any significance in the major media"
former CIA Director William Colby in Bernstein's 10/77 Rolling stone article

“We are grateful to the Washington Post, the New York Times, Time and other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected their promises of discretion for almost 40 years . . . It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subjected to the lights of publicity during those years. But, the world is more sophisticated now and prepared to march towards a world government. The supranational sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national auto determination practiced in past centuries” David Rockefeller. Bilderberg meeting, Germany, June 1991

Ordinary people in the United States have been manipulated into imagining they are a people under siege whose sole refuge and protector is their government. If it isn't the Communists, it's Al Qaeda. If it isn't Cuba, it's Nicaragua. As a result, this, the most powerful nation in the world - with its unmatchable arsenal of weapons, its history of having waged and sponsored endless wars, and the only nation in history to have actually used nuclear bombs - is peopled by a terrified citizenry, jumping at shadows. A people bonded to the state not by social services, or public health care, or employment guarantees, but by fear. This synthetically manufactured fear is used to gain public sanction for further acts of aggression.
Arundhati Roy

"The United States must cultivate a mental view toward world settlement after this war which will enable us to impose our own terms,
amounting perhaps to a pax-Americana."
U.S. Department of State - Source: Minutes S-3 of the Security Subcommittee,
Advisory Committee on Postwar Foreign Policy, 6 May, 1942, Notter File, Box
77, Record Group 59, Records of the Department of State, National Archives, DC.

"War is nothing but a continuation of politics by other means."
von Clausewitz

'Strategic nonviolent struggle is all about political power.' And I thought, 'Boy is this guy speaking my language,' that is what armed struggle is about."
Col. Robert Helvey, Washington's New World Order "Democratization" Template
b Jonathan Mowat, http://globalresearch.ca/articles/MOW502A.html

The Secret History of the American Empire
 Author: John Perkins
 Video:
 John Perkins talks about his follow-up to his 2005 book, "Confessions of an Economic Hitman," at Barnes & Noble in New York City. In his new book, Mr. Perkins argues that the United States uses its foreign policy to further U.S. business interests around the globe, often to the detriment of poor countries.
http://www.booktv.org/program.aspx?ProgramId=8345&SectionName=&PlayMedia...
 

Imperialist freedom...
"Free" & Ruined Lives
Layla Anwar, An Arab Woman Blues - Reflections in a sealed bottle...
July 1, 2007
...Free, Freedom, Democracy. I shudder at these words. I want to burn Plato's Republic and spit on your Constitution, on your Founding Fathers, on your Laws...

Free limbs, detached, solitary limbs, scattered to the four cardinal points and a bleeding heart in the middle, like a compass.
An arm to the West, a leg to the East, a head down South and a torso up North...And that damned bleeding heart in the Center.

Free, so free...
Free, free in Prisons. Free, so free in Detention centers...
Detention centers in the Mnistry of Interior, Ministry of Defense and Ministry of Justice!
Crammed, packed, jammed... The smell of blood, urine and feces...covering the infected wounds. Wounds of torture born on transparent skins covering rib cages...
Free, so free.
Tortured and Free in American camps. Sodomized and Free - American democracy flavor. Tortured and Free, whipped by sectarianism - Iranian flavor. Oh so Free.

Free to die. Free to cry. Free to mourn. Free to flee. Free to escape. Free at the borders...jammed, packed.

Two thousand "free souls" flee a day. They amass at frontiers, waiting for a stamp on that damned Green passport...that cursed passport.
The passport with a broken winged eagle as an emblem. Clipped wings of Freedom.
It reads "Republic of Iraq."
Republic of whom? Iraq? What Iraq?

Two thousand a day. Grave faces, desperate eyes, lost voices...
A forgotten, abandoned people. A despised, humiliated, tortured, stolen people.
A raped people.
Lost voices in the wilderness of your indifference. The Lost voices of Freedom and Democracy...
" I have 8 children. Look at how I am living. Has anyone asked me how I feed those kids. I have been without a job for 2 years. I tell you how I feed them...I can't feed them. I spit on the U.N. I spit on the thief Bush. If I ever return to Iraq it will be to free my country from those criminals. I will either kill or be killed by them. There is no other way " says this worn out father who looks 3 times his age...
The father wipes his tears and you can see the look of being stuck in "Freedom".
Ah the look of America on his and his son's face. The look of " Freedom ".
Another one plays the lute. A melodious tune that makes your heart quiver. A languorous tune of longing that fills the empty space like smoke. A smoke soon dissipated into that nothingness of " Freedom ."
A couple with a paralysed little girl who needs urgent treatment. They have been there, waiting since the crack of dawn, at the gates of some embassy or the UNHCR. Others take to the pavements. They sit and wait some more... Long hours of waiting in the space of " Freedom ".

Free, Freedom...
Free comments on a blog.
And the rats crawl from the gutters...Rats droppings, Albert Camus's "the Plague". The same kind of rats that rule Baghdad with their droppings...Rats everywhere, crawling the streets, crawling on this page, leaving behind them a trail of excrement wherever they pass.

Rats on the go. Rats exiting. Rats entering again through a different door. The rat with the grey steel eyes. The eyes of lies and deception has exited only to re-enter again after having ruined our lives with Freedom. Now another rat has taken up his place. The fat rat of Baghdad. The rats of Iran. The rats of America...
The plague of Freedom.
http://www.uruknet.de/?p=34147

Post-9/11 Reflections on Multiculturalism and Racism
By E. San Juan, Jr., Co-Director, Philippine Forum, New York City
http://www.axisoflogic.com/artman/publish/article_13554.shtml
"...This racial genealogy of the empire followed the logic of capital accumulation by expanding the market for industrial goods and securing
sources of raw materials and, in particular, the prime commodity for exchange and maximizing of surplus value: cheap labor power. This confirms
the enduring relevance of Oliver Cromwell Cox's proposition that 'racial exploitation is merely one aspect of the problem of the proletarianization
of labor, regardless of the color of the laborer. Hence racial antagonism is essentially political-class conflict'." 
E. San Juan, Jr. (1948, 485)

WHERE DWELLS THE ENEMY?
By Zdzislaw Zmijewski
http://zzmijewski.blogspot.com/
Sep 20, 2005
Their liberty is libertinism. Their freedom: the unbridled Capitalism perniciously plundering the planet and its people.

"As democracy in Iraq takes root, the enemies of freedom, the terrorists, will become more desperate, more despicable, and more vicious ..."

"We can expect such atrocities to increase in the coming months because the enemy knows that its greatest defeat lies in the expression of free people in freely enacted laws and at the ballot box."
G.W. Bush Aug 28, 2005

"No cause, no movement and no grievance can justify the intentional killing of innocent civilians and noncombatants...This is unacceptable by any moral standard." ... while Americans bombs have killed millions of civilians and non-combatants for the last 60+ years, even to this hour in Iraq and Afghanistan....

Virtually all major terror attacks, especially 9/11.are State initiated, sponsored, fabricated for the benefit of the War Machines
Mr. Bush without respite invokes the "Enemy" to further the programs of his true constituencies. Let us search for the enemy that he grandiloquently mongers before our unconscious and acquiescently negligent minds. There must now be an earnest attempt at clarity and understanding by most human beings, because we all stand at the edge of the collapsing precipice overlooking a pit that is without bottom, terrible and terminal. Only when we answer these questions can we wisely and accurately discriminate about the true distinguishable nature of "who is the enemy?"

These questions must be answered before we all go marching meekly - pulled like white buffalos with ropes and rings in our noses - to the doom concocted by the authentic enemies in our midst....in the context of current world events, it must be precisely understood what forces and groups are the main antagonists - against what do they fight and what motivates this vicious, vibrant and seemingly infinite lust for death and destruction. Only then, with an awakened, compassionate and adamantine consciousness, can we begin to disarm and eradicate the long entrenched, habitual lunacy ruling over nations and Western Civilization. This discernment - with actions - must happen now!

The true enemies are emboldened and empowered - even daily - by our numb unconsciousness, unbearable stupidity and silence.

The PNAC: Project for the New American Century is the primary intellectual foundation and inspiration for the Empire of "Lily Pads". The authors (who now run things) openly pined for another Pearl Harbor, which then serendipitously happened on 9.11. Within a few hours/days of the attacks, an orgy of pre-prepared plans, Patriot Acts, Carte Blanche resolutions and military mobilizations were executed. The orchestration was breathtakingly vehement. The 9/11 production, the greatest spectacle beyond even Cecile B. DeMille's wildest visions, stunned Americans into stupefaction....

Where dwells the enemy?
Exquisite as well as utterly buffoonish ironies abound every time Bush spouts forth: "we", "terror", "evil", "homeland", "they", "safe", "freedom" "democracy", "enemy" and a host of hackneyed cants. Watching the propaganda machine promulgating his speeches to groveling elites and nescient, distracted Americans, is a sickening and disorienting experience for persons who are half-conscious of what is really happening....

Since 9/11, the terms "Ground Zero" and "Homeland Security" have been slipped into the American lexicon and taken on sinister connotations: Amy Kaplan, Homeland Insecurities: Reflections on Language and Space Radical History Review 85: pg. 82-93 "Freedom" as belched forth from the maws of the Bush puppets is true slavery, the dingy gouache smeared across the Big Lie blinds.

Their liberty is libertinism. Their freedom: the unbridled Capitalism perniciously plundering the planet and its people.
"Terrorism" is a tactic, not an enemy to be vanquished by War. War itself is the debauched revelry of terror. To destroy terrorism with terrorism is an oxymoronic paradox. It is beyond belief that millions of intellectuals and academic scholars and their like have bought the sham…rather… they have sold out for 30 pieces of silver.

Virtually all the major terror attacks are State initiated, sponsored, fabricated and for the benefit of the War Machines - especially 9/11.
As "Operation Gladio", demonstrated, State sponsored terrorism is a tried and true technique to instill fear and corral the masses into submission.
"Almost three-quarters of the (British) public believe that it is right to give up civil liberties to improve our security against terrorist attacks" as reported by the Guardian on Aug 22, 2005. This poll of course followed the 7/7 contrived bombings in London. It works every time. How incredibly piteous it is. The mass medias are now the mass herders for the Plut-Oligarchs.

Where dwells the enemy?
The United States has morphed into the purest form of Fascism the world has yet to suffer, its delineations now so plain as to be parodic were it not so grave. Totalitarianism is being carefully crafted by thousands of Executive Orders, Congressional Resolutions, and Judicial Decisions.

..the covert CIA has caused the deaths of millions of civilians while it also thrashed about thirty (publicly known) democratic countries.... budgets amounting to more than forty billion annually are kept secret even from Congress - this with the full and continuous consent of Americans and their tax dollars. Thousands of billions of taxpayer dollars have been feeding the CIA Underworld since 1947 alone. This does not include trillions more of illicit dollars off the books....for lack of just a meager fraction of these sums, billions live/ed indigently and die/d in misery. Each one a sentient human being, wanting only happiness and freedom from extreme suffering....

American foreign and military policies exist for and serve the agenda of the Elites. There is little "National Security "at stake from foreign attacks. The wars of the 20th century were feasts for the warmongers and weapons manufacturers. The unimaginable suffering and blood letting of millions upon millions gives the Elites opportunity to create more wealth and consolidate power. The more blood, deprivation and depredation their great machines of death can havoc – the better. Viet Nam’s lessons cast aside! Iraq is now the newest playground with cannon-fodder suckers abounding....

By the force of blades and barrels of fire, the Elites rose to the top, lording over, abusing and exploiting the people. Tears and toil, blood and bones were and are their feasts and fat. The systems they instituted more than 2000 years ago, rot and stink like the waters of New Orleans. Truly, they are the overlaying scum of the Earth. Their citadels to self are crumbling. The veneer of civilization is peeling fast....

...snippet from one doc. of U.S. imperialist freedom....
The Pentagon's "Joint Vision 2020", blueprint the United States Department of Defense.
http://www.dtic.mil/jointvision/jvpub2.htm

"The label full spectrum dominance implies that US forces are able to conduct prompt, sustained, and synchronised operations with combinations of forces tailored to specific situations, and with access to and freedom to operate in all domains - space, sea, land, air and information. Additionally, given the global nature of our interests and obligations, the United States must maintain its overseas presence forces and the ability to rapidly project power worldwide in order to achieve full spectrum dominance."
"Vision 2020" has just been updated in recent days with the insistence that the State has the right under the puissant guidance and wisdom of the Commander in Chief G.W. Bush, to inflict a nuclear pre-emptive attack against any enemy groups or countries - even on the suspicion of malevolent intentions that he deems to be a threat to the "Homeland".
In more than 300 American Universities and thousands of corporate factories and labs, hundreds of thousands of millions of dollars are expended by millions of scholars, intellectuals and the most educated and trained America professors and professionals for one sole mission - satisfying the Pentagon and the weapons merchants' insatiable lust for profits. The statistics are mind-boggling. The same story occurred before the Two World Wars....

PENTAGON'S JOINT VISION 2020
Joint Vision 2020 builds upon and extends the conceptual template established by Joint Vision 2010 to guide the continuing transformation of America's Armed Forces.
Joint Vision 2020 has been broken down into two parts for download (PDF version):
Joint Vision 2020, Part 1 - 1.12M (jv2020a.pdf)
Joint Vision 2020, Part 2 - 2.03M (jv2020b.pdf) Text only version of Joint Vision 2020:
Joint Vision 2020, text only - 97K (jv2020.doc)
Joint Vision 2020 Briefing- 417k (2020briefing.ppt)

Confronting Empire: Freedom Next Time
Today, two-thirds of Americans want their country out of Iraq, according to the polls. To achieve that, they voted for the Democratic Party last November. And what did they get? They got the usual bipartisan bullshit, and Bush got another $124 billion to extend the war. There have been some great demonstrations against the war, but the so-called liberal Democrats have been allowed to confuse and divide the forces of dissent, and not for the first time. This was the same party in government that attacked Vietnam, then produced a carpet-bagger, Robert Kennedy, and a false prophet, Jimmy Carter, and clever, head-wagging Bill Clinton, who rained bombs on Iraq and destroyed its children, while ending the last decencies of the New Deal.

It’s surely time to abandon wishful thinking, the lesser of two evils, and the Democrats completely...And it’s surely time for the antiwar movement to address the alienation of ordinary Americans, and express their dissent and anger and frustration. It’s simply not good enough for certain groups to claim their own territory. This week, in Los Angeles, the theme of the gay pride celebration was being who you are. That’s fine. But was there anything said about the 655,000 Iraqis who have no choice ever again to be who they are?

I believe people are never still, and that human renewal is not a phenomenon. Yes, the continuation of a struggle at times appears frozen. But there’s always a sea beneath the snow....Look at countries where it seemed hopeless--where people had nothing except their will and courage, like South Africa, East Timor and many others. Look at Latin America today. The sheer ferocity of the propaganda coming from the American media tells us that something good and exciting and hopeful must be happening down there, and it is....Witness the triumph of indigenous people in Bolivia--the poorest of the poor. Remember Sánchez de Lozada running for his plane to Miami. Look at Venezuela, and the tens of thousands of people who came down from the barrios to rescue their president. Witness the Venezuelan children who no longer die from preventable disease.... at the Middle East, where every day, Palestinian families get their children to school against odds that we can’t imagine. Look at the ordinary people, who, unarmed, marched toward the Israeli army in southern Lebanon last year, and saw them off.

And of all the headlines about Iraq, the one we never read is that a popular Iraqi national resistance is defeating the most powerful invader in history.

I believe, in conclusion, that our task is straightforward. It is to reject outright the notion that collusive liberalism sets the limits of free debate. It is to end indulgence of parliaments and congresses and governments that commit and sanction crimes in our name. It is to persuade people that their precious freedoms were not handed to them, but won by the struggle of people just like them... never believe that ordinary people are as conservative as you might think they are. Remember always, how isolated people often are. And as activists, be brave. Always speak your mind in the face of the most casual bigotry, bullying and hypocrisy.... those who regard humanity merely as useful or expendable should be warned. People all over the world are rising. Indeed, I would say that their resistance never stopped--and is unbeatable...
Video - John Pilger http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article17944.htm

FOOD FOR THOUGHT & ACTION: SOME REVOLUTIONARY MARXIST POLITICS AND PHILOSOPY
"Imperialism the Highest Stage of Capitalism", V. I. Lenin
LCW vol.22, http://www.marxists.org/glossary/frame.htm
Lenin analysed the following five features characteristic of the epoch of imperialism, the final stage of capitalism, when
imperialist nations go to war against each other, as well as against oppressed nations, for global dominance:
"Production becomes social, but appropriation remains private. The social means of production remain the private property of a few. The general framework of formally recognized free competition remains, and the yoke of a few monopolists on the rest of the population becomes a hundred times heavier, more burdensome and intolerable." p.205

(1) the concentration of production and capital has developed to such a high stage that it has created monopolies which play a decisive role in economic life; (2) the merging of bank capital with industrial capital, and the creation on the basis of this “finance capital”, of a financial oligarchy; (3) the export of capital as distinguished from the export of commodities acquires exceptional importance; (4) the formation of international monopoly capitalist associations which share the world among themselves, and (5) the territorial division of the whole world among the biggest capitalist powers is completed. Imperialism is capitalism at that stage of development at which the dominance of monopolies and finance capital is established; in which the export of capital has acquired pronounced importance; in which the division of the world among the international trusts has begun, in which the division of all territories of the globe among the biggest capitalist powers has been completed.
[Lenin, Imperialism the Highest Stage of Capitalism, LCW Volume 22

MATERIALISM and EMPIRIO-CRITICISM, Critical Comments on a Reactionary Philosophy
V.I. Lenin
The Theory of Knowledge of Dialectical Materialism and of Empirio-Criticism, ch.3

Freedom and Necessity
[Dialectical Materialism] ... [Engels'] recognition of the objective reality of the external world and of the laws of [that] external nature, and of the fact that this world and these laws are fully knowable to man but can never be known to him with finality. We do not know the necessity of nature in the phenomena of the weather, and to that extent we are inevitably slaves of the weather. But while we do not know this necessity, we do know that it exists. Whence this knowledge? From the very source whence comes the knowledge that things exist outside our mind and independently of it, namely, from the development of our knowledge, which provides millions of examples to every individual of knowledge replacing ignorance when an object acts upon our sense-organs, and conversely of ignorance replacing knowledge when the possibility of such action is eliminated....
For Engels all living human practice permeates the theory of knowledge itself and provides an objective criterion of truth.... [...] http://marxists.org/archive/lenin/works/1908/mec/three6.htm

"Freedom is the recognition of necessity" Friedrich Engels (1820–1895), in Anti-Duhring, http://www.bartleby.com/66/17/21617.html

Syndicate content